Orden Cabalistica de La Rosacruz pdf

Letter from the Grand Patriarch Rose-Cross
Dear Sisters, Dear Brothers,
You have just been accepted as a member of the prestigious
Kabbalistic Order of the Rose-Cross and I want to
congratulate you. This is your first step, which will lead you
to the training in the original teachings of the original
Western Tradition. It is also during this journey that you
can, if you wish or are able to, send your application for
your ritual initiation in a Chapter of the Order.
As you will gradually discover, our Order received an
important heritage that it provides today. This tradition is a
balanced synthesis with roots in Martinism, Rose-Croix,
Qabalah and Hermeticism. Our school is rooted in the
mystery schools of antiquity and constitutes one of the most
important manifestations of the Western Tradition. It has
always managed to keep the beauty, strength and efficacy of
the ancient schools, while associating itself to our modern
era.
Our Order is not a museum in which the doctrines of the
past, the Renaissance, and the 18th century are held in
stasis. As you will soon realize the ancient initiations and
the teachings of our tradition combines perfectly with our
modern age. As we are working with what constitutes the
essence of human beings, the initiatic process we are using
gives you all the tools you need and one of the essential
goals is to help you discover who you are. It is essential that
you come to discover this Divine part that lies within you.
Whatever name you give to this divine part, this is the
cornerstone of your quest. However, it is not only your task
to use introspection to discover the Divine within, you must
also become who you are, and you must discover how to
achieve your goals in the world. As you will learn in the
first lesson, the Kabbalistic Order of the Rose-Cross, much
like ancient Hermeticism, is non-dogmatic and is related to
what might be called an “optimistic gnosis.”
We cannot reveal too early what you will discover through
your studies. However, we can already highlight the fact
that the inner work we are teaching will involve both
internal and personal effort. Like many traditions such as
Freemasonry, we might say that the initiation and the
teachings you will access to are symbolic. However, the
rituals are not limited to the symbolic level. They are used
to obtain specific results on the invisible planes, as well as
within the initiates themselves. Of course, it is impossible
to instantly transform a rock into a pure diamond.
As a member of the Kabbalistic Order of the Rose-Cross,
you should always remember what led you to this sacred
portal which is a real desire for progress, work, and
personal transformation. Our Order does not require very
much of its sisters and brothers, but a real desire for
transformation, associated with purity of intentions and
actions, is absolutely required. We will not accept or keep
as a member, anyone without these virtues, and anyone who
is driven solely by the desire for more power, more honor,
or to acquire a collection of degrees and affiliations which
we know are both useless and illusory.
Socrates said of wisdom, that it cannot flow from one
person into another person, as we might pour fluid from one
vessel into another. Socrates maintained that, in order for
Wisdom to flow to us, we must have a strong desire to
ascend to the One, to the Light, toward the Good.
That’s why your progress in the Order must be focused on
this inner, unwavering commitment.
Once you establish the proper commitment, our Order will
give you the right tools to accomplish your desire. When
you use our rituals, study our lessons and practice our
techniques, you will be able to understand and learn how to
use every tool that is part of the Western path. According to
our traditional rules, the Order will never ask you to have
blind faith in dogma or any guru. It is important that the
techniques you are learning become part of your personal
experience, and that you exercise reason in judging for
yourself whether they are worthy to be accepted or not.
Remember that, regardless of the quality and effectiveness
of the tools that you will receive, they will remain tools
unless you utilize them to realize your inner quest.
It is hard to imagine that we can initiate someone without
giving good quality instruction of both a practical and
theoretical nature. The teachings that you will now be
reading aim to provide you with the most comprehensive
training possible in the Western Tradition, while avoiding
historical, archaeological and philosophical errors. We will
have the opportunity to remind you to keep your mind
critical but foster your curiosity by developing a tolerance
regarding the other forms of spirituality in the world.
Remember that this teaching is linked to that received
orally in a Chapter of the Order.
You can also participate in public rituals of the Kabbalistic
Rosary which are Rituals of assistance, organized by
initiated members. These rituals have a great intensity that
will help you a lot.
Associated with these teachings, you will find practical
elements. We invite you to use them, test them, even if your
practice is irregular.
Again, I wish for you to begin your work with a desire to
always perfect yourself,
Jean-Louis de Biasi
Grand Patriarch Rose-Croix of the O.K.R.C.
Note: The following oath is to be read and copied before
performing the following ceremony. It is recommended that
you copy it by hand. It is to be signed in red ink during the
ceremony.
ORDRE KABBALISTIQUE
DE LA
ROSE-CROIX
OATH
I,
………………………………………………………………
………………………………….
(say your name aloud) affirm my commitment to the
Masters of the Egregore and to the invisible Guardians of
the Kabbalistic Order of the Rose-Cross, that I will keep
secret and for my personal use only all the documents and
teachings I have received or may receive as a member of
“the Kabbalistic Order of the Rose-Cross.”
May the Divine Powers witness this commitment I make
without any mental reservation, and I accept at this time the
consequences that may descend on me, if I ever break the
solemn commitment that I have just spoken aloud.
May these words be inscribed forever in the invisible, as I
ceremonially burn this text after having signed and dated it.
Signed………………………………………………………
…………………………………………
This
date
…………………………………………………………
Ritual of the Oath
This first booklet is the beginning of the teachings of the
Kabbalistic Order of the Rose-Cross to which you will have
access. As you already know, this kind of esoteric
curriculum cannot be done in a careless way. This teaching
is clearly different than a public course which remains
exoteric and open to all.
When you obtained your membership in our Order, you
accomplished an inner commitment in front of the invisible
Masters of the Egregore, and the Guardians of the
Kabbalistic Order of the Rose-Cross, to keep secret the
teachings you will receive. Because of its importance, this
first commitment should be performed in a solemn manner
in the presence of the invisible hierarchies.
Therefore, we ask you to use a quiet room or a private place
outdoors that you can use for your spiritual work. After
secluding yourself in this place and meditating for a few
moments, get up, place the palm of your right hand over
your heart and tilt your head down for a few moments,
silently facing east, as you become aware of the solemnity
of the moment.
Raise your head, holding your hand in this position and say:
By the Power of the Word who has organized everything
that ever was, is or will be, I proclaim that everything is
arranged in harmony and order to accomplish the
mysteries of the tradition which I am starting to work in
at this moment!
Observe a moment of silence, then say:
So mote it be!
Put your left hand over your right and say:
Venerable Masters who have crossed through the
portals, and completed the ultimate journey, please hear
my call! I invite you to be here as I take this oath.
Hold this position for a few seconds and release your arms.
If you have a candle, light it as you say:
I light this candle in memory of those who are no longer
in the physical plane, but who still exist, radiant and
alive.
Be silent for a while.
Pick up the candle and hold it up for a few seconds saying:
The East begins to lighten! The sun rises! The eye of the
world will open, the truth will appear!
Return the candle to its original place and say:
At this time, I invoke the Masters of the invisible
Guardians of the Egregore of the Kabbalistic Order of
the Rose-Cross.
Pick up the oath, read it aloud and sign it with a red pen.
Then place the paper over a surface that will not burn
(metallic plate for example). Be sure that nothing around
you can catch on fire. Burn this paper, sealing the oath you
have just taken on the invisible planes. Spread the ashes
outside on the ground in a quiet place. Now you can begin
your studies and perform the different practical exercises
that you will receive during your training, as well as those
you will use when you participate in group exercises.
If you print the booklets, you must store them in a place
where no one but you can read them, so that no one else can
acquire this knowledge and use it. For reasons of
confidentiality, it is also necessary to not keep any files on
your computer.
STUDY OF THE TRADITIONAL SCIENCES
Introduction to the Kabbalistic Order of the Rose +
Cross
In the 19th century various initiatic groups began to appear
in public. The first one was the “Kabbalistic Order of the
Rose-Cross.” It was followed between 1913 and 1918 by
several creations, two in the United States (AMORC and
Rosicrucian Association of Max Heindel) and two in
Europe (Anthroposophy of Rudolf Steiner and Lectorium
Rosicrucianum). Other branches came later growing from
this original tree. Some were genuine and sincere; others
reinvented the traditions, coloring it with various other
systems (Egyptian, Christian, etc.).
But among these modern organizations, the Kabbalistic
Order of the Rose-Cross remained the first (1888), and it
was the only one to clearly demonstrate its legacy (both
Kabbalistic and Hermetic). This Order is the most unique
even to our modern times because it consistently kept secret
its initiations and rituals. To really understand the essence
of our Order, we have to go beyond the veil of appearances.
Like the ancient initiates (both Rose-Cross and Hermetic)
the founders were able keep secret what the heart of the
power and efficiency was: the Order’s rituals. Our tradition
– the Kabbalistic Order of the Rose-Cross – which you
have begun your journey with today, has managed to
establish a balanced synthesis between Mediterranean
Hermeticism, the Rose-Cross and the Kabbalah.
Since the Middle-Ages, the Southwest of France has held
an important place in the world of Hermeticism. It was the
birthplace of famous spiritual and religious movements
such as gnosticism, original Masonic Rituals, and other
theurgic Orders.
This region has remained a kind of central region for the
modern Western initiatic orders. It also remains a very
special place for a multitude of people, far beyond France
itself. We must remember the example of the enigma of
Rennes le Chateau and the Priory of Sion which were
developed in the region of Razes.
Regarding the Rose-Cross Tradition, as described above,
the Order was born in Germany in the middle of the
German Reformation. However, it is obvious that this
current already existed in the Southwest of France.
Viscount Louis-Charles-Edouard de Lapasse (1792-1867),
physician and occultist, was the head of this organization in
the city of Toulouse in 1850. Hermetic and occult subjects
were common in this region and the esotericist Brugal
Simon explained that the writings of Lapasse were showing
his affiliation to this mysterious Tradition. The real name of
Brugal Simon was Firmin Boissin. He lived from 1835 to
1893). The Rose-Cross organizations which existed in this
region allowed connections between the symbolic and
mystical German Traditions and the Hermetic heritage
coming from the Mediterranean world. The adepts RoseCross of whom we are talking were more focused on ritual
alchemy, astrology and a form of Theurgy. This focus was
the result of their Hermetic training.
It is true that the Rose-Cross organizations were
independent of Freemasonry, but several of its members
were Masonic Officers. They formed little Masonic groups
which studied and worked privately on Hermeticism,
Qabbalah and Egyptian tradition in order to see how to
implement essential keys into the Masonic degrees. At the
same time, they continued to work on their own tradition
and rituals. As a precaution, their lessons and rituals were
kept secret. We can recognize traces of that in various
Masonic degrees which were developed in France during
the 18th century. The Ill. Grand Patriarch Jean-Louis DE
BIASI is talking regularly about that in his books.
Information can also be found in the writings of Lapasse
and Jollivet Castelot.
Historians and authors have found some clues of these
esoteric origins within the rituals. However, they didn’t
succeed to link everything together, because the teachings
were missing. You have to remember that the main point in
an initiatic tradition is the oral and direct teachings.
In 1884 the Marquis Stanislas de Guaita read the book
written by Josephin Peladan “the Supreme Vice.” Attracted
by this mystical approach he contacted him, through his
brother Adrian Peladan, who was a member of the RoseCross Order of Toulouse. At this time Firmin Boissin was
the head of the Order. It was through these contacts that
Stanislas de Guaita received from the Hermetic Rose Cross
lineage the authority, the teachings, and the personal
mission he had to accomplish. He was responsible for
bringing together inside a specific Order, the authentic
Rose-Cross initiation which has both a theoretical and
ritualistic aspect. The ritual practice was both serious and
rigorous. The only aspects that were allowed to remain
visible to the public were the teachings which had been
neglected in the occult groups of this time. Immediately
after this training and being initiated, Stanislas de Guaita,
then very young, wrote several books about occultism.
It was in 1888 that Stanislas de Guaita, then aged 27,
founded the “Kabbalistic Order of the Rose-Cross” (OKRC
in French, KORC in English). Stanislas became the head of
the Order, a member of the Supreme Council composed of
twelve members, six of them remaining unknown “so that
the Order could resurrect upon the death of any or all of its
members.”
This date 1888 was not chosen randomly. The Brotherhood
of the German organization Rose+Croix d’Or (Gold
Rose+Cross) worked according a cycle of 111 years and its
different degrees were organized in 1777. Following the
instructions he had received, Stanislas de Guaita
exteriorized the Order 111 years later, in 1888.
Among the best known members, we can mention are:
Stanislas de Guaita as the first Grand Master, Papus (Gerard
Encausse), considered the Balzac of Occultism, who was a
prolific author in charge of the reorganization of Martinism,
and Josephin Peladan who left the Order in 1890 to found
his own Rose-Cross Order, which was mainly focused on
the aesthetic research.
The KORC immediately attracted the most influential
Europeans of that time such as: Paul Adam [1862-1920],
Jollivet-Castelot, August Reichel, Abbot Alta (whose real
name was Calixtus Mélinge (1842-1933) priest of the city
of Morigny in the Versailles area (he replaced Peladan),
Francois-Charles Barlet (pseudonym of Albert Faucheux
1838-1921) founder of the Theosophical Society in France,
Marc Haven (Dr. Lalande) [1868-1926 ], Edouard Blitz,
August Strindberg [1849-1912], and Gabron Thoron, Victor
Blanchard (Sar Yesir) [-1953], Spencer Lewis, Lucien
Chamuel, Paul Sedir (Yvon Le Loup) [1871-1926], Pierre
Augustin Chaboseau, Victor-Emile Michelet (1861-1938),
Erik Satie, Emma Calve, Camille Flammarion and many
other well known figures.
Papus who was the witness and participant of the birth of
other Rose-Cross organizations in Great Britain (for
example the Golden Dawn) wrote about the Kabbalistic
Order of the Rose-Cross:
“The Rose+Cross movement would have continued in
silence, as under the protection of other initiatic
organizations if foreign occultists didn’t try to move it from
France – best place for the Western Traditions [note from
the KORC: It was true at the time, but not today in the 21 st
century] – and from its origins, and to take the lead in a
movement that changed the axis of gravity of the esoteric
movement outside of Paris. […] It would have been a
sacrilege to destroy the work of the masters of the West.
Thus, it was decided by the ones in charge that a movement
will be organized to select by the work and tests initiates
capable to adapt the esoteric tradition to the new century
[note from the KORC: Papus was speaking about the 20 th
century. The process was the same for the 21st century.].“
On the visible level a specific training in Kabbalah was
implemented. It was achieved with the degrees of High
School Diplomas (French “Baccalaureat”), Bachelor’s
Degrees (French “License”), Doctorates (French
“Doctorat”). All these diplomas were of course focused on
Qabalah and the Western Tradition in general. (For more
information, look for details on the website of the Order).
But the researches were not limited to the theoretical level.
A serious training and learning must be associated to inner
practice and ritual. This is why such expertise was also
required. Knowledge of the writings of Eliphas Levi,
Bulwer-Lytton [1803-1873], Fabre d Olivet, Vronsky, Jacob
Boehme, Emanuel Swedenborg, Martinez Pasqually and
Louis Claude de Saint Martin were required. These men
were all great mystical and esoteric masters that contributed
to the dissemination of knowledge and spirituality.
Paradoxically, the public knew very little about the internal
aspect of our Order. As its rituals have remained mostly
unknown, some historians have sometimes doubted about
the presence of initiations in the Order. But as you know
this is precisely the characteristic of an initiatic Order.
Generations of French and European occultists who
perpetuated the traditional initiatic mysteries of the West,
were greatly influenced by our Order. This was true for
example of Saint-Yves d’Alveydre [1842-1909] and
Rudolph Steiner.
The Kabbalistic Order of the Rose-Cross was a continuous
inspiration for the ongoing Western spiritual organizations.
It is interesting to note that several figures in charge of the
Order were given the mission to create a school that was
invisibly linked to the mother tradition.
Here we are put in the face of the real paradox that numbers
us among the best tradition in the Occident: an essentially
cultural and spiritual vision for an Order visible to the
public, containing secret rites and quality interior teachings.
It is in this spirit that the Invisible College of the Order was
organized to manage these inner activities.
The Grand Masters of the Order (managing the visible and
invisible departments of the Order) under the title of “Ill.
Grand Patriarch Rose-Cross” were:
• Stanislas Guaita [1888-1897]
• Francois Charles Barlet (Albert Faucheux) [from 1897
to?]
• Gerard Encausse (Papus) [from? to 1916]
• Charles Detre (Teder) [from 1916 to 1918]
• Jean Bricaud (In 1922, Bricaud created an international
occult society with the help of the medical doctor
Joseph Ferrua who was related to Jollivet-Castelot.)
After Jean Bricaud, a separation was introduced between
the Grand Patriarch Rose-Cross in charge of the inner Order
and a Grand Master known by everyone. The first was in
charge of the real direction of the Order. The Grand Master
was not authorized to unveil anything on his own initiative.
This mode of working is partly explained in the works of
Fabre d’Olivet.
After Bricaud, the outer Order ceased to exist as such. The
time had come to again awake the Order. The Grand Master
succession became only honorary and was progressively
associated to various degrees that can be found in
“Egyptian Freemasonry,” Gnosticism and Martinism. This
lineage was strictly external and was passed from Jean
Bricaud to Chevillon Constant. (They organized their own
Rose-Cross, kabbalistic and gnostic organization and they
eventually did join FUDOFSI.). Next the lineage was given
to Charles-Henry Dupont, Philippe Encausse and Robert
Ambelain.
It is obvious that none of these figures received the full
teaching of the inner teachings of the Order. Constant
Chevillon and Robert Ambelain were the only ones to
receive several practices and rituals from the inner Order.
Ambelain was also responsible for transmitting several of
these elements in his writings in a language good for his
time. He performed his task and his many esoteric activities
with great skill and seriousness. He succeeded in all these
goals and was maybe the last one at this time to not confuse
initiations, rituals and a blind faith.
The lineage of the inner Order continued to be transmitted
with the same concern for the high standards of the original
Rose-Cross Order and in the region, which had always
been the heart of the Hermetic Rose-Cross: the Southwest
of France.
Jean Bricaud, both Illustrious Grand Patriarch of the RoseCross (inner Order) and Grand Master (outer Order) at the
same time, decided to entrust the inheritance and authority
of the inner initiatic lineage he held to individuals who
would pledge to keep them intact and to not reopen the
Order before the scheduled time had arrived. This heritage
and authority were entrusted in the utmost secrecy in what
was then called the “Gallican Catholic Church.” As the
“Rose-Cross” used to do throughout their history, this
church never talked to their followers about this heritage.
At most they might hear about a Martinist affiliation.
Things continued in this way until 1986. The religious in
charge were successively:
• Jean Bricaud (cited above)
• Louis Marie Francois Giraud
• John Brouillet
• Patrick Truchemotte
At the end of a Martinist meeting on September 6 th, 1986,
the last Ill. Grand Patriarch Rose-Cross Patrick
Truchemotte, also Patriarch of the “Gallican Catholic
Church” gave this inheritance, authority along with some
occult ritual objects to the one who will have the duty to reawaken this tradition: Jean-Louis de Biasi. The latter
became the 9th Ill. Grand Patriarch Rose-Cross.
But 1986 was not the time planned for the rebirth of the
KORC. It was necessary to keep this lineage secret for
several more years to respect the traditional cycle. A
number of Western initiatic Orders use this principle of
cycles of sleep and work. Everything in nature goes through
cycles, including the seasons, animals, and everything that
is alive. We cannot imagine that such cycles don’t exist. It
will be the death of any organism. If we stopped the
succession of the cycles of wakefulness and sleep in our
personal lives it would lead to exhaustion and madness.
This principle also applies to initiatic orders, because they
are also real living organisms of a different kind. These
organizations could not achieve true sustainability, unless
they utilized the principle of sleep and rebirth at a precisely
determined period. This does not mean that all activity
ceases during sleep; in fact, quite the contrary. The only
difference between the periods of sleep and wakefulness is
that it is unlawful for any person not sponsored by a
member, to be initiated and thus enter the egregore of the
Order when the Order is “asleep.” The only people that can
be received during the sleep period are relatives or close
friends of members. All advertising is also prohibited. If
you ask the members about their membership in the
fraternity, they must deny it. Activities continue to run
normally, but they must be worked in secret. When the time
approaches when the structure will be awakened, there is a
reactivation period of seven years which is initiated by the
hierarchy of the Order. This is why the inner Order was able
to resume its occult work in 1999.
This wakeful period was always intended to awaken the
presence of this tradition in the minds of researchers, along
with its values and philosophy. Desire is thus reactivated in
the consciousness of those who have already taken a first
step towards the occult. The first four years (within those
seven years) was intended to awaken Western Hermeticism
and make its presence known. As before, it was organized
within the outermost possible initiatic structure (of the
Order) and within the most popular French Masonic groups.
A structure was built by leaders of the Order and placed
where it could be reached fairly easily. Some rituals were
transmitted so that the energies would be actively set in
motion. In this way, some changes appeared naturally in the
panorama of the European occult world. The leaders would
openly discuss more about Hermetism, highlighting the
connections between the existing traditional initiation
currents and currents of the ancient Mystery Schools. Other
groups and organizations began to develop a desire to use
these rites, along with their external structure, without
knowing the exact origin of the practice, or even the nature
of the philosophy promoted by these rites. All these
developments were part of the revival of occult energy;
many people have been surprised at the power and speed of
what may thus be manifested. It was as if a higher power
presided over the work. Various publications began to be
published on subjects in relation to this tradition including
many esoteric and academic developments. In the next four
years, the second step of the revival of the tradition
occurred. The Supreme Council reactivated the inner
process of the Order by the use of the inner ritual’s practice
at precise times during specific periods. These cycles of
four and three years are significant in regard to the
kabbalistic symbolism. At the same time, the link between
the inner Order and French Freemasonry was cut as the
period of reactivation was achieved.
In 2006, at the end of this initial period, the Kabbalistic
Order of the Rose-Cross, again enlivened by the addition of
the Hermetic, Rose-Cross and Martinist energies could
resumed its activities and open its chapters based on the
principles of the inner and respectable Brotherhood.
Such is the historical markers of this important initiatic
school. Present today as before, the Order can offer the
power of its inheritance to every initiate spreading the
flame of this initiation.
Guardian of the Threshold
All esoteric traditions in the world warn the novice against
an entity, or a mirage, named, according to the doctrines,
the Guardian of the Threshold, the Dragon of the Threshold,
or according to Taoism T’ao-T ‘ie.
This is an apparition which, standing on the initiatic path as
an unexpected initiatic experience, prohibits the seeker
from going further. If he becomes panic stricken, the entity
becomes increasingly frightening and threatening and
continues to harass the novice, while he renounces the
Quest for Truth.
But the Guardian of the Threshold is only powerful in
appearance. It is a supreme (but harmless) test for the one
who goes forward with prayer, trust, and confidence. Then
the Guardian of the Threshold reveals what it really is: a
fantasy. It vanishes, disappears and never returns.
According to a familiar expression, it is indeed a “paper
tiger.”
Therefore, we can boldly say that its appearance is
beneficial. It proves that the neophyte is on the right track,
progressing toward Truth and Life. Now that we have
warned you, you know where you stand. And you will
always have in mind the aphorism of Plato: “Laugh is the
weapon of the Wise.”
Nomen Mysticum
The initiation involves what is essentially a death to the
profane world, followed by a resurrection into the sacred
world. And that’s why the initiate switches his secular name
for another name: the “nomen mysticum.”
The initiation into the Kabbalistic Order of the Rose-Cross
required for the candidate to choose a mystical name. You
will have to choose this name freely and individually. You
will need it the day you will be initiated in a Chapter. This
name, which cannot be a motto, may be the name of a
famous person, or a particular quality, a divinity, or even an
aspect of the divine, etc. It may be chosen in whatever
language you wish. It should represent what the goal of
your spiritual journey is. Since this name will be used in
rituals within the Chapter and in specific individual rituals,
the name must be chosen very carefully.
Rituals
In the West, the initiatic rituals are organized according a
precise structure.
Here are the successive phases:
1.a) A series of actions are performed that release, and
then dissolve the ties that bind the novice to the profane
world.
2.b) A liturgical drama of mythic proportions is enacted,
which aggregates the novice to the sacred world.
3.c) A presentation of ritual items (or the evocation of a
legend) associates the novice into the Order.
4.d) A solemn oath is pronounced by the initiate.
5.e) An invisible transformation is performed on the
novice which will remain with him throughout his life.
The Consecrated Medal
The Kabbalistic Order of the Rose-Cross preserves in its
Temple various items or relics which belonged to the Past
Masters of the Order. Since these objects are charged with
the Holy Power that was received from the initiates who
once used them, they are the symbols of this continuation of
the Great Work still performed by the Order.
Even if you are not yet initiated into the Order, it is
extremely important for you to be in contact with the
egregore of the Kabbalistic Order of the Rose-Cross in a
way that is not just symbolic.
For this reason, you will soon receive by mail, a medal,
which has been especially blessed in the Temple of the
Order by placing it in contact with a relic that has been
passed among us since the inception of our Tradition. The
Grand Patriarch of the Rose-Cross is the owner and
guardian of these objects.
Please suspend this medal with a gold ribbon. Wear it when
you perform the rituals and practical exercises you will be
receiving. After your initiation you will be able to replace
this pentacle by the medal of the Order. Of course, you can
also proudly wear it in your daily life.
This medal is part of the unbroken chain that forges a
sacred bond between you and the ancient power of our
Order.
This medal will allow you to become associated with this
sacred chain, so that you are really connected to the hidden
chain of the Order and, therefore, your spiritual and occult
works are under its protection.
ABOUT YOUR INITIATIC JOURNEY
In an authentic organization, initiatic rituals are essential.
Their spiritual and theurgic power is based on several main
factors. They must be known only by initiates and be
practiced by Officers who have been trained to work on the
visible and invisible planes.
It is for this reason that it is important, to obtain a result on
your personal and inner evolution, to ask for your initiation
in a Chapter of the Order.
The initiation received directly by properly trained Officers
of the Order is a theurgic process that can bring you real
help in transforming your being and your life! You cannot
do everything by yourself! Initiation is a powerful and
respectable theurgic process, which will allow you to go
further and faster.
The initiatic process is the first step of the Great Work of
your realization. This work is not only symbolic, but
operative, opening the doors for your progression in the
initiatic degrees. It is absolutely safe, because you will be
protected by the powerful egregore of the Kabbalistic
Tradition of the Rose-Cross. Even if it is obvious, we must
say that initiations are in no way pacts with the devil or any
evil power, just as they imply no sacrifice.
When you have received the initiation, you will be able to
participate in the various group practices that are specific to
your degree.
Initiations transmitted within Chapters
Degree of the Threshold
– INITIATION OF UNKNOWN SUPERIOR
Presentation: This preliminary degree constitutes the moral
and spiritual foundation of the Order. It is the prerequisite.
In the 17th century, a Frenchman named Louis-Claude de
Saint-Martin was introduced to the occult rites of Christian
esotericism by his master Martinès de Pasqually. A few
years after the death of the latter, Saint-Martin, also known
as the “Unknown Philosopher,” moved away from his
master’s doctrine to create a “small school in Paris,” whose
aim was to practice a pure spirituality. He incorporated
doctrines of Martinès that had been received orally into his
own, and created a unique degree called “Unknown
Superior” (in French “Supérieur Inconnu”). Saint Martin
chose to introduce a teaching that focused essentially on
ethics and mysticism. The goal was to receive the key
which would open the inner door of the soul, allowing
people to communicate with the spheres of the Spirit. The
only requirements were a manifestation of true desire, a
commitment of the soul, and an awakening of good will.
This was the original “Martinism.”
The Kabbalistic Order of the Rose-Cross has always
considered this degree as a moral precondition for the
initiatic journey. It is therefore crucial and fundamental,
while paradoxically requiring only minimal theoretical
training. Spiritually, it constitutes an unavoidable inner
step.
Since the beginning of its existence, the Kabbalistic Order
of the Rose-Cross has used an initiatic ceremony of
“Unknown Superior,” thus associating the mystical
dimension with a very powerful theurgical ritual dating
back to the authentic sources of Martinism.
Duration of the degree: 6 months
Practices and rituals of this degree: Preparatory
document for initiation; Martinist Operative Ritual;
Martinist’s instructions; Rites of consecration of ritual tools
and clothes; Martinist’s practices of the “Unknown
Superior.”
Degrees of the Chapter
1- INITIATION of the 1st DEGREE
Presentation: The initiation of the first degree is rooted in
the Hebrew magical (practical) Kabbalah, which is
foundational to the esoteric Judeo-Christian tradition found
partly in 19th century occultist schools. For hundreds of
years, few rituals were communicated outside Jewish
Kabbalist groups practicing this form of magic Kabbalah.
Among the fundamental texts of this tradition, three have a
special place. These are the Zohar, the Sepher Yetzirah, and
the Sepher Ha-bahir – although the Kabbalistic Order of
the Rose-Cross is not limited to the theoretical teachings in
these books. To cross the veils of the Sacred Mysteries and
obtain a real transformation, the initiate must live the
initiatic rituals described therein. This is what this initiation
ritual of the 1st degree allows. Remember that the
initiations of our Order have never been published, so they
have retained their authenticity and power. This explains
why only this type of initiation can accompany the initiate
to the heart of the Mysteries.
Reception of the degree: The candidate must have
successfully completed his 6 months of training in the
previous degree, memorized the instructions and practiced
the individual rites.
Duration of the degree: Set of 22 practical meetings in a
Chapter.
Practices related to this degree: As in every degree of the
Order, there is a set of spiritual and psychic practices taught
orally within the Chapter. Initially, they allow the deepening
and the appropriation of certain parts of the ritual of
initiation, along with learning the secrets of the degree. In
this first degree, the practices are obviously focused on the
magical and practical Judeo-Christian Kabbalah.
2- INITIATION of the 2nd DEGREE
Presentation: The initiation of the second degree reveals
the heart of the esoteric Christian tradition as it was
constituted in France and Italy in the Middle Ages. During
the Renaissance, some teachings from the Byzantine
tradition were associated with the original corpus. In the
works of Dante Alighieri, a 13th-century author, the Western
occult tradition was often presented in a poetic way. More
specifically, his book The Divine Comedy reveals the
structure of spiritual worlds and archangelic hierarchies
taught since antiquity.
We also know that the troubadours of the Middle Ages and
some “Knights of the Temple” preserved a knowledge of
the ancient Mysteries associated with the most original
Christian esotericism.
According to the process described for the first degree, the
second initiation is based on this Medieval heritage to
accompany the candidate in this path of initiation described
by Dante. Connections with the true Rose-Croix tradition
become obvious. This was understood by writers Stanislas
de Guaita and Joséphin Péladan.
Reception of the degree: The candidate must have
completed the 22 practical meetings of the previous degree,
memorized the instructions and finished the second step of
the Archconfraternity of Ieschouah.
Duration of the degree: Set of 32 practical meetings in a
Chapter.
Practices related to this degree: In this second degree, the
practices focus on the esoteric Christian tradition, the
mysteries of the incarnation and the celestial ascent, the
archangelic mysteries, and the authentic Rose-Cross, as
well as the chivalry of the temple.
2- INITIATION of the 3rd DEGREE
Presentation: The initiation of the third degree reveals a
very little-known aspect of the esoteric Christian tradition.
However, it originated the revelations in the Middle Ages,
associated with the Kabbalah in the Renaissance, and gave
birth to occultism in nineteenth-century France. Between
the 1st and the 5th centuries, several Christian Gnostic
communities flourished in Egypt and various countries of
the Middle East. We are not talking here about Gnostic
recreations of the 19th century, which are copies of the
Roman Catholic Church, but of original Gnostic schools.
Many of them incorporated magical and religious
knowledge from pre-Christian traditions. Their rites and
secrets were interesting and powerful, which probably led
to the elimination of most of these groups by the exoteric
Christian church we know today. Happily, a number of texts
have recently been discovered, but it is extremely difficult
to study and understand their ritual functioning. However,
this third initiation makes it possible to receive this original
knowledge in the most authentic form. The original source
of gnosis becomes accessible, revealing the true nature of
the tradition that gave birth to the Rose-Cross.
Reception of the degree: The candidate must have
completed the 32 practical meetings of the previous degree,
memorized the instructions and have completed the fifth
step of the Archconfraternity of Ieschouah.
Duration of the degree: Set of 40 practical meetings in a
Chapter.
Practices related to this degree: In this third degree, the
practices focus on some of the original Gnostic traditions,
early Christianity, and medieval Gnostic traditions such as
Catharism. Various occult keys from pre-Christian
traditions are also taught.
Degree of the Grand Chapter
CONSECRATION of PATRIARCH ROSE-CROSS
Presentation: The Patriarchs R+C are brothers and sisters
who have received the four degrees of the order, received
the initiation of Knight Rose-Cross (head of the Chapter)
and reached the second priesthood of the Archconfraternity
of Ieschouah.
This consecration transmits priestly authority as it was
instituted in the original esoteric Christian tradition.
Reception of the degree: The candidate must have
completed the 40 practical meetings of the previous degree,
memorized the instructions and completed the second
priesthood of the Archconfraternity of Ieschouah.
Practices: The studies and practices take place on three
levels. First, the Patriarch works within the occult circle of
the Patriarchs Rose-Cross; then, he performs a regular
individual work arising from the priesthood consecrations
he received. He is also in close and regular contact with a
more experienced initiate who accompanies him in
fundamental spiritual exercises.
Parallel to the daily practice of his spiritual duties, he is
prepared for the accomplishment of the great theurgical
operations of invocation of the beings of light.
PRACTICE
Advice for your study
How to organize your sacred day
As you will have the opportunity to discover, when you
read the teachings of the Order, the Western Tradition
appeared in Chaldea before passing through Egypt and
arriving in continental Europe. These were the Magi and
Chaldean astrologers who discovered the divisions of time
and analyzed the specific influences of each period of the
year as well as the lunar month. This is also why we use
only 7 days and each is assigned a specific global and
Divine influence. The latter dominates the corresponding
day. You can easily see that there is a direct relationship
with our Latin names for the planets, Monday – Moon;
Tuesday – Mars; Wednesday – Mercury; Thursday –
Jupiter; Friday – Venus; Saturday – Saturn. Sundays is no
longer connected to the sun in French, but there are
connections in English: Sunday – Sun. You can surely
imagine how an egregore that is associated with those
Divine forces would be intensely powerful, and why we
might be interested in using these associations in our
practical work.
For this reason we advise you to choose a specific day for
your study of our teachings. The sun has always been the
most powerful symbol in the entire Western tradition, and
we recommend that you choose Sunday, the day dedicated
to the Sun. The morning is the time when its influence is
most intense, but you can choose the time of day during
which you are most quiet and able to concentrate.
We will progressively provide you with more elements to
organize these sessions and practical exercises.
Notebooks
We recommend that you get three notebooks:
1.For any book you are reading required by your
progression in the Order.
2.For the monthly teachings
3.For your personal notes on the practical exercises,
meditations, etc.
Contents of the teachings and how to learn
The monthly teachings are a very important aspect of your
progress in the understanding of our Tradition. Of course,
they cannot replace the initiations that you will be able to
receive in the Chapters of the Order. They address various
aspects of the Tradition. You will find essential texts that
are commented upon and explained by the Officers of the
Order, along with letters and documents that are specifically
addressed to you, as well as practical exercises and rituals.
We recommend that you review these lessons by applying
the method that we provide below (for the study books).
Choose a section of the monthly booklet and proceed to
study it.
In the next lesson, you will learn how to set up a shrine in
your home. Do not worry about how big your shrine is,
because we will explain that it can be quite discreet.
Philosophical texts and quotations
You will learn from various philosophical texts and from
the quotations provided in the monthly teachings.
Philosophical texts are to be studied each week during your
chosen study period. If you work with another person (as a
couple or with a partner) you can discuss the materials and
take notes on the most important elements of your
meditation in common. Together you may want to perform
two meditations, but no more.
Regarding the quotations, you will study one each week.
Think about it every day and record your thoughts. After a
week of meditation and assimilation during the study
period, you can note the conclusion of your meditations.
Studying for couples
If you are living with someone who is also a member of the
Order, we recommend that you study together every
Sunday. This is a very important time of common work on
the traditional knowledge.
Take a few minutes to read the chosen part of the monthly
lesson (silently and individually). Together, discuss what it
contains, the implications of it in your spiritual life and
your daily life. Make notes in your individual notebooks
and record any questions that may arise.
Practical Exercises
As you will see very soon, some of the practical exercises
can be performed as a couple, while others must be worked
alone. This will be specified in the teachings. If nothing is
specified, try them together, individually, or even both ways
so that you have variety in your practical work.
The Secret
A true initiatic society is not merely discrete, it is truly
secret. This has been the case since ancient times and it is
still the case today. It cannot be otherwise because the
initiatic process is necessarily gradual. The gradual
development of your initiatic process will enable you to
acquire knowledge and to develop your human potential.
We cannot entrust the control of a very fast car to someone
who doesn’t know how to drive. It would be too dangerous.
Instead, we hide the keys and do not entrust them to those
who don’t know how to drive. It is for this reason that you
have begun these studies today. As you saw in the oath, it is
critical that you maintain absolute secrecy about these
teachings and the practical exercises you will learn. That
does not mean that it is necessary to maintain secrecy about
your membership in our Order. A tradition like this can
continue to exist because new members and initiates decide
to begin this wonderful journey.
Our Order was founded in 1888 and has consistently
perpetuated the ancient Rose-Cross Hermetic Tradition
until today. Our egregore continues to exist, to get stronger,
and to grow and develop through a real mystical chain. The
function of an Order such as ours is to shine and to bring
the light of initiation to all those who feel the desire to
advance toward the sacred and Divine. We must each be an
example of the moral qualities that initiation demands of us.
Revealing the way, it is quite permissible for our members
to demonstrate the truth and power of the Kabbalistic Order
of the Rose-Cross in their actions. In this way, those who
come into contact with the members of our Order will
understand the power and importance of the Light of this
tradition. They will see the value of the lessons we have
learned, and what our Order can do today to help
individuals and the world itself.
To conclude, we may say that the teachings, practical work
and rituals (and their details) must remain secret, but the
nature of our Tradition and Order may be explained.
It is therefore important that you increase the understanding
of our tradition, fully aware of what you represent and
being proud to be part of it. One’s progress towards
initiation in the Order is a great privilege and it can take
years before you fully realize the full initiation that you are
receiving in this work. You have felt this call and have
begun. We congratulate you!
PHILOSOPHY
“Let no one when young delay to study philosophy, nor
when he is old grow weary of his study. For no one can
come too early or too late to secure the health of his soul.
And the man who says that the age for philosophy has
either not yet come or has gone by is like the man who says
that the age for happiness is not yet come to him or has
passed away. Wherefore both when young and old a man
must study philosophy, that as he grows old he may be
young in blessings through the grateful recollection of what
has been, and that in youth he may be old as well, since he
will know no fear of what is to come. We must then
meditate on the things that make our happiness, seeing that
when that is with us we have all, but when it is absent we
do all to win it.”
Epicurus, Letter to Menoeceus, 1.
QUOTATIONS
1st Week
“If you wish to strive for peace of soul and happiness, then
believe; if you wish to be a disciple of truth, then inquire.”
Nietzsche
2nd Week
“It is useless to ask the gods for something you can buy
yourself.” Epicurus, thoughts, 65
3rd Week
“It is easy to see the faults of others, but difficult to see
one’s own. A man broadcasts the fault of others like
winnowing chaff in the wind but hides his own faults as a
crafty fowler covers himself.” Dhammapada, 252.
4th Week
“Discern right from wrong! The whole science of life is
there. But this discernment comes only from reason.” P.
Janet
The tradition teaches that the Kabbalistic system is a
representation of the cosmos. It develops a set of maps to
represent an invisible reality, and therefore, does not
represent the truth as such. This is why the adepts of the
Rose-Cross and Hermetists used the Kabbalah only as a
tool, showing that energies do exist in the universe. The
initiates believe that it is possible to connect to these
powers through the use of signs and sacred words. The
Kabbalah is, therefore, not limited to the Hebrew tradition;
but instead it is a universal system, one that is accessible to
all of mankind through signs and sacred words. Its methods
were probably developed in ancient times by the
Pythagoreans and the Neoplatonists, and after being taken
over by the Jewish Kabbalists, it was integrated during the
Renaissance to the Christian esotericism. Modern initiatic
Orders adapted the Kabbalah to their own ideological and
practical systems.
Finally, let us remember that the word Kabbalah means Tradition. This is a way of talking about the
entire Western esoteric tradition. It is in this way that the Kabbalistic Order of the Rose-Croix uses
the Kabbalah. This rich heritage must be preserved, studied and developed. It is important to
remember that we must always consider with kindness and interest any developments of the
tradition, keep the best intuitions, without any blind focus to dogma. You will have the opportunity
to discover various Kabbalistic trainings in our Order and perhaps you will be eager to learn them.
However, remember that at any moment tolerance and freedom of thought are the inner values that
you will have to cultivate.”
Fraternally under the auspices and the protection of the Rose and the Cross,
Jean-Louis de Biasi
Ill. Grand Patriarch Rose+Cross of the O.K.R.C.
TEACHINGS
What is Esotericism?
Philosophical or religious knowledge arises from two different lines of thought, which are
complementary, not opposite. One way of describing these two aspects is to think of them as inner
and outer teachings: exoteric and esoteric. Thus, Pythagoras communicated an exoteric teaching to
all of his students, which he supplemented, orally and secretly, with inner and esoteric teachings
restricted to rare and advanced disciples.
art of his
doctrines, while his esoteric philosophy may be deciphered
by reading the Neo-Platonic texts “between the lines.”
The writings of Plato that still exist today express only the exoteric p
The advice Jesus Christ gave to his disciples, “Do not throw
pearls before swine” (Matt VII-6) shows two postevangelical lineages: the first one can be found in the
official churches and the second one can be called
“Gnostic.” The latter was often persecuted. St. Paul warns
the Corinthians, “It is milk which I have given you to drink,
not solid food; for you could not digest solid food yet,
because you are still carnal.” (Corinthians 3:2-3). Paul of
Tarsus thus distinguishes between “beings of flesh” and
“spiritual men”. It is this same distinction that we are now
formulating as exotericists, (carnal men) and esotericists
(men of spirit).
The notion of “esotericism” (or “sacred mysteries”) is
composed of three steps which correspond to three
difficulties to overcome:
The three steps:
• What we receive in silence
• What is forbidden to talk (openly)
• What is difficult to speak about.
The three difficulties:
• Objectivity associated to an esoteric belief
• Imperfect training of the student
• Difficulty to explain an inner spiritual experience.
(That explains the use of myths and symbols.)
To take advantage of the esoteric knowledge, it is necessary
to be worthy and well trained. Louis-Claude de SaintMartin divided men into three classes:
– The Men of the Torrent are by far the most numerous
(also called laypersons). They are reluctant and skeptical
about esotericism, have no interest in it or make fun of it.
– The Men of desire are those who are “called” by the
esoteric quest. They are those who “have ears to hear and
eyes to see.” As you begin this initiatic journey, you are in
this group of “beings of desire.”
– The Men-Spirits are the Masters, the prophets, those
Esotericism led to the ultimate summit of Knowledge.
What is the origin of this distinction into three groups? The
origins are multiple. As you continue your study and
initiation, you will find deep reasons which will lead you to
consequences, which will be of the utmost importance.
For now, remember that progressively you will feel more
and more united with your spiritual guide. First by trust,
then by mutual sympathy, which will become a noble
friendship that flourishes in mutual brotherhood.
You will get the greatest benefit to meditate the following
sentences:
A – If the real meaning of life is invisible and elusive, only
your mind in a state of perfect simplicity can do it when he
contemplates the central point where the opposites are
resolved in a perfect balance. (Y-King)
B – Wisdom yells in public spaces, and what it yells is that
it lives on the tops. (Master Eckhart)
What is Initiation?
The personality, the self of someone who is not initiated is
made up of many elements unbalanced and often
conflicting. This is especially the case for the consciousness
which is often confused by “dark and bad influences”
which are coming from the outside or from the deep
unconscious.
For a large number of sad human beings, the psychological
conflicts lead to various neuroses. Within materialists, only
a minority ever succeed to solve the disorder of the self.
Others undertake the Path of Initiation. They feel that
within the confused and complex disorders of the self exists
a true center, a Heart, a Mystical Rose. The eastern schools
and the theosophical Society named it the Atman. This is
the True Self, our Divine Spark.
To be initiated is to reach that Divine Spark, awake the
Heart, find the Gold flower and find again the Lost Word.
All these metaphors, and many others besides, have the
same meaning: wake up the Divine inside us and becoming
fully aware of what we are.
This consciousness is very different from the intellectual
knowledge.
This spiritual journey can be compared to travels, fights, or
quests. Those who have gone before us on this path have
left us with certain symbolic stories, such as “the Divine
Comedy,” “The Quest for the Holy Grail” or the
“Alchemical wedding of Christian Rosenkreutz.”
The initiatic experience can be partly found in the symbols
hidden in the folklore, fairy tales and mythologies. The
initiation consists to undertake this difficult road, facing
several obstacles, traps, enemies, etc. But you will also
receive help from the spiritual world. The different steps of
the initiation, the theoretical study along with the spiritual
practices will help you with this spiritual journey.
The novice feels how his ego is complex. He discovers that
the reason, will, erudition are sometimes insufficient. He
looks at his own shadows. Then he struggles with each
element of his ego and fight his “inner monsters.” His
victory does not consist to remove or destroy, but to
understand and balance in harmony. So throughout these
inner fights and with the assistance of other initiates who
are working like him, he finally reached the Self. A true
transmutation occurs in him. All its “metals” become
“gold.” What was scattered is ordered and classified. The
different levels of the Self unite closely, lovingly, as the
King and Queen of alchemical legends. This state of
consciousness opens to a deep and peaceful contemplation.
“What is above is like what is below…”
We could say that an initiate is a man reconciled with him.
That reconciliation takes place at the level of the divine
spark that shines in each of us.
During this quest, the Knight may meet invisible entities
who are trying to help or to oppose him. They either come
from other cosmic levels or deep parts of the unconscious.
These “Unknown Agents” can use a live appearance such
as: Warriors, Monsters, Wise, Saints, Heroes, etc. They are
also symbolized in our inner vision in the form of
“mysterious figures,” sacred numbers and geometrical
symbols (the Circle, Triangle, Three, Five, Seven, Twelve,
etc.)
Finally, other cosmic powers are beyond any image or
symbol we can imagine. We can feel them but without
being able to see them.
These psychic forces are not under the control of your
mind. They are in contact with the unconscious and cannot
be understood according the rational limitations of our
intellect.
Anyone who begins this initiatic journey cannot know in
advance where it will end, when and how it will triumph,
but no effort is lost.
The initiatic process can challenge false values and your
courage will be tested.
Without the support of the Masters of our Tradition and
other sisters and brothers also initiated the drifts could be
numerous. We could mislead ourselves into dead ends,
driven by the search for illusory psychic powers. Lucidity
and sincerity towards oneself also limit these risks.
After having persevered and overcome the tests you will
become an Initiate. You will achieve the transformation
leading you from the man of the river to the man desire and
eventually to the Spirit-Man. Then transformations will
occur inside you.
It acquires, without looking for them inner abilities such as
clairvoyance, premonition, etc. These new abilities are all
consequences of his new state of awareness as Rose +
Croix. More importantly, it escapes the servitude of the
human condition even the obligation of reincarnation. He
finally drops the Sisyphean task of successive existences.
He has become what he is really. It does not, however,
remain in this state, detached from the world of men. In
fact, he will come back in the world from his own free will,
in order to help those who have remained in the dark and
the illusion of the world.
On a physical level, this level of illumination gives to the
initiate a strong vital energy which can be felt by anyone
who meets him. Far to hide in a wild place, he enjoys the
life. As an initiate wrote: “What we want happen, because
we want what happen.” This approach was well developed
by the Stoic philosophy. Our tradition, in its wisdom
managed to find the balance between such self-realization
and an approach quite epicurean. We are not here in a
Gnostic school eager to escape from the world. An initiate
at this step knows how to enjoy the life without being
enslaved by it. This balance is the real demonstration of its
inner realization.
Then, the individual will is an emanation of the cosmic
will. The initiate doesn’t think to the world according the
dogmas provided by any religion. He defeats the fear of
death. Having approached in his initiation the doors of the
afterlife and understood the true nature of existential
anxiety, the world ceases to be a place of fear to become an
opportunity to progress through many experiences that life
offers to him.
The initiate shines around him. Between insiders all times
and in all countries, there is a mystical union that some
sometimes called the “Inner Church,” the “Grand White
Lodge,” the “Upper Assembly,” etc. This is this spiritual
communion between the true initiates that can bring to the
world a real harmony.
The Symbolism of the Cross
The two perpendicular lines of the cross represent two
opposing forces balanced without harm. The horizontal line
corresponds to the expansion. This would lead to the
complete fragmentation if it was not limited by the
opposing force. The result is the universal attraction that
provides the outbreak and development of life. The
centripetal power balances the centrifugal power, and vice
versa.
We must not believe that the discovery of universal
attraction laws has not occurred before Newton. The
ancients knew it very well and we can find in Anaxagoras,
Democritus, Plutarch and Aristotle, explicit words which
clearly show that the scholars and philosophers did not
believe that the earth was flat or that the stars in the sky
were hanging lamps. Plutarch wrote: “What helps the moon
to not fall on the earth, it is the movement and speed of its
circular revolution, such as a projectile put in a sling-shot
cannot fall as long as we continue the circular movement.
And so, the Moon is not driven by its weight because
gravity is balanced by the circular revolution. “
Scholars and initiates in the antiquity knew the gravitational
attraction, the shape and size of the Earth, even if this
knowledge was unknown for most of the population.
Otherwise, how the axis of the Great Pyramid divides it
exactly into the amount of water and land “the whole earth
has including America and Oceania?” How Scylax of
Caryanda, who undertook a travel around the globe by the
order of Darius the first; Theophane in his History of Plants
and especially Hamilcar at the end of its Journey, described
the Sargasso Sea in accurate terms. How Dante, long before
the discovery of America, was able to speak about the
Southern Cross “which appears when you lose sight of the
Polar and Chariot?”
We must not forget that Dante and his contemporaries read
Aristotle. We must not forget that the ancient philosophers
did not consider themselves disgraced to hear the word of
the initiates who lived before them and had a very extensive
science.
Mediterranean initiations referred to the deity known as
Zeus in Greece and Jupiter in Rome. He is the law in
heaven and on earth. He is the guardian of contracts that
make civilized life. To do so, he must be able to know
directly the various aspects of the terrestrial life. It was
necessary to summarize in itself the two opposed trends,
becoming the central point in which the contrary find their
balance. This is why Orpheus said: “Zeus is the divine
husband and the perfect wife,” meaning thereby that it is
the perfect balance of assets and liabilities on the balance
beam, the hub the wheel.
The Mediterranean world was not alone to understand the
world in this way. Everywhere the influence of Jupiter was
symbolized by the square, the cross and the number 4
which share the meaning of Justice. In India, this planet is
named Brihaspati which contains the ideas of Judge and
celestial ruler. The Jewish Qabalah uses the word Tzedek
and associated this idea of justice to the angel Tzadqiel and
the God’s righteousness.
The symbol of the cross is a universal symbol of Justice. As
we said, the cross is very present in monuments of preColumbian America. The most ancient buildings, such as
Celtic standing stones bear crosses or spirals. Some of these
crosses are associated to the symbols of the four elements
corresponding to the four cardinal points. A Hand pointing
below is drawn on the upper branch of the cross. It
indicates the Air, stating that the breath that comes from the
upper Forces is the very air that gives us life. On the
Eastern side, a sword indicates the Fire. This sword is
sometimes held by a right hand. In the West, a rabbit, lunar
animal because of its fertility, is the primordial sea. In the
South, it is usually a turtle which symbolizes the earth.
Elsewhere, the cross drawn or carved expresses balance as
origin of the movement that put in motion the sky and the
earth. The cross is enclosed in a circle and forms a wheel.
In Chalco holy city of Peru, where you can find hundreds of
small burial pyramids, a temple wearing a cross inscribed in
a circle. You can find the same symbolic representation in
the Arcanum of the Tarot called the world.
The Celtic wheel, the cross put inside the circle is present in
several Western countries. In the past, another symbol was
related to the cross of equal branches, it was the sacred
island. In the center was a Temple of light surrounded by
four circular channels. This mythical island, lost paradise
reminds us of the biblical heaven and its four rivers.
This shows that the cross indicates Peace, joy, and
immortality.
Another meaning of this wheel can be found in astrology.
This is used to represent the “part of fate” meaning the
place of the sky giving you’re the material or spiritual luck.
If we consider the alchemical symbolism, we see that the
circle surrounded the cross with equal branches represents
the vegetable, a form of life capable of growing and
reproducing.
Thus, the Fate symbolized by the wheel is not a capricious
goddess driven only by chance, but a natural force led by
laws, the same laws of universal harmony which is
rigorously excluded Random.
Even if the symbol of the cross was associated to the ideas
of grief and danger, at the contrary it was the emblem of
happiness. Between all these forms of the cross, the ankh of
Egypt is one that expresses the most, the rebirth and life.
The pre-Columbian monuments also seem imbued by this
idea, because the wheel of Chalco was named by the
Spanish conquistadors e1 hueco de la boca, the hollow or
opening of the mouth. If the wheel is the representation of
the movement, something coming from the mouth must be
seen as the breath or the Word. The Western initiates
considered that everything comes from the Word;
everything was created by the Word; all was revealed by a
Divine Spirit because, as Solomon says, “God has made all
things by measure, weight and number. “ This is what the
cross ankh meant when placed in the hand of the Gods of
Egypt, as sign of life, the life that came to us from above
and will help us to return to our original world.
This notion of joy, balance, and peace, can also be found in
the symbol of the Tau which was also a form of the cross.
In the Tarot, this letter is a symbol of accomplishment,
realization, and luck.
The reason why many people associate the cross with the
idea of sorrow is because this symbol was the instrument of
death of the founder of Christianity. However, it is easy to
understand that the meaning Christians are giving to the
cross is not this one. We will have the opportunity later to
talk more about that.
The Rose-Cross
One of the oldest symbols of the Rose-Cross is a Latin
cross inserted in the heart of a rose. It has been and can be
variously explained. For the artist, it is the Divine that it is
possible to search through the beauty of the world.
The Rose-Cross means so much more than that! Yes, it is
possible to express our spiritual life in this world with joy
and pleasure. You have just to read the writings of the great
mystics who said that a “saint sad is a sad saint.” But of
course the spiritual joy has nothing in common with
unbalanced pleasures. The real joy of the initiate comes
from his total union with the world.
This is what is shown by the Celtic wheel. The rose adds an
idea of inner beauty.
The rose is not just the flower of love. It is the
quintessential flower of the initiation. This is why Dante
associated the idea of Paradise to the representation of a
rose of light. This rose is composed of spiritual creatures
organized in hierarchy.
“That sacred army, that Christ espoused with his blood,
displayed itself in the form of a white rose, but the Angel
other, that sees and sings the glory, of him who inspires it
with love, as it flies, and sings the excellence that has made
it as it is, descended continually into the great flower,
lovely with so many petals, and climbed again to where its
love lives ever, like a swarm of bees, that now plunges into
the flowers, and now returns, to where their labor is turned
to sweetness.
Their faces were all of living flame, their wings of gold,
and the rest of them so white that snow never reached that
limit. When they dropped into the flower, they offered, to
tier on tier, the peace and ardor that they acquired with
beating wings: and the presence of such a vast flying swarm
between the flower and what was beyond it, did not dilute
the vision or the splendor: because the Divine Light so
penetrates the Universe, to the measure of its Value, that
nothing has the power to prevent it. This kingdom, safe and
happy, crowded with ancient peoples and the new, had sight
and Love all turned towards one point.”
Paradiso Canto XXXI:1-27 The Rose
The initiates of the Rose-Cross Traditions were also
alchemists who obtained wonderful results. Many of them
developed a strong understanding of the spagyric medicine,
using the secrets of plants and metals to help the sicks in
rebalancing their inner body. This inner process was an
interesting way to find energy and health.
The Individual Oratory
The Sacred Space
Since the earliest times, in all cultures and religions, the
initiates thought it was essential to use a specific place for
their spiritual work. It is the same today. The goal is to find
a place and a moment in which you will be alone and able
to work spiritually, to relax and meditate, to perform
individual rituals, etc. This place will become progressively
different than the profane world. It will gradually acquire a
sacred dimension. It will allow you to put and use sacred
objects related to your practice. This is the place where a
specific egregore will be established. It is also the place in
which the objects and symbols of the Kabbalistic Order of
the Rose-Croix will be shown and will help you to create an
invisible link to the egregore. Through this contact you will
be able to receive strength, support and protection.
If several family members are brothers and sisters of the
Order, they can share the same sacred place. As you will
see, the only difference can be found in specific items
which must be individual.
It is not mandatory to have a full room totally dedicated to
your practices. If sometimes you will find the need of it,
you will be able to organize your personal oratory.
For now you can use part of a room, for example separated
by a curtain that you will open only when you will be alone.
You can also store ritual items in a box locked and use them
only when you need them in your rituals.
Remember that it is better to adapt these principles to suit
your needs rather than doing nothing for lack of space.
If you can, you will organize this sacred place in the
Eastern part of a room and you will face this direction
during your practices. A representation of the symbol of the
Order (you can get a banner on the private website of the
Order) must be placed on the wall in front of you.
In front of this representation you will install the altar of the
Mysteries.
Ritual Objects
Altar of the Mysteries
It can be a small table or a shelf. The altar shall be made of
wood, natural stone, or made of imitations of these two
materials. During this degree, you will cover the altar with
an altar cloth of white linen or cotton.
Upon this table and in front of the symbol of the Order you
will put a candle, representing the Past Masters of our
Tradition.
Chair
You can choose a chair for your work and/or a chair that
allows you to meditate comfortably. You can also replace
the chair in periods of meditation with a firm cushion
directly on the floor. In this case, you can set the altar of the
Mysteries at the same height.
Altar cloths
We will indicate which color you have to use and when this
is needed. Remember that this oratory is the most sacred
place to you. Cleanliness and aesthetics are essential!
Candlestick (s)
You can use candlestick of your choice, but we recommend
simplicity and absence of specific symbols. As it was the
case in our Tradition you can choose to have an Egyptian
style. A number of three candlesticks will be sufficient for
most practical work of this degree. However, as you can
see, at the moment we will use a single candlestick.
Perfume
This is the incense prescribed by the ritual. In the absence
of precision, you can choose natural frankincense or choose
with great benefice the incenses in the private catalog
(cones very easy to use). We avoid using in the rituals of the
Order incenses that are linked to the tradition of other
groups or egregore. It is for this reason that we will not use
incense in Europe called “liturgical incense” or “pontifical
incense”, which are mostly used in strictly religious
catholic cults.
Censer
In the same way as for the candle, we recommend you
choose a censer without any symbols linked to other
Traditions. During this degree, the censer you choose can
be made of any material such as earth, metal, etc. It can be
equipped with a chain allowing you to carry it and use it
without burning yourself.
Music
You can choose whether to use music during your time of
learning. If this is the case, you’ll choose a peaceful and
harmonious music without words you can understand. We
recommend that you do not make the presence of music as
an absolute rule and to have time without any music.
Usually, the ritual texts specify whether music is used or
not. You have to know that music is less important and, in
some cases, annoying during invocations or mantric
practices.
Clothing and ritual objects
Clothing and ritual objects are those of your degree if you
are initiate or those prescribed by the ritual.
In this degree, we recommend wearing casual clothes that
are not too tight and allow energies to flow.
Before starting your practice, you only put around your
waist a red ribbon saying:
“May this red ribbon be the visible image of the invisible
chain that links me to the past Masters that are today all
around me.
May all my actions be judged worthy of being engraved on
the table stones of our tradition.
May virtue, strength and purity remain in me.”
Then, you will pass around the neck the pentacle you
hanged with a golden ribbon. If you have the two sides
medal of the Order, you will hang it instead of the pentacle.
(This medal is available in the private catalog of the Order).
Once around your neck, you can say:
“By the power of Yod, He, Shin, Vav, He, may that divine
light illuminate my being.”
You will keep these ritual symbols until the end of your
practice. Then you will store them carefully.
PRACTICE
Notions on the Art of Meditation – 1st Part
We will start now with the study of what we call, the “Art
of the Meditation.” The first question we can ask would be:
“How the man can have the need to meditate?” To answer
this question, it should be admitted that the evolution of the
man is not only conditioned by time and space. It should be
considered that the man is an entity living simultaneously
on various plans. At a step of their evolution, human beings
have the intuition of another reality beyond the material
world in which he lives. When humans have reached this
step of development, they have to turn their look inside
themselves. This is the moment when a real desire of
knowledge and balance appears in them. The call to
Meditation corresponds to a need for evolution, coming
from a growing inner awareness.
In order for the meditation to be fruitful it is necessary that
the adept answer two questions: Why meditate and how to
meditate? It is necessary to clearly understand the goal of
Meditation and keep each day with this goal in mind. It is
necessary to persevere and master the technique of
meditation in order to make it a part of your inner life as
natural as your breathing.
Meditation can have several goals such as:
– An exercise of silence and peace,
– An exercise of internalization,
– A way to reach your inner being and, in this way,, this is
an initiatic exercise.
The goal of Meditation will be first to reach all of our inner
being. The latter is, indeed, the manifestation of our inner
self, this part of you the ancient Mysteries considered as
divine and immortal. Its name was “psyche” or “heart.”
Meditation practice as an initiatic practice will be an
important tool for us. For that different techniques are
possible, but these are only tools and finally it is up to each
of us to find the technique that suits us. However, there are
a set of processes which have been proven useful.
Therefore, we now will explain to you the important points
relating to the Art of Meditation, so that you can experiment
and take what suits you best for your own practice.
There are five main points: the preparation, posture, selfdiscipline, place, environment, and mental process.
Preparation
Consider first the preparation. It is divided into three steps
which are:
– mental preparation
– purification
– relaxation
Mental Preparation
Let’s consider these three steps.
When someone wishes to undertake an action, they must
first think about it in their mind. The process is to choose
the goal and the way to achieve it. Depending on the action,
this mental process will be short or long, vague or precise.
It is only after having established these mental bases that
the action can be activated in the physical world. Its
complete success will depend greatly on the degree of
preparation obtained and clarity of the proposed project.
The principles we have just explained are applicable to the
preparation for meditation. So when you plan to meditate,
you must first choose a subject and the place of your
meditation. The subject can be a simple word, symbol or
idea that you visualize, or something that will be made by a
short and precise sentence.
Purification
When the mental preparation is finished, it is good to make
a symbolic purification by ablutions. For example, you can
prepare yourself by washing your hands and drinking a
glass of fresh water.
Relaxation
The final phase of preparation for meditation is to perform
a relaxation of the whole body. Relaxation plays a
significant role in any spiritual work. Anyone doing
spiritual exercises without first having obtained a degree of
relaxation is exposed to an outright failure. Relaxation as a
whole has two aspects:
– Relaxing your muscles
– The so-called “deep” relaxation
Relaxing your muscles is to establish the most complete
relaxation you can. To reach a state of deep relaxation, we
must start from the lowest level of our being, that is to say
the body, eventually reaching the highest levels through our
consciousness. We need, first, to stop the self-destructive
agitation and muscle tension in our bodies. Relaxation as a
whole tries to bring us to a state of consciousness you can
summarize by the expression of “letting go.” However, we
have to be careful not to go in the opposite direction and try
not to have any physical or emotional reactions. Relaxation
leads to a state of well-being in which the energies of the
body will move freely, achieving a better functioning of it.
A lack of physical exercise usually brings a muscular and
nervous tension. So if we feel the need to make such
relaxation, we have to do it as soon as possible, even
partially.
Let us talk now about the deep relaxation. The first step
consists of using our will to relax ourselves, especially the
head and shoulders. The muscles of the head are directly
linked to the mental state of a person. By acting on them,
we can help to change a defective mental state and bring a
relaxing general level. Therefore, any deep relaxation
should start with the head, and continues towards the
shoulders, chest and the rest of the body. If this form of
relaxation is done well, it can lead to the beginning of
practice slight drowsiness, which is a sign of success. With
practice, this state disappears and is replaced by a general
sense of peace and well-being, promoting receipt of
intuitive impressions. At first, one must practice this
exercise, in conditions of perfect tranquility, either sitting or
lying down. Avoid tight clothes and constraints of all kinds.
This technique is deep and can go on to improve various
defective health conditions, caused by what is commonly
called mental blocks or psychosomatic disorders. Some
emotional states such as fear, grief, anxiety, too strong
emotions cause visible effects on the physical body, such as
nervous tension or nervous movements repeated.
This is first in order to avoid all these problems, which
actually hinders the development of the personality, we
suggest that you practice deep relaxation, in order to give
yourself the best chance of success in your future interior
exercises.
Body Position
Let us talk now about the second point of the Art of
Meditation, the position of the body. When you want to
meditate, it is absolutely necessary to find a position where
the body is in balance. As this balance is a source of some
stillness, you should also take into account the necessity for
the energy to flow within you that may be slowed or
accelerated by the position of the body.
Easterners and especially Yogis have adopted a variety of
positions, most of which are only achievable after a serious
training. These techniques generally work well, but cannot
be considered as the only way to go. They are, in fact,
difficult to adapt to our Western lifestyle. It is also very
difficult to use and master these specific positions, given
our morphology. But Western traditions have for a long
time been using similar techniques, gestures and positions
to attain the same result.
We think that it is best to sit on a chair. It should be neither
too high nor too low. It should allow you to make an angle
of about 90° between the thighs and lower legs.
The back, neck and head should be in line with one another,
spine straight and sloping shoulders. The feet flat and
spaced about 25 to 30 cm depending on the build. The
position of the body, sometimes called “the foundation” is
fundamental to the practice of meditation. The seat,
according to the Oriental expression, is to “as if we were
sinking down with the seat and break the ceiling with his
head.” The technique is to have a significant contact with
the ground or material through the basin. This contact
makes the pelvic bones more sensitive and gives you the
impression of occupying an ever greater “surface.” You
have to put your roots in the ground.
This position allows the energy to settle in the region of the
abdomen and pelvis. Such a feeling avoids the risk of
weakening the body and losing control of your mind during
the relaxation.
To continue our study of the position of the body, let us
consider the positioning of the hands. Hands can be placed
in different ways. Here are some examples:
– Flat on the knees
– Flat on the thighs, palms facing up
– At the top of the thighs and close to the hips, fingers
interlaced, up to the lower abdomen, palms facing upwards.
You have to find which one is the most appropriate for you.
It is through practicing them that you will come to perfect
the balance of your body, which is essential to achieve a
good meditation. It should also be noted that the position of
the hands affects the movement of the magnetic currents of
the body. If your hands are flat on your knees, the magnetic
currents are in a closed circuit. When the palms are turned
up, you will have the ability to capture energies that will
stimulate you. So you need to determine the degree of calm
that you can achieve, depending on the position of your
hands.
Also, you have to consider the positioning of your eyes.
They are considered to be the windows of the soul, but they
are also a source of energy and power. It is best to keep
them closed during the process of meditation, although
some oriental keep them half open, but totally passive, that
is to say, without attachment to a particular object. It
belongs to you, also, to find out what suits you best of both
attitudes. However, you should avoid converging inside to
look at the root of the nose, as some schools teach it. This
method can result in the long term mental disorders.
Regarding the position of the body, we thought it necessary
to add a few details that can be important when you do not
have enough experience in this field.
A successful practice of meditation is based on the way you
consider pain. Considering the range of physical problems
that may be encountered in maintaining the position of the
body and seat, the range extends from small pain to a real
discomfort. You can have a tension, itching, pain. We are
often forced to move to make them disappear and when you
move you will have more and more the temptation to move.
In such a case, you can either: keep those feelings at a
distance or on the contrary consider the pain from the
inside. Many practitioners found that half, if not more, pain
during meditation comes from the resistance that opposes
them unconsciously. So when pain invades the legs, back,
head or any other body in the sitting position, it is often
better to consider this pain from the inside and accept it,
because resistance is not enough and does not remove the
entire problem. It is possible, and even recommended, in
such a case to take a deep breath and surrender at the end of
expiration, in the place that hurts, by letting the healing
forces of nature that any person possesses in him. This
principle obviously requires experimentation, in order to
assess the effects obtained. However, it is important, that
you do not forget if suffering with a real problem, such as a
back problems or recovering from surgery, which you need
to avoid these kinds of positions and practice relaxation or
meditation exercises on your bed, couch, etc. In this case,
pain is real pain and you have to consider it seriously.
It is also possible, if we can do this without loss of
relaxation and level of consciousness, moving slightly the
party concerned to calm itching, etc. It is a matter of choice
and personal control.
Practice of the Month
Meditation and psychostasy
At the end of the day, go to your oratory and use the first
principles we just explained to you about the meditation.
Once you have reached this state of meditation, perform
what we call psychostasy.
It is to look back on your day by listing what has affected
you, even if it did not seem important. To do this, you will
recall regressively (from now until the morning) your
activities. Do not do this exercise more than five minutes.
Start by looking at what you have been able to achieve as
well as what you have not done. Then notice what you have
accomplished, the positive and constructive elements.
This ancient practice is mentioned as a rule by Pythagoras
and we find it very well described in his “Golden Verses.”
“40. Never suffer sleep to close thy eyelids, after thy going
to bed,
41.Till thou hast examined by thy reason all thy actions
of the day.
42.Wherein have I done amiss? What have I done? What
have I omitted that I ought to have done?
43.If in this examination thou find that thou hast done
amiss, reprimand thyself severely for it;
44.And if thou hast done any good, rejoice.
45.Practise thoroughly all these things; meditate on them
well; thou oughtest to love them with all thy heart.
46.Tis they that will put thee in the way of divine virtue.”
Pythagoras
Note that if you are unable to perform this meditation
practice and your personal psychostasy in your oratory, you
can do it in any place, even in your bed. This is a situation
in which you may be for example when you are traveling.
PHILOSOPHY
“The things that I used unceasingly to commend to you,
these do and practice, considering them to be the first
principles of the good life. First of all believe that god is a
being immortal and blessed, even as the common idea of a
god is engraved on men’s minds, and do not assign to him
anything alien to his immortality or ill-suited to his
blessedness: but believe about him everything that can
uphold his blessedness and immortality. For gods there are,
since the knowledge of them is by clear vision. But they are
not such as the many believe them to be: for indeed they do
not consistently represent them as they believe them to be.
And the impious man is not he who denies the gods of the
many, but he who attaches to the gods the beliefs of the
many. For the statements of the many about the gods are not
conceptions derived from sensation, but false suppositions,
according to which the greatest misfortunes befall the
wicked and the greatest blessings the good by the gift of the
gods. For men being accustomed always to their own
virtues welcome those like themselves, but regard all that is
not of their nature as alien.”
Epicurus, Letter to Menoeceus, 2.
QUOTATIONS
1st Week
“The most important goal that we must provide to us in life
is to improve our soul, the progress of our intellectual and
moral faculties; so that every day is done more clearly in
our mind and that day we are better and more free.”
Socrates
2nd Week
“To prove that we are regenerated, you must regenerate all
that is around us.”
L.C. De Saint-Martin
2rd Week
“A man seems to be down below the level of humanity
when he lives as if our existence on this earth had just
begun when he sees nothing beyond the objects of the
senses and is perfectly indifferent to the multitude infinite
interests struggling on the big stage of the world, when he
is not interested in the ancient wisdom that guided the steps
of humanity.”
Woodrow Wilson
4th Week
“No pleasure is in itself an evil, but some things are capable
of generating pleasures bring with them more pain than
pleasure.”
Epicurus, thoughts, 8
“Developing faculties or powers may not be objectionable,
because it is the use that is actually important. Wanting to
ban this ability [seeing the Aura], or any other, because
some people would use it inappropriately, is absurd. It
would be not considered divine justice. Are knives
forbidden for cooks, or hammers for carpenters, on the
pretext that these tools can also be used to kill? Man must
take responsibility, gradually mastering the powers he has
acquired by birth or in past lives. We must further consider
how we are using the faculties we have developed.
But mastering our psychic abilities must align
simultaneously with an inner development. We do not
ascend to the divine levels without purification, and without
abandoning all that is useless to us.”
Excerpt from the book “ABC of the Aura,” Jean-Louis de
Biasi, Ed. Grancher, Paris, 2000.
Fraternally under the auspices and the protection of the
Rose and the Cross,
Jean-Louis de Biasi
Ill. Grand Patriarch Rose+Cross of the O.K.R.C.
TEACHINGS
Symbolism
The study of symbolism is important for intellectual
knowledge, but also for any practice in the esoteric field. It
is easy to see that much of the deep and useful knowledge
of humankind is expressed in symbols. These symbols will
be the tools we use to verify the principles with which we
experiment.
Whatever your point of view, individual thought is
developed from symbols. There is no other way to
understand and express it. Words, numbers, and letters
symbolize physical concepts in an abstract way.
The symbol is primarily a reminder: a simple but superior
and unique representation of several associated ideas, and
meanings dependent upon each other. We can also say that
this set of lines or angles constituting an emblem or writing
expresses an idea. A symbol cannot remain the exclusive
domain of a particular person. It cannot, therefore, have
meaning only for a single individual. To be effective and
useful, it should suggest to others something that has been
experienced or perceived. As symbols are widely used in
the field of occult sciences, many people have been told
they were invented to mystify posterity or hide the truth
from those who would unveil it. Mystics and Wises in
antiquity were also philosophers. They loved Knowledge.
They lived with her and for her, and for many of them, the
ideal life was to spread this knowledge. Therefore, making
the truth difficult to find or creating ways to hide it was far
from their goals. On the contrary, these Wise Men tried to
synthesize their awareness to establish a form of universal
knowledge. Consequently, symbols must have a fixed shape
and a common meaning to everyone, at any time. They
must have an accurate value that we can use in our daily
lives.
How are symbols born and how do they act in the
consciousness of the human being? This is what we must
consider.
In ancient times, the Wise Men set in stone and in picture
these summaries of their knowledge, so that they would last
and not be lost to future generations. This knowledge was
symbolically engraved, often in Temples or places of
worship. Priests used it as training material which was
shown to the adepts to expand their minds and develop their
intelligence. During their learning, the applicants
discovered esoteric keys which were the deeper meaning of
a particular symbol subjected to analysis. Thus, an image
that appeared previously beautiful but meaningless
suddenly radiated a bright energy, and an inner mystery was
recognized and understood.
These same images and symbols have been used in myths
and tales, to allow people’s spirits to be continually open to
the wonderland of the spiritual world. These stories have a
second use, still valid in our time, because they convey
powerful symbols which, with the help of the unconscious,
increase humanity’s imagination. A kind of inner alchemy
was in process as some people felt the need to deepen the
mysteries hidden in these stories and texts. To do this, they
asked the favor of being admitted to the Temples, to receive
initiation and understanding.
Symbolism constantly feeds human thought, whether on the
field or on the sacred secular level, because it is a vital
necessity in the process of the evolution of consciousness.
It should be noted that we often think we see realities
around us and make contact with objective facts, but this is
an illusion, because all around us are symbols. That means
the manifestations of nature are only appearances:
materializations of real but invisible powers. A Wise Man
from the past said:
“The Spirit speaks to man through symbols, Nature speaks
to man through symbols.”
Symbols therefore are directly related to our lives, and they
greatly influence all of our thoughts and actions.
Two main types of symbols exist: artificial and natural
symbols.
Natural symbols are related to things existing in nature.
They are not only a mental representation or idea, but they
have a relationship with something that actually exists in
the world separated from us. For example, we can say that
smoke is a symbol of fire, because there is no smoke
without fire. The constant association of the two has made
one the symbol of the other. In the same way, we can say
the clouds are a sign of rain, because the two are so often
associated that our mind immediately links them. Natural
signs, however, are very limited. They exist only in the
conditions that produce them. Thus, smoke can be a natural
sign when there are physical conditions producing it.
Our rituals are mainly oriented on artificial symbols,
created by man through social agreement. They are much
more independent than natural symbols. Thus, these are the
ones commonly used in the initiation and the ones we learn
in our training.
Eternal Philosophy
1.The immanent Self is one with the Absolute Principle
of all existence.
2.The last end of every human being is to find out who
we are, to live the “You are that,” and all this in the
deepest and most central part of the soul.
3.The Man of Desire must address the Absolute from the
inside and the outside, so he manages to realize God
experimentally as both His own principle and the
Principle of everything.
4.In a given generation, the “chosen” are few. But the
opportunity to reach liberating knowledge will be
always offered in one way or another, until all beings
actually realize what they are.
5.The Absolute Basis of all existence has a personal
aspect. For Christian mystics, the ineffable Godhead,
without attributes, is manifested in a Trinity of Persons.
6.There is an incarnation of God in a human being who
has the same qualities as the personal God. He shows
the limitations imposed by imprisonment in a spatial
and temporal body.
7.God can be worshiped and contemplated in any of His
aspects. But the complete transformation of
consciousness, which is “enlightenment” or
“liberation,” occurs only when thinking about God as
He is immanent and transcendent at the same time, at
once supra-personal and personal.
8.Divinity should not be simply absolute academic
metaphysics, but something more purely perfect.
9.There is a hierarchy of the Real. The manifold world of
our everyday experience is a relative reality at our
level, but inscrutable. This relative reality has its being
inside and at the center of the absolute reality; so
because of the “otherness” of its eternal nature, we
cannot describe the Real, but we can apprehend it
directly.
10.The direct knowledge of the Supreme can be obtained
only by the union, and the union can be achieved only
by the annihilation of the ego oriented to itself, which
is the barrier separating the “you” and the “that.”
11.The obsessive belief that man has to be a separated
“ego” is the essential obstacle to the intuitive
knowledge of God.
12.Man is composed of body, psyche and spirit.
Personality or ego is a product of the first two of these
elements. The third is identical to the Supreme. The
identification of the self with the spiritual non-self can
be achieved only by dying to the personality and living
in the Spirit.
13.We have the freedom to associate our being with our
Self (Man of the Torrent) or with the Divine within us
(Spirit-Man), or sometimes with the Self and with the
non-self at other times (Man of Desire).
14.The Holy Man or Spirit-man, or Rose-Cross, is a man
who knows the importance of the little things, and that
every moment of our life is a moment of crisis. In order
to cope suitably with the sudden needs of his lifestyle,
he submits to proper training of the mind and body.
15.The acts of the Wise Men are constantly without the
Ego. They are always “awake,” so they know at any
time who they are and what is their true relationship
with the universe and the fundamental unity.
16.Being purged from the Ego, the Initiate is able to
serve as a channel of grace and access the spiritual
reality.
17.Any individual may be considered a point or a ray of
the original deity.
18.When we have a strong desire to realize the Supreme
in the world as well as in our soul, instead of avoiding
temptations and distractions, we accept them and use
them as opportunities to go forward. The outer
activities must not be removed but transformed into
something sacramental.
19.No one who has come to the wisdom behaves as if the
evanescent and eternity, Nature and Grace were
fundamentally different, or incompatible.
20.Nature is sacred, and it is a sin and madness to want
to become its master instead of its intelligently docile
collaborator.
21.Love is a mode of knowledge, and when Love is
selfless, knowledge becomes intuitive and thus
infallible.
22.The Man of the Torrent makes the laws of Nature and
the Spirit conform to his own desires; so he “feels
nothing,” and is therefore rendered incapable of
knowledge.
23.The highest form of initiation is an immediate
spiritual intuition by which knowledge and the one who
knows become One.
24.Only if we remain in peace can we remain in
Knowledge and Love, and achieving this peace
requires that we take the path of a humble life.
25.Charity has its beginning in the will: the desire for
peace and humility, the willingness to be patient and
kind, the will of selfless love.
26.To those who seek first the Kingdom of God
(initiation), all the rest will be given. From those who
seek first the rest, hoping that the Kingdom of God will
be given, everything will be removed.
27.Asceticism is essential, but the annihilation of the ego
should not be held as an end in itself. It is a simple
instrument: an indispensable means to something else.
28.Stoic austerity is the exaltation of the most estimable
side of the Self at the expense of the less estimable
side. Initiation is the total negation of the separative
ego and abandon to the will of God.
29.The ability to have psychic powers sometimes relates
to fasts, vigils and mortifications. Belief that these
extraordinary abilities have anything to do with the
liberation of consciousness is a dangerous illusion.
30.Anyone who wants to can find all the asceticism
needed from everyday life, without ever resorting to
exceptional practices.
31.True asceticism results in the elimination of self-will,
self-interest, thoughts, wishes and fantasies focused on
“me.”
32.Conduct that ignores the self enables the access to
knowledge, and the access to knowledge enables the
fulfillment of new actions more authentic without the
Ego.
33.Social disorders are due to men being separated from
their divine origins and living according to their own
will and desire, not in accordance with the Will of
Heaven (Tao) as it appears on all planes, from the
physical to the spiritual.
34.The one who knows how to adapt to every situation
always seeks the lowest place. It is not the rock but the
water that makes the eternal mountains disappear.
35.A sustainable society is one in which those who are
qualified to see the goals indicate what the aims should
be, while those whose role is to govern respect
authority and listen to the advice of the Friends of God.
36.The purpose of reason is to create outwardly and
inwardly favorable conditions for the transfiguration in
Spirit. You are as holy as you want to be.
37.With the best will in the world, all anyone can hope
for is to make the most of his psycho-physical,
congenital constitution. It is beyond our power to
change our own constitution.
38.If we are ignorant of ourselves, it is because
knowledge is painful, and we prefer the pleasures of
illusion.
39.Deliverance takes place outside of time and eternity.
This is achieved by submissiveness to the eternal
nature of things.
40.Only wise men may know constantly and by direct
experience that the Reality manifests itself as a power
that is loving, compassionate and wise.
41.The “damned” are not in hell because “someone” is
wrathful against them. They are in anger and in
darkness because they neglected the light.
42.The instant is the only opening through which the
soul can leave time to reach eternity, by which grace
can leave eternity to descend into the soul, and by
which love can move from one soul to another.
43.“Heaven” is being delivered from the separated
temporal self and entering into eternity in the
knowledge of the Supreme. The “saved” is the one who
is liberated here and now.
44.All forms of Virtue and Good (even the Eternal Good
which is God himself) can make a man good or happy,
but only if he goes inward to discover the meaning of
his life.
45.Good men spiritualize their bodies; bad men incarnate
their souls.
46.The nature of the liberation of an initiate depends on
the purity he reached during his earthly life, and the
particular way he has chosen to follow.
47.Being attentive to your language is the most fertile
asceticism.
48.The highest meditation is the most passive.
49.The effects of suffering may be morally and
spiritually bad, neutral or good, depending on how we
endure and how we react.
50.The Just can escape pain only by accepting and
transcending it.
51.Love is the plumb line as well as the astrolabe of
God’s mysteries, and those who are pure in heart see
far into the depths of divine justice.
52.Those who turn to God without forgetting the ego are
tempted by evil, by using God’s name to justify their
ambitions, or by acquiring supernatural powers.
53.We always get what we ask. The only trouble is, you
never know, until you have obtained what was asked.
54.The rituals, sacraments and ceremonies are useful
insofar as they recall the true nature of things; they
suggest what might be the relationship of humans with
the cosmos and the Supreme.
55.The presence inherent in an object, a name, or a
sacramental formula is not a real presence of God, but
something that, while perhaps reflecting the Divine
Reality, is actually something less.
56.An initiate who has learned to consider objects as
symbols, people as temples, and acts as sacraments, is a
man who has learned to remember constantly who he
is, where he is in relation to the Cosmos and the
Supreme, how he should behave toward his fellows,
and how to achieve liberation.
57.The one who seeks God in a particular appearance
grabs the shape while letting out the God who is
hidden.
58.How will we support the faults of our neighbor if we
are not eager to support our own? The one who is
consumed by his own imperfections does not correct
them. Any good modification comes from a calm and
peaceful mind.
59.It is in Godhead that things, lives and minds have
their being. It is through God that they return to unity.
60.There are three kinds of grace: animal grace
(biological), human grace (social), and spiritual grace.
The latter has its origin in this Supreme being which is
in everyone, and it is granted to help man achieve his
ultimate goal.
As we said at the beginning, remember to come back to
these principles during the month.
A Fundamental Key of Esotericism: Harmony
Progress in the initiatic way is marked by a sense of
harmony: within oneself, with the entourage, and with the
Cosmos. Adeptness is characterized by a constant harmony
around a center: the center of the Self, of the world, or of
the Divine.
There are moments of harmony in which we cannot say
exactly what harmony is, nor with what we are in harmony.
All is harmony: how we move, speak or stay silent.
Everything is harmony. When we are silent, harmony exists
because it is the true silence. When we talk, harmony exists,
because it is the appropriate language. When we move, this
is harmony because the movement is right.
In contrast, sometimes everything is without harmony. The
tranquility of silence is dead, it does not resonate, it is
empty, poor, bad, in disarray. Specific movements are
inharmonious, uncoordinated, without ease and momentum.
Harmony or non-harmony? It always seems to be a
sequence of two sides of Knowledge. In silence, there is the
image of harmony which is not only inside me but also all
around me. When silence is non-harmony inside me and
around me, this is emptiness, and nothing suits me. It is as
if this silence should not exist, at least not well. Nothing is
connected. There is chaos.
In language, everything I say and how I say it may be true
at one time, and false at another, in content and in form.
What I am saying is then in the opposite direction, or the
subject is poorly chosen. Or maybe I speak too fast or too
much, or my voice squeaks, or my listener and I do not
agree. Then my personal attitude does not match the
immediate need. Nothing is going well.
This non-harmony is in no way a violent dissonance.
Everything is “a little out of tune.” But where harmony
exists, it not only has a particular vibration, but corresponds
with the Cosmos, “I do not feel non-harmony as a
disagreement with myself, but as a non-connection with the
Cosmos.”
In the first case, all is in order; in the second, nothing is
balanced.
But harmony can sometimes exceed the fleeting
impression. There are times when the true initiate feels put
in a sort of “round.” He knows he is then up to any
circumstances, able to undertake and achieve all that fate
provides. He is happy and safe, strong and calm, quiet and
beneficent. He radiates.
It was the beginning of the preaching of Buddha Sakya
Muni. In Deer Park, near Benares, he was surrounded by
his disciples, motionless and attentive. He explained to
them the essence of his mystical experience, the Four Noble
Truths: universal pain, the cause of pain, the possibility to
eliminate pain, and the path leading to this elimination.
Without paying attention to the words of the Sage, his
disciple Maha Kassapa had picked a hibiscus flower; he
admired the color incarnate, the harmonious form, the
sweet scent.
The Master stopped talking, and his clear eyes fixed on the
smile of Maha Kassapa. Then he said: “Beloved Disciple,
you who smile to the ineffable beauty of a flower, you
begin to be at the center of the Law, the place where
harmony begins and ends. You have nothing to learn, not
from me, nor from the devas, nor from yourself: You
Know.”
That is why the followers of Japanese Zen, Chinese Chan,
see in Maha Kassapa their initiator: because they are all
living and are the universal harmony.
From this emerges for us men of the West, a deep practical
wisdom wonderfully expressed by Aldous Huxley in
Contrepoint: “Being a complete man, balanced, is a
difficult work, but it is the only one which is proposed to
us. Nobody asks us to be anything other than a man. Man,
you hear! A man who is gently walking a tightrope, with
intelligence, consciousness and all that is spiritual at one
end of the pendulum, and all that is unconscious and
mysterious on the other side. And the only absolute is that it
can never know the absolute perfect balance. The absolute
perfect harmony.”
The Descent of the Soul
Is there a more important question than the descent of the
human soul in the prison of the flesh?
This mystery interests all of us, because everyone is
involved in this drama by the miracle of its dual nature,
already described by the Orphics six centuries before our
era when they used the expression “Soma Sema,” meaning:
“The body is a tomb.”
The Pythagorean Empedocles of Agrigento especially gives
us bright lights on this subject.
In his mystical poems, he unveils several elements of the
Secret Doctrine of the Order and gives us secrets of
astonishing precision.
Although we have only scattered fragments of his works,
they are precise enough to give us a real doctrine.
Here is a particularly evocative passage from his book
about Purifications: “From what honors, what height of
bliss, I am fallen, said the human soul, to wander here on
earth among mortals, chained in the matter. I cried and I
lamented when I saw myself in front of a landscape that
was unfamiliar to me. The Divinity had covered me with a
strange envelope of flesh.”.
Empedocles talking about the fate of the embodied soul
wrote: “Yes, we felt in the cave…” The narrow horizon of
earthly realities must appear very dull and ridiculous, when
it replaces the radiant vision of immense heavenly realms.
This soul, which descends from the blessed regions in the
dark, stays where men struggle. However, it is immortal.
Diogenes Laertius wrote: “It differs from life, because it is
a piece of an immortal element and is therefore immortal.”
At the time of her fall, the soul, having lost her wings, had
to “drink to forget,” says Macrobius, in his book Dream of
Scipio.
She then forgets the highest reality with which she was
associated. But this oversight is not absolute. She will
always have the nostalgia for its origin, and always keep it
in a mysterious magnetism, which tends constantly toward
heaven in a desperate desire to regain her heavenly
homeland. Plato says in the Phaedo that the soul, fallen in
the flesh, is like a drunken man, which in his intoxication
loses the precise memory of his dignity and his true place.
In his fourth Ennead, Plotinus accurately describes the life
of souls chained as follows: “They live an amphibious life,
separated between things from above and the things below,
the most addicted to the intelligence living more in the
spiritual world while most absorbed by earthly concerns are
precisely those that their nature or accidents of life maintain
away from intellectual thoughts.”
All souls do not have the same knowledge of their
condition. Thus, fallen and obscured, the soul is heavier and
filled with forgetfulness and wickedness, floundering in a
difficult, unusual atmosphere.
But why call this descent a Birth? We must be careful
regarding the words we use for this subject! This cannot be
a beginning, an origin, because it is a simple change of
state, a temporary modification, imposed on an already
existing being, a temporary garment imposed by Fate.
Here again, it is Empedocles who speaks unequivocally to
those who are ignorantly using the words “beginning,”
“end,” “birth.” He wrote: “Fools all of you, without
extended thoughts, still imagine that what did not
previously exist could suddenly come into existence or that
something might die or suffer any destruction. For it is
impossible that nothing can be born from nothing, and it is
equally impossible and unheard of that what already exists
can die one day, because if it exists, there it will always be,
wherever you place it.” “I’ll tell you something else. It is
nothing that came to existence or died. It exists as a
mixture, and a change of which was mixed. Birth is but a
name given to this fact by men.”
This is the doctrine of Pythagorism, Platonism,
Neoplatonism, and most hermetic schools.
Birth in this world is therefore an accident among many
others in the history of our soul. Immortal as the gods, she
is like them indestructible. Her descent into the realm of
this world “sublunar” is one of hermandatory avatars, a
temporary travel “in the area of adversity.”
All that is required is written and is part of a mysterious
plan, a great rhythm and a permanent exchange between all
worlds, imposed by an everlasting ordinance.
Empedocles wrote: “If ever a soul who lived a long life, be
defiled or followed the impulses of hatred or committed the
crime of perjury, it will wander thousands of years away
from the homes of the Blessed. She will be reincarnated
constantly along the history as mortal and will pass from
one life to another.”
And the poet says, with regret: “I am, unfortunately, one of
them, an outcast, a fugitive from the gods, a toy of
senseless Discord…”
This is the secret cause of these successive avatars and
these repeated tests.
The souls, albeit associated with celestial choirs, are
unevenly perfect. One wants to come down to earth only by
altruism, by ideal, by kindness, by sacrifice, to secure the
salvation of men, to assist in the perfection of the universe.
Plotinus explains this in one of his writings (Enneads, IV.
8.5).
Others, however, are excluded from their partners for some
time, to suffer the punishment of past sins, and thus have
the opportunity to move to the Good. This is the theory of
Celsus. Plutarch informed us on this point when he wrote:
“In other incarnations, the souls are defiled, leaving their
bodies to feed through meats and attempt the principle of
life.” Or, they are seduced by the appetites of the senses and
the tyranny of matter. A chain of pain will show them their
mistakes, lead them back to the Truth, make them aware of
their status and restore their original purity.
The author Lucien wrote: “The fate of the soul varies from
one incarnation to another.”
When the souls came to earth, they crossed through various
stellar atmospheres, borrowing appropriate clothing from
each one. Arriving on earth, the souls are thus dressed in
ethereal envelopes of various subtle natures, that they will
return, after physical death, to the various stars, as taught by
Macrobius, in the Dream of Scipio.
Various experiences from the Commander Rochas, Durville
and Lancelin on the externalization of sensitivity and the
out-of-body experience seem to give validity to Macrobius’
theory.
A very famous Pythagorean tradition even specifies what
are the gates of heaven: by Cancer, the souls descend on
earth with Capricorn, rising to the glorious ether.
In his great work on the Pythagorean Basilica of Porta
Maggiore, Carcopino reports that this is the hypothesis of
Porphyry, which was adopted by the builders of this
imperishable monument.
Since the soul is multiple when she arrives on earth, she
will also be multiple at the time of physical death, which is
a new change of her state: a rise after a descent and a stop
in the flesh; a dissociation of multiple elements after
temporary association; a successive purification of her
various astral envelopes to return one day the soul itself,
naked, but purified, to the world of blessed ones from
which she originally came.
In his “Treatise on Music,” Aristide Quintilian has the same
idea, and Diogenes Laertius, bringing us authentic
Pythagorean teaching, adds: “The atmosphere is entirely
filled with souls. They wander through the air.”
Hermes is their steward. This is why we call him
“Conveyor” or “Guardian of the Threshold” or “Earthling”
because he is the “Psychopompe” or “conductor of souls,”
removing them from the body of the earth and the sea. He
guides the pure souls to the highest Heaven and separates
the impure souls from them.
According to the Tradition, said Diogenes Laertius, whether
Pythagoras was the first who discovered the migration of
the soul, it moves in a circle according to the decision of
Destiny, going from one body to another, to attach.
Because on our globe is the prison of the body, the valley of
tears, the place of the unhappy.
As Empedocles wrote: “Woe to you, miserable race of
mortals! You are twice cursed! From what struggles and
groans you were born.”
But there is hope for the human being, a beacon in the
night, a light in his darkness. It is love, the heavenly current
that one day will again give wings to the soul and reopen
the gates of Heaven.
“Behold love with your mind and not sit, eyes
dazzled,”sings Empedocles. “It is him who puts his burden
on members of mortals that inspires their ideas, and
affection that makes them ask for peaceful acts they call
works of joy.”
Love repairs the evils of hatred, by collecting all the items
that Discord had separated. It is therefore a living hope.
Let’s conclude this important study by a quote from
Diogenes Laertius: “The pure souls will be conducted to the
highest heaven.”
PRACTICE
Notions on the Art of Meditation – 2nd Part
Discipline
This practice is part of what is called the science of the
elements. This is another form of breathing that could be
described as more subtle. The goal is to breath through the
pores of the skin. Our skin is a living part of our body, as all
the rest of our body. It needs air and water to function
properly. When our skin is in direct contact with the air, it
breathes. If our body reaches a certain temperature, it
rejects water through the process of transpiration. For the
breathing of the skin to be correct, it is necessary that the
pores are not clogged. So, make sure to maintain this ability
by a good hygiene.
The breathing of the skin is totally unconscious, but we can
focus on it during our exercise. This focus will change the
way you absorb the air.
The goal of this exercise is to increase your awareness of
breathing with both lungs and skin. This method is used by
some yogis of India. It contributes to improved health and
vitality, provided to your body a combination of air and
water. It is indeed better to perform this form of breathing
after taking a bath or shower and rubbed the skin.
The process is very simple. Take daily seven deep breaths,
thinking that not only the air is going in your lungs, but it is
using the the pores of your skin to bring healing energy in
your whole body. Firmly consider that every pore of your
body absorbs the same time as your lungs vital force. If you
can, it is wonderful and very efficient to practice this
breathing outside, close to the sea, a river, or a fall. You
should not exceed 10 minutes of this work. Finish the
exercise with a time of relaxation and breathing without
anything in mind.
The place and Process
Meditation can be practiced anywhere, but this is possible
only if we have reached an important spiritual development.
For many months, we must control our nature. The place of
meditation should be chosen with great care for the best
possible situation. We must find a place where we may not
be disturbed. We try to avoid noise, conversations, traffic,
etc. Let’s also avoid great heat, cold, physical fatigue,
hunger, and digestive difficulties. Meditate away from the
phone. Turn if off for a few minutes. If you have installed a
personal oratory for your practice, consider that the best
place you can find. Therefore, refer to the last lesson for a
clear description of it. However, do not forget that the work
is first an inner work.
We must find a seat that will fit our size. If possible, use the
same chair always oriented in the same direction. For the
orientation of the seat, we must take into account the earth’s
magnetic conditions. For this, experimentation will be
necessary. It is essential that you try different directions in
space, performing your meditations for several days in the
same direction, then changing until you have found the
direction that brings you calm and peace. This search may
take several weeks, but it is important and must be done
seriously.
However, it is wise not to waste too much time on this. You
can sit facing the East, which is considered a source of light
for the West. It is for this reason that many holy places,
such as cathedrals and initiatory temples around the world,
have their masterful East-oriented stations. Some traditions
consider only the symbolism of the Temple itself and do not
take into account the actual direction of the East (Eastern
Geographic). In the vast vibratory field which surrounds the
Earth, influences of all kinds circulate, good or less good.
Some of them are the result of human activity. The man or
woman whose mind is not trained to filter influences
received from the objective world, or the immense
reservoir, sometimes called the collective unconscious, can
easily capture negative influences. Indeed, most directions
of space are likely to convey thoughts and influences of all
kinds. Only in the Geographic East is the influence always
predominantly positive.
That is why our Order, although giving each of you the
freedom to choose, advises you at the beginning to face the
Geographic East for all important spiritual work. So if you
are unsure of yourself and if you want to put as much luck
as possible on your side, you can in your meditation face
this direction. This is only a suggestion, which does not
prevent you from doing personal research and
experimenting with all directions of space.
We do not recommend that you start your work using
music. This does not mean that we do not appreciate the
benefits of music: quite the contrary. The reason is that we
keep it in the structure of our tradition, in terms of our
rituals and ceremonies. This tradition began with the inner
silence. Part of the spiritual development and the aim of our
tradition is that each sister and brother participating in a
ritual be focused only on the facts, words and actions of it
without risking an “evasion” induced by music. This
stimulates the imagination and in specific cases, it can
provide considerable help. In others, however, it can be a
form of escape which causes consciousness to focus far
from the subject on which attention should be paid. This
distraction is increased by the fact that some ceremonies are
operational or of theurgic character. But in this type of
practice, a maximum concentration is absolutely necessary.
Thus, music is not used in our first activities.
For meditation, you can wear clothes that do not cause any
discomfort and do not impede the flow of blood. Tight
belts, stiff collars, and shoes should be avoided. Loose
clothing is better.
Smells are also likely to play a big role in your meditations.
Perfumes can be used, or incense having an agreeable
fragrance which encourages contemplation. Although
Frankincense can be useful, we recommend you check the
private catalog to use the most appropriate incenses from
our Tradition in order to be better protected by our
egregore.
Before turning to the last item on the Art of Meditation
called “mental process,” we must consider the three phases
recognized by all traditions, defining three key ideas in the
use of thought to esoteric purposes. These three phases are:
concentration, meditation, contemplation.
Although these three phases have different names and each
is a peculiarity of the use of mental faculties, they are
interpenetrated. Thus, we can say there really is no line of
demarcation between concentration and meditation on the
one hand, and meditation and contemplation on the other.
When meditation is practiced, there is necessarily a degree
of concentration; otherwise, meditation may lead to
undesirable results.
Similarly, in the practice of meditation, it is easy to reach
the stage of contemplation, without disturbing the state
reached. Only after some period of experimentation can we
can clearly distinguish the individual effects of each of
these phases, and steer the work to one or the other,
depending on the result we seek.
The word “concentration ” means ” condensation.” In the
case of an esoteric activity, it is fixing the mind on a
particular issue. It is paying attention to a point or a clear
idea, forgetting everything else. We actively use this
method of control. The use of the will in this case is not to
mobilize a large supply of mental and nervous energy, to
produce a considerable effort. It is rather to control all the
thoughts that come and remove those that have no
connection with the subject where the focus is. The
employee will have a certain character of firmness, but also
flexibility: no tension will occur at the muscular and
physical level. If you focus on an object and at the same
time a nervous tension occurs in the muscles of your face,
resulting in a frown, you will not get a good result. In the
esoteric work, therefore, the use of the will lies only in the
mind and only at this level.
Orientals say that the thought of the majority of men is like
a monkey tied to a tree. It is always restless, jumping from
one branch to another without observing any discipline. Our
task is to train the monkey to keep quiet, where we choose
to place it. Such training requires practice and patience,
because the monkey has great energy and agility, constantly
moving, often for no apparent reason.
You will understand more easily now how the actual
exercise of the will is an exercise in control and endless
patience, practiced in a state of maximum relaxation. The
faculty will be used not only in our time of meditation, but
also in our daily activities. By this method, we develop in
us a ” quiet strength ” that will quickly assess any situation
that may arise and master it.
For the esoteric work to pay off, it must be implemented in
all physical life. This is the field of experience of
consciousness of man. Thus, during periods of meditation
and the practice of certain exercises or rituals, we receive
guidance and information, which constitute the basic
elements for conducting our activities in the real world, that
is to say physics. It is therefore important to have daily
work periods in the purely spiritual realm, not only to
understand the principles and modes of action we must use,
but also to capture and hold the necessary energy to
implement and share these principles. This is the first goal
of daily meditation and periods of work dedicated to the
initiation activities. These periods need not be long; they
may range from fifteen to thirty minutes. It is then normal
and necessary to return to the outside world to fulfill our
obligations.
Of these three types of activities – concentration,
meditation, contemplation – it is concentration and
meditation which for the moment hold our attention. The
practice of concentration develops the same power of the
faculty and will simultaneously. You will discover some
techniques and exercises after your introduction that you
can use as you wish for this purpose.
Meditation is one of the cornerstones of spiritual
development, which is why the basic teachings on this
subject have been transmitted to you. We have seen
everything about the physical part and now we must study
the mental process.
Once we have put in order all the exterior details and
acquired the position of the body which is most favorable to
us, we can begin our work at the thought. We must first
consider that if we sit relaxed and perfectly without any
discomfort, our mind will receive an energy surplus that
will stimulate our thinking. A flood of ideas of all kinds will
arise in our mind, and the more we try to combat it, the
more it will increase. To understand this, let’s return for a
moment to the analogy of the tree, with its branches and
monkeys moving on it. The tree is conscious knowledge: all
that we have acquired through our senses and our reasoning
faculty. The branches are the “bridges” that connect each
element of this knowledge, and the monkey is focusing on a
specific point of our consciousness, even if only for a brief
moment. In other words, the monkey would be the moment
lived by consciousness. The sensation can be experienced
deeply, and in this case, it is due to a good degree of
concentration. On the other hand, a poor concentration or
defective mental condition will cause fleeting impressions
not recorded by the memory. If the branches are “bridges”
that link each item and if we make this concrete analogy,
then it is the association of ideas, which are generated at
every moment of our conscious life, that jump “from one
thing to another” in the process of our thinking.
If sometimes the association of ideas leads us to a new idea,
then it is another branch in addition to our tree, a new
segment of knowledge. But the goal of meditation is to
acquire new knowledge, thus discovering new branches of
our tree. Assuming that the tree is always trying to grow
and get closer to the sky, the more we reach remote
branches of the soil, the more our consciousness (the
monkey) will ascend to heaven and experience high
emotions.
If each branch represents a segment of knowledge – and we
want to expand our personal knowledge of a specific
segment – we focus our awareness on this segment,
momentarily forgetting all others. Thus, we define the topic
or theme of meditation.
Now consider the practical aspect of mental process. It
begins with a calming of the mind. To reach this state, we
must let the flowing stream of diverse thoughts be released
by the surplus energy from the body’s immobility. In doing
so, avoid all associations of ideas in relation to the thoughts
flowing. This should lead us to mental silence. At this stage,
avoid the loss of consciousness, as sleep would cancel any
meditation. Mental silence can and should provide, after
sufficient training, a state of well-being and a refilling of
energy. This is what the Orientals and other traditions call
the inner silence. It is possible to stay for several minutes in
this state without starting the actual process of meditation.
It is then only a time of healing and energy recharging.
If we really want to think, once we have reached the mental
silence, we make the foreground of our consciousness the
subject of meditation when it can be determined in advance.
With the help of the will, we keep only one subject of
meditation in our consciousness for a few moments. This
topic can be a word, a phrase, or a symbol, provided it is
made accurately. The formulation and realization of the
subject of meditation will produce a resonance between our
consciousness and everything that relates to the field of
universal consciousness. By our subjective consciousness
and inner awareness, we will deliver information on the
subject concerned. This information will come from
ourselves, and will be more or less important, as meditation
is rather superficial or deep. It can come in the form of a
mental flash of intuitive nature. Made alive in the
consciousness, the data will be printed in the memory and
will, after a period of meditation, be put in its proper place
in relation to the whole subject. It is at this point that the
Adept may well feel the need to undertake an exercise in
contemplation or simply use the knowledge received in the
physical world. Now we understand that meditation is
analytic, in that it is based on ideas “about something”
while contemplating a kind of synthesis, because the eye
arises within a condensation which has previously been
performed, to feel and absorb harmony and beauty.
Concentration and meditation are considered active, while
contemplation is essentially passive. This does not mean
that it is inactive. It just needs to be done less often so that a
state of inaction leading to stagnation does not establish
itself in the nature of the Initiate, hindering spiritual growth.
We have described the mental process that we can use in
the Art of Meditation, by relying on the trilogy:
concentration, meditation, contemplation. The data you
have now is sufficient to enable you to make fruitful
meditations. Later, we will discuss this topic further,
because other principles of nature are operative and give
similar results, and it is always useful to know the various
phases of action possible in the same search.
Practice of the Month
Exercise of Muscle-easing.
You should practice these three steps at your own pace so
that all three are known at the end of the month.
1st Step.
This involves tensing up all the muscles of the arms, legs,
hands, and face – all the muscles of the body, while you
take a deep breath. Keep the air in your lungs for a moment,
then exhale slowly, releasing all the muscles. Breathing
should be done by the diaphragm and not too quickly. This
method is applied to three consecutive terms.
2nd Step.
This exercise is to sit on a chair with your back straight,
your legs placed in front of you at an angle relative to the
body. At the same time, extend the arms on each side of the
body at shoulder height to form the cross. You can stay in
this position one, two or three minutes, depending on the
degree of fatigue.
3rd Step.
Sit as comfortably as possible, back straight, palms on
thighs. Then start the relaxation by the head and down to
the shoulders. First, move the scalp and all the muscles of
the face and shoulders. Relax the jaw and do not totally
close your mouth. Keep your lips parted throughout the
exercise. Renew the relaxation of the head and shoulders
three consecutive times, before heading down to the chest
and arms, and then the rest of the body. You must act on
every muscle, every member and take the time necessary to
establish the state of deep relaxation. You must come to a
release of all tensions but keeping well seated with a high
chest.
PHILOSOPHY
“Become accustomed to the belief that death is nothing to
us. For all good and evil consists in sensation, but death is
deprivation of sensation. And therefore, a right
understanding that death is nothing to us makes the
mortality of life enjoyable, not because it adds to it an
infinite span of time, but because it takes away the craving
for immortality.
For there is nothing terrible in life for the man who has
truly comprehended that there is nothing terrible in not
living. So that the man speaks but idly who says that he
fears death not because it will be painful when it comes, but
because it is painful in anticipation. For that which gives no
trouble when it comes, is but an empty pain in anticipation.
So death, the most terrifying of ills, is nothing to us, since
so long as we exist, death is not with us; but when death
comes, then we do not exist. It does not then concern either
the living or the dead, since for the former it is not, and the
latter are no more.”
Epicurus, Letter to Menoeceus, 3.
QUOTATIONS
1st week
“The world is divided in two parts; one is visible, the other
invisible. What is visible is the reflection of what is
invisible.” Zohar
2nd week
“Isn’t it better to have men being ungrateful than to miss a
chance to do good?” Diderot
3rd week
“Look well into thyself; there is a source of strength which
will always spring up if thou wilt always look.” Marcus
Aurelius
4th week
“We can be tired of all except to understand.” Virgil
“Hermes is the image of an omnipotent and omniscient
deity. Often stuck in a world frozen in materialism, we aim
to take a step back, to gain a perspective that allows us to
give direction and meaning to our existence. But for the
birth of this tradition, one of the objectives of Hermeticism
was to investigate and restore the unity of man restoring his
role at his origins, as a mediator between the divine powers
and nature. The Masters working in this unifying
perspective gave rise to what is called the Catena Aurea or
“golden chain” initiates. The Hermetic tradition is built
around this thread that connects across time and space.
Hermes’ vocation is to be a “mediator, restorer or ‘savior’
of the legitimate and essential ambiguity, father of
recurrence and donor to the development of knowledge. ”
As written by F. Bonardel, “Hermetic philosophy is first a
refusal to fragment knowledge into rival regions. This is
what will hold the different currents that are subsequently
recommend here: Enlightenment, romantic chemistry, and
theosophy will attest to the permanence of a Hermetic
esoteric path of the West. But we must speak of an
exceptional meeting between Hermes and the Spirit reborn,
himself loving reconciliation, diversified unification, a
return to the origins and progress.”
Hermeticism can be summarized as the desire to bring
together the practice of lucid reason and love of truth,
including philosophies and seemingly dissimilar beliefs.
Scientific knowledge can become a real unifying gnosis.”
Excerpt from the book “ABC of Spiritual Freemasonry,”
Jean-Louis de Biasi, Ed. Grancher, Paris.
Fraternally under the auspices and the protection of the
Rose and the Cross,
Jean-Louis de Biasi
Ill. Grand Patriarch Rose+Cross of the O.K.R.C.
TEACHINGS
Theory of the Illuminati
We want to begin with this text written by Stanislas de
Guaita. You will find a summary of several high mysteries
of occultism.
Here is what the founder of Order, Stanislas de Guaita
called the “Theory of the Illuminati:”
“God is not in space. God himself is man and man is God.
The divine essence is love and wisdom. The divine love and
the divine wisdom are substance and form.
The use of all creatures rises by degrees, from being
farthest from man to man and man to God, the principle of
all.
God is the same in the smallest as in the largest.
In the spiritual world, we see land, water, atmospheres, such
as in the natural world; but those of the first are spiritual
and those of the second are material.
The Lord of all, Jehovah was able to create the Universe
and everything in it, without being man. There are, in
substances, a force that tends to produce the forms of
beings.
All forms of the productions of nature have a kind of image
of man. All in the Universe, considering the various beings,
presents a picture of the man, and attests that God is man.
There are two faculties or principles, the will and the
understanding, created to be the receptacles of the Lord.
The life of man is in his principles, and his principles are in
his brain. The physical life of man is the correspondence of
the will with the heart, and the understanding with the lung.
Do not scream too fast or absurdly!
This correspondence may let us discover several things that
are usually ignored, both about the will and understanding
as well as love and wisdom. When the correspondence of
the heart is known with the will, and that of the
understanding with the lung, we know what the soul of man
is. The wisdom or the understanding takes from Divine love
the power to exalt, to receive the light of heaven and to
understand how this manifest. The Divine love, purified by
wisdom, in understanding, becomes spiritual and celestial.”
Symbolism of the Rose
Who doesn’t know (at least by name) the epic novel The
Story of the Rose?
This book was written in two different periods, by two
different men, and comprises two very different
manuscripts on the subject. The first manuscript, of
approximately 4000 verses, was written about 1236 by
Guillaume de Lorris. The second, written between 1275 and
1305, of 18,000 verses, is the work of Jean de Meung,
known as Clopinel.
Régine Pernoud writes pertinently: “While it resides in the
13th century, the precedents it summarizes will inspire
people until the age of the Renaissance and beyond.” Its
influence was equal to, if not greater than, that of the
Divine Comedy.
Its topic is simple: in a garden filled with flowers and birds,
the Garden of Love, the Lover begins to dream. He
suddenly discovers a Rose there. While lambent in ecstasy,
he is contemplating the Rose when an arrow penetrates his
eye and makes its way to his heart. From this day forward,
the Lover will live in hope of gathering the Rose, and to
achieve that goal, he declares himself the vassal of Love.
On this singular topic, Guillaume de Lorris embroidered a
combination of allegories which seem to us, in the main,
singularly monotonous. As in a play, the “characters” are
only abstractions. For example, the name “Bel-Accueil”
means “warm welcome,” “Malebouche” means “bad
words,” “Franchise” means “Frankness,” and other figures
are called “Pity,” “Danger,” etc. Why wasn’t this novel
completed by its first author? No one knows!
Forty years later, the task of writing this novel was once
again taken up by Jean de Meung, who completed it. Yet, If
the poetic form hardly changes from the previous author,
the spirit is deeply different. The Abstractions continue to
evolve like shades, but Clopinel presents his personal ideas,
his design of the World. The novel becomes a kind of
versified encyclopedia, a speculum mundi which offers us a
strange boldness. Jean de Meung refers to both Reason and
Nature. He is resolutely anticlerical, and he colors his
pseudo-Christianity with a pagan wisdom close to that of
the Stoics, or of Lucrece, and this is probably what explains
the lasting success of his work.
What is the meaning of the Rose in this novel? A rationalist
critic would answer that the Rose symbolizes a beloved
woman.
However, we want to go further with our analysis and
extract the essence from it, as Rabelais says. First, we must
rely on the little that we know of the personality of Jean de
Meung. This fertile author, whom we might call prolific,
left other works which are all treatises of Alchemy.
Clopinel was a “Philosopher of Unity.” Thus, his main
work is also a treatise on Alchemy. Eliphas Lévi wrote: “the
Romance of the Rose is the epic poem of old France. It is a
deep work far outside the commonplace. It is an expose of
the mysteries of esotericism, as erudite as that of Apulée.
The Rose of Nicolas Flamel, that of Jean de Meung and that
of Dante bloom on the same tree.”
Another author, Rene Gilles, states: “If Alchemy is hidden
under this flowery fiction, this alchemical work of the Story
of the Rose, one may also find the symbolism of the
process of personal development and the purification of our
being, by that which is a spiritual alchemy.
What is low and impure in us, is transformed by this mental
effort into the purest and highest values, just as there is a
transformation of Sulfur (Sulphur), Mercury, Azoth and Salt
in the Athanor of the alchemist. With its nine petals, the
Rose is a symbol of the highest initiation. She evokes an
image of those rare beings who acquired by study and
meditation a complete control over the elemental nature. It
is this flower which Dante chose to appear in Paradise, and
each one of its petals contains a group of hearts that have
been released from their terrestrial (earthly) rebirth and to
which Divine Light is distributed according to what they
can absorb.”
Thus, the work of Clopinel is a variation of the themes set
around this universal symbol which transcends the centuries
and all latitudes. One finds the Rose as prevalent in Jewish
mysticism as in Buddhism, Western hermeticism, or
Muslim esotericism.
It is perhaps Angelus Silesius (a German mystic of the
Counter-Reformation) who gave us the clearest expression:
“The Rose is my heart, its spine is the desires of the flesh,
Spring is the favor of God, whose anger is freezing cold;
the flowering of the Rose is to make something good; to
scorn the spine, its flesh, is to enhance virtue and to aspire
to the Heavens. If it can live in the moment and flower as
long as Spring lasts, then it is elected a Rose of God for
Eternity.”
Dante, in the 30th part called “The Song of Paradise,” tells
us that the mystical Rose offers an image, which is the
reflection of the communion of the Saints of the Inner
Church: “Neither in its height, nor in its amplitude were my
eyes mislaid, rather there was joy in embracing both its
mass and value. Whether one is near or far from it neither
adds to, nor diminishes from its beauty; natural laws do not
apply where God is in direct control. It is the gold heart of
the Eternal Rose, which exalts, expands and exhales a
perfume of praise to the Sun of the Eternal Spring!” .
An invocation of the Roman liturgy identifies the Virgin
Mary as a mystical Rose. She is the fiancée or bride to the
“Song of Songs” which is expressed as follows: “I am the
rose of Sharon and the lily of the valleys.”
The commentaries on this biblical text are countless. We
will finish this part with only one of them by Shir-ah Shirim
Rabba: “A king had a garden which he transformed into an
orchard… He delivered it into the care of a longtime
gardener in whom he had great confidence. One day, the
king wished to visit his garden. But, ô desolation, ô pain, he
found that it was invaded by brambles and crab grass. In his
irritation, he was ready to ruin the entire garden, when
suddenly he discovered a brilliant and fragrant unique rose.
He picked the flower and contemplated it, breathing its
perfume, which calmed him. “Let us leave, he said, for I
will save my garden out of consideration for this single
pink rose.”.
It is necessary to explain that the King is the Eternal One,
the garden is the Cosmos, the brambles are the betrayal in
paradise and the Rose is the Community of mystical Israel,
the so-called inner Church or Communion of the Saints.
The Community sanctifies the profane world, since it is
known: “Such a rose between the thorns, is my Beloved
among the other virgins.”
As it is written in the text of the Zohar: “Just as a Rose may
be white or red, in the same way the Elected People
undergo the Challenges or the Mercy of God.”
It is not the time to reveal to you the mysteries of the RoseCross brotherhood. Did they really exist? Were they a myth
imagined by Valentine Andrae? Is the 18th degree of the
Scottish Freemasonry a direct or indirect emanation of the
Rose-Cross brotherhood of the 17th century? Is there a link
between the Temple and the disciples of Christian
Rosenkreutz?
We will answer these questions later. For now, our focus is
limited: What does the Rose teach us when it is placed on
the Cross? What does the Pentacle of the Rose-Cross
Brotherhood mean? Admittedly, these questions do not
require explanation. Rather, they are intended to guide the
Spirit. It is crucial to remember that the essence of a symbol
is not something we can explain with words. It is not a
riddle or an enigma, from which we must draw the light;
rather, it represents a suprasensible relationship between the
Noumenal and the Phenomenal, the Visible World and the
Invisible World, the One and the Many.
We will quote three qualified authors. The first one is Serge
Constantinovitch Marcotoune, who said: “The Rose of the
Pentacle represents the positive Wisdom which the initiate
practices. It is not the result of an instruction or of a
deepened philosophy. It is the experiment of a series of acts
undertaken often in a spontaneous movement of the heart to
help others and to help the evolution of the heart. This
wisdom penetrates the heart of the initiates, and always
maintains it in awakening, a position where they can see
and hear according to the Gospel, so that they can vibrate
with dynamism and audacity. As they develop compassion
for every living creature, it impregnates their heart with a
Universal Spirit.”
Another author, Sédir, wrote: “The Rose-Cross Brotherhood
personified for their initiates the divine idea of the
manifestation of Life by two terms which the Rose is the
first emblem of. The Rose is the most perfect symbol of the
living Unity, first of all because this flower, which has
multiple petals, presents itself in a spherical form, which is
a symbol of the Infinite One; Secondly, it is a symbol of
Unity because the perfume which it exhales is like a
revelation of the Universality of Life. This Rose was placed
in the center of a Cross because the latter expresses the idea
of linearity and infinity.”
Michel Maïer, an initiate living in the 17th century, gave us
a Key to the Great Work. Here is what he wrote: “This is
the blood of Christ which runs from the foot of Venus into
her garden planted with Rose bushes and which change the
white roses into red roses.”
General Considerations about Initiation
The lessons that you receive will allow you to gain a solid
foundation, so you can be positioned to receive some
esoteric principles which are important keys for developing
your inner self and approaching the spiritual world.
In our time, it is possible to acquire the important literature
concerning the esoteric, theoretical, and even practical in
some cases. For that, it is necessary to get quite a large
number of books and have time to assimilate them properly.
This way of working may be sufficient, but it takes a lot of
time and research to gain practical philosophy, provided
that we have the chance to experience serious works,
because in this field, as in others, the truth and experience
are often mixed with the false and imaginary.
The age in which we live drives men to go beyond the
world of events and appearances. It is therefore necessary to
“hurry slowly;” that is, to avoid loss of time, to be able to
act properly as soon as circumstances arise. We must search
for its support points to build a solid and serious mental and
spiritual edifice, capable of withstanding storms. Some
Traditional Organizations show the way to find the
materials needed and how to place them in the correct order
to realize such a construction. One must get to work and not
be discouraged by the first difficulties.
“Ask and you shall receive!” “Knock and the door will be
opened!” There is no more powerful and true maxim in the
field of Initiation.
When we speak of Initiation within the Traditional
organizations sector, the point that intrigues and worries the
largest number of people is the Secret. Why Secret?
The entire initiation always comprises several stages, each
separated by a threshold. Each threshold is approached
through a ceremony that embodies the preparation
preceding it. Ceremony or initiation allows the applicant to
carry out his new state of consciousness by two methods.
The first one is a psychological shock caused by the
psychodrama on which the Initiation ceremony is built.
This shock is possible only if the applicant doesn’t know
the nature of the ceremony of Initiation. Otherwise, there is
no emotional shock and initiation does not occur. The secret
is a fundamental element in the initiation method.
The second method is the direct transmission of a
movement or spiritual impulses. This is related to the same
divine nature of man and cannot be safely put into the
hands of the ignorant. Thus, the rite of transmission is
effective only if the person doing it is qualified, and the one
who receives is prepared enough to assimilate it. We thus
see how the secrecy surrounding a ceremony of Initiation is
important, along with the qualifications of the bidder and
the preparation of the candidate.
Let us now examine the deeper meaning of the initiatory
technique.
The first notable feature is an integral non-dogmatism, that
is to say, no belief is imposed on anyone. The writings of
the Masters or the sacred books of the past may be
challenged, even if they were written by a former member.
Everyone must constantly question and forge his own
philosophy. We respect a saying transmitted by the ancients:
“Have Faith in the beginning. It will help you have patience
and tenacity, but as soon as you feel stronger and more
independent, deny all that you will not be able to control.
Beware of imaginations that are “too active,” including
yours, and accept as true only that which is revealed to you
by your personal experience. Transmute your original faith
in knowledge by an experience well done and well
understood.”
Of course, if this were based on a level of intellectual
development comparable to that in secular schools, there
would be little of this attitude, maybe only in the field of
natural sciences. But here we are in a school of initiation,
and development, sought and obtained, is not what is
generally conceived. This is what we will try to explain
now.
First, we must consider this non-dogmatism as a state of
mind rather than a reality in itself, at least for those just
starting out.
Indeed, through the initiation of the most advanced
members, we arrive at a view of the Universe which is both
coherent and unified. They can wisely reveal this
knowledge or keep it without transmitting any part.
Revealing it is a dogmatic operation to applicants, since this
knowledge is not yet accessible by their personal
experience.
Not revealing it is also, in a sense, a mistake. Because it
releases blind applicants in their initiatory journey, so that
this knowledge is their guide, or if we use a symbol, a card
on which a travel itinerary is written. The best solution is to
give the map of the journey to the Applicant, saying:
“Here’s where your path will lead, here’s the card, but only
accept it when you have yourself checked.”
In fact, this card is the idea of the Universe and man to
which every Initiate gradually gains access during his
spiritual ascent, which is identical to all esoteric aspects of
the various traditional patterns of the planet.
From the above, we see that to understand the initiatory
schools and operating process, we must understand the
Initiation, and this can be done only through the knowledge
of man and the universe acquired through this initiation.
Therefore, the initiatic and traditional area constitutes a
kind of circle of the more occult knowledge that is difficult
to transmit because of its nature, but that can be felt by the
force of the verb when it is made by a follower sufficiently
developed, the Initiate.
Consider the establishment of an initiation site, as an
oratory. The standard definition of this word is “part of a
house for prayer.” So, we are in a place of prayer and
meditation. Add that the word “Laboratory” contains also
Oratory, which means that oratory is also a place where we
will experience the use of the Laws of nature, as well as
that governing man.
The oratory is set according to the ancient information
about the constitution of the temples of mysteries. The
Temple is a reflection of the divine world. This reflection is
mainly expressed symbolically.
The temple is the place of the Real Presence. It summarizes
the macrocosm, while also being the image of the
microcosm. It is both the World and Man. The temple can
be seen as a symbolic image of man and the world.
In Roman times, “Temples” were built at the location
determined by the augurs, who received consecration by the
Pontiffs.
The augurs were Roman priests who interpreted omens
from birds’ songs and flight. The “Templum” was the
delimitation formed by the Augur on the ground and in the
sky for his observation. It is within this space that omens
were read; hence, the word “contemplate,” meaning
etymologically to watch from the “Temple.”
In Rome, the title of “Pontiff” was the highest in the
priestly hierarchy. It is commonly “bridge builder.” The
Pontiff was therefore the bridge or intermediary between
the earthly world and the divine world.
The buildings of worship were originally square and called
“Templum.” This name has remained even when their shape
became rectangular. We understand the subsequent
employment of the same word to designate the location
where the traditional fraternal meetings took place. For
them the “Temple” is like the Universe and contains
symbolically the four cardinal points, the sky, etc.
In the symbolic study of the characteristics of a Temple, the
initiates have always insisted on the solar quality. Any
Temple is built according the image of the world. It is
cosmic, and the same principles of sacred building can be
found in the whole world. However, we can go further and
recognize that the Temple reflects the mathematical
harmony of the Universe. It tends to convey the cosmic
beauty: beauty in itself, as Plato and Pythagoras have
defined.
According to traditional data, the Temple is oriented in two
axes: one East-West, the other North-South. The circle and
the square are also represented. The circle denotes the
Cosmos and the square is for the Earth.
Any Temple is dedicated, and the objects in ceremonies are
only for sacred use. The fact that these objects are devoted
to work or to a specific use does not mean they have
magical attributes. According to a mysterious science called
the vibroturgie, these objects, as well as the room
containing the Oratory, gradually accumulate the vibrations
generated by the rites and ceremonies, as well as the
personal thoughts and vibrations of those who work there.
The respect we must have for this place and for the ritual
objects lies in the symbol, so each object must be used
appropriately; that is to say, at the thought-forms that are
issued to them. These thought-forms, with the vibrational
energies set in motion during ceremonies, make this place
gradually take on a vibrational frequency, corresponding to
the level of aspirations of those who come to work.
A long time ago, in ancient temples, the consecration to the
spiritual work of the objects was very thorough. Even the
torches which produced the flame were devoted, and what
remained was burned, never to be used for any other
reason.
The flame in the Temple symbolizes the visible
representation of the invisible. It is the border between
created and uncreated. It does not have the same density as
the material itself, which you can touch and keep. The
flame is the alchemical symbol of transmutation. It
symbolizes the bridge between the invisible world and the
visible world where man is. Its particular vibratory
frequency is in remarkable harmony with the soul of man. It
forces him to contemplate the majesty of the Universe, to
raise his consciousness to the Divine, to the beautiful and
noble things.
In this way the candle flame symbolizes the astral light of
the divine and invisible fumes that we invoke. Also, it is
recommended never to blow out a candle during a
ceremony. Such a move would mean that we dismiss this
astral light of our environment, removing the main source
of our inspiration. When the time comes in a ceremony to
put the Temple at rest and turn off the lights, we must put
the light “under a bushel,” that is, make it invisible to our
eyes, but always present.
When the lights are lit on the altar, the oratory really
becomes a place where the divine presence and the Masters
of the Past may meet. Then the man is in an ideal condition
to find himself and, to some extent, become part of the
Main.
Speaking of Initiation, we will develop the meaning of this
term in relation to man and his abilities. First we must note
that there are actually two forms of Initiation:
1.“Minor” initiations
2.“Major” or” Solar ” initiations
The minor initiations are in fact “symbolic ceremonies” in
which the principles of life and the relationship between
human beings and creation are revealed to the Applicant.
The vast majority of these principles are conveyed by
symbols or ideograms, which the Applicant must
understand and assimilate if he wants to apply them in his
life and also use them to help others.
This type of initiation is therefore expressed as a ritual
drama, placing the Applicant under certain conditions
which allow a sufficient awareness to be essentially
engraved in his memory; then it can be used. Therefore,
such Initiation confers no power to act on the material or
elements. However, it creates in the consciousness of the
Applicant the desire for introspection and the willingness to
harmonize with the principles revealed.
If the work is well done, the consequences of such Initiation
will be beneficial in the sense that the Applicant will
become aware of the duality of his nature, he can control it
and no longer be a slave. He will also be able to place at
fair value the acts of life as well as the things and events.
At this point, we are at the education level, that is to say, the
plane where we have received principles or laws that many
do not know or refuse to know. It is not pure science or
religion with its dogmas; this is the Middle Way, whose
driving force is the Applicant’s desire to rise to the spiritual,
while keeping a solid foundation on the material plane.
The initiations called “minor” are in a range from a simple
symbolic ceremony which includes the transmission of
spiritual impulses designed to stimulate the mind of the
student. Before approaching the principle of the major
Initiations, we must place man and his faculties in relation
to the seven different plans of Creation. Two of these plans
are in the field of man, as they are its different parts: the
physical and the psychic plane.
Man being formed of a physical body, material, has a
double, a perfect replica of the physical body. This double,
established by an energy with a vibrational frequency
greater than that of the physical body, provides the link
between the visible and the invisible. (All these elements
are developed in the book of our Grand Patriarch RoseCross entitled ABC of the Aura.)
Although in a more subtle nature, the psychic or astral body
does not remain less substantial since, after passing certain
stages in the process of death, he returns to the state of
energy, leaving the soul-personality alone to reach his
spiritual home.
So the physical body and the mental body are the whole
man. This is also true for all the faculties of man, his
sensory faculties and psychic perceptions. Thus, perceiving
the aura of people or things, capturing the thoughts of
others, “seeing” the stages of his life or his immediate
future, is the responsibility of man and his constitution, and
this does not necessarily imply a real degree of Initiation.
It simply demonstrates a functioning which could be
described as normal and total. A lack of psychic perception
can have two causes: either an outright rejection of its life
through an education too materialistic, or a phase of
“sleep,” following the evolution of the soul-personality.
In this latter case, the non-perception of the psychic plan is
temporary and often replaced by an ability inherent to a
superior level of man, called “inner certainty.”
Above the physical and psychological level, so above man
is the spiritual level. The access to this plan requires a
certain degree of Initiation. It is only from this point that we
can refer to the Initiation: the prerogatives and powers
beyond the ordinary. Indeed, the spiritual level is the home
of Initiates. This is the ultimate plan of the evolution of
man. Its action requires going through a series of steps, the
series of “major” initiations, leading man to a realization of
his earthly condition.
The Adept who receives one or more major initiations
learns, on one hand, to use occult forces ensuring the
functioning of nature and, on the other hand, for the
purpose of evolution, to communicate with the plan
immediately located above the spiritual level: the divine
plan.
The “contact” with the spiritual level cannot be permanent
at the beginning. It can occur during periods of work in the
Oratory, or occasionally at unexpected times during normal
activities. Also, in some cases, it may manifest in the form
of dreams.
Regarding the divine plan, the nature of the communication
is different. For this, it is necessary to practice Theurgy for
a long time, in order to connect to this plan and request a
meeting with the “divine Powers.”
The Adept can go on these plans only after starting to
balance his inner energies and associating his vibrational
work to moral development.
Finally, we will allow ourselves to give some advice.
If you’ve ever worked in a traditional organization or if you
have studied many books on esotericism, do not consider
the following lines as a simple review. You will enter on a
new path which, if you persevere, will lead you to use
important esoteric principles.
All the knowledge contained in the booklets of Parvis will
be therefore useful for you, either as general education and
basic principles for your future operating work.
The education which is provided to you is a guideline, no
aspect of which should be neglected.
We advise you to read the books several times to grasp the
deeper meaning and give you time to reflect on their topics.
PRACTICE
Protection
We said it was sometimes necessary to inhibit the
influences of this world, e.g. currents of hatred, jealousy,
violence or simply the mental turmoil around us. To protect
ourselves, there are physical means, such as pure and
simple isolation in a secluded, quiet room. This solution is
not always possible, however, especially if you live in a
city. Also, we will show you two ways of protection that are
based on mental action. This mode of action can and should
be very effective if performed correctly and confidently.
The mental action, visualization, is one of the powers
available to man. It is the ability to see inside. It is also the
foundation of the mental creation: the cause of art in our
life conditions or desirable events, provided that they are
legitimate, with an altruistic goal.
So, it is possible to use this ability of visualization.
The first way that we can visualize is to imagine a circle of
white around us, with a 50-meter radius. You become the
center of the circle and it establishes a dam for all
influences from outside. As you view this circle, feel that
you are actually building it. No doubt should remain of its
existence and effectiveness. Trust is the fundamental key to
success in this area. Once your visualization is complete,
enter in yourself and be calm and relaxed.
When your meditation is complete, return to your worldly
occupations and do not think anymore of the circle you
have created around you. This will dissolve itself in
approximately one hour. If you feel the need, you can start
viewing again.
The second means of protection is the white dress you will
wear at every ritual Chapter meeting after your eventual
initiation (or that you already wear in your oratory). You
can even wear the white dress during your meditations, if
conditions allow. Otherwise, you can use the same method
as for the circle, that is to say, visualizing yourself wearing
the dress. For the Ancients, the white dress symbolized the
garment of light surrounding the adept in search of eternal
truths. By wearing it, you give your consciousness a way to
express and create an aura of light around you, both
inspired and protective.
Whenever you feel in danger in the outside world, you can
use these forms of protection by the principle of
visualization.
Exercises of concentration
We’ll show you exercises that will help to develop some of
your faculties at the human level so that subsequently, you
can practice spiritual exercises successfully. The first of
these faculties concerns power of concentration.
Whether to not focus is power, good concentration is
necessary for a well-ordered life, and we must learn to
develop and perfect this ability as much as possible.
Concentration has its basis in observation, just like the
faculty of memory. Despite some enlightenment on the
subjective level, man generally lives in a self-centeredness
that constantly returns to itself. He goes from one point to
another around him, without leaving his thoughts or
concerns, except when he is occasionally attracted to
something new. He must therefore learn to objectify himself
to fully live the life that surrounds him. That means we
must gradually master the direction of our thoughts, so that
we can participate in the outside world, sometimes living in
our inner world according to our will.
We must learn to see, not just look, until it becomes a habit.
At first it may seem difficult, but if we persevere, we will
see quickly that we have gained a real power on ourselves
and on other things.
Step number 1
For the first exercise we propose the following method:
When you get a quiet moment, try first to remain absorbed
by any thought and if you feel you do, react immediately.
Then take a small object, such as a pencil or an eraser or a
flower, see its shape, length, width, color, smell its scent,
consider its weight. It is composed of several parts;
determine each part relative to the others. Also see if there
are inscriptions above, and from what material it is made.
Once this is done, close your eyes and restore the object in
your mind as an image, with all the details you have
observed. Try to smell it, see its color and balance its
weight.
Your object is now reconstituted in your mind. Open your
eyes, become aware of the world around you and go back to
your daily occupation. Do this exercise at least twice a day.
Step number 2
To continue on this path, we offer a new exercise that you
can do in the daytime, during a walk or when shopping in
town.
It involves stopping at a store window, examining carefully
how it is arranged, the objects that compose it, their place,
their size, their usefulness, and the prices displayed. After
recording all these details in your memory, go home or to a
quiet corner, close your eyes and you visualize all the
details and layout of the window. It is absolutely necessary
that you reconstruct it perfectly.
You can practice this exercise at least twice a week with
different windows. At first, choose a window that is not too
loaded with objects, so its layout is easier to retain
PHILOSOPHY
“But the many at one moment shun death as the greatest of
evils, at another yearn for it as a respite from the evils in
life. But the wise man neither seeks to escape life nor fears
the cessation of life, for neither does life offend him nor
does the absence of life seem to be any evil. And just as
with food he does not seek simply the larger share and
nothing else, but rather the most pleasant, so he seeks to
enjoy not the longest period of time, but the most pleasant.”
Epicurus, Letter to Menoeceus, 7
QUOTATIONS
1st week
“If you fight against all your sensations, you will have no
standard to which to refer and thus no means of judging
even those sensations which you pronounce false.”
Epicurus
2nd week
“Death is the supreme initiation.” Plutarch
3rd week
“I wanted to do good, but I did not want to make noise,
because I felt that the sound did not do good, as good did
not make noise.” Louis Claude de Saint Martin
4th week
“The true value of man is not determined by his possession,
supposed or real, of Truth, but rather by his sincere exertion
to get to the Truth. It is not possession of Truth by which he
extends his powers and in which his ever-growing
perfectibility is to be found. Possession makes one passive,
indolent and proud.” Lessing
“One of the first deep certainties that comes to us is the
material world. From our birth, we have been accustomed
to considering real what we see and touch, that is, what is
available to us through our senses. In this world,
everything seems immediate, accessible, certain, and
verifiable. It is not necessary to imagine another fantastic
reality. This material world seems to stand on its own and
everything is limited to our senses. It is mainly on this
argument that the opponents of “another reality” base their
claim. In this limited vision of the materialistic world, only
the physical dimension of man is considered. Any other
theory remains linked to imagination or religion.
Let’s take a moment to consider the world in which we live
and try to give it some depth. I suggest you take a few
minutes to begin your introspection without limiting it to
matter.
What we discover is an invisible and spiritual world we can
contact. As a matter of fact, we already belong to this
world. It is the original world from which we came.
Initiation is a preparation for this new awareness.”
Excerpt from the book “ABC of the Aura,” Jean-Louis de
Biasi, Ed. Grancher, Paris, 2000.
CONTENTS
PART ONE_ 5
Alchemy – The principle of impregnation_ 5
PART TWO_ 9
Rose+Croix 9
Tradition and Kabbalah_ 13
Kabbalistic Tradition_ 13
Learning the basic and essential principles of Kabbalah_ 14
PRACTICE_ 14
Breathing_ 14
PHILOSOPHY_ 14
QUOTATIONS 15
1st week 15
2nd week 15
3rd week 15
4th week 15
PART ONE
Alchemy – The principle of impregnation
We will begin this lesson by a presentation of the main
aspects of Alchemy to give you an overview of the
traditional connections and links to Astrology and
Kabbalah.
The lessons of this first year constitute successive levels
which will bring you to a basic knowledge of the initiatic
tradition. To achieve such preparation, the texts that we
present are a way to unveil for you various essential topics.
The principle of “successive impregnation” is the basis for
the initiation technique. All Mystery Schools have used it in
the past and nowadays, a true esoteric school is recognized
by the application of this principle. This is designed to act
on you unconsciously as a student and allow you to create a
harmony with the “memories of Nature,” in which are
recorded all the lessons of the great spiritual leaders of
humanity. These teachings are the “original” teachings of
these Wise Masters. Maybe you already experienced such
contact while reading a book that fascinated you. Suddenly
an inner gate opened, and it was possible to feel deeply the
thought and sometimes the presence of the author.
However, it is easier to practice such contact through a text
which has been specially prepared. By reading the original
text, your mind creates a bond with the author. Then your
subconscious absorbs the essence of the text and comes into
resonance with the author’s personality through time and
space.
This principle emphasizes the usefulness of ancient and
sacred texts. It is essential to learn and read them to create
this inner contact with the spirit of the authors, even if they
died a long time ago. The intellectual study has a double
purpose: First, to provide an intellectual knowledge which
can be used as a support and guide for human
understanding; Second, to reveal a deeper and often more
accurate knowledge, appearing through the phenomenon of
intuition. This is what we call “reading between the lines”
or traditionally, understanding the Spirit of the text when
we succeed in avoiding a literal interpretation.
This is what the initiates working in esoteric schools did
and still do, and this what you will do in these studies. The
true principle of impregnation is to study the basics of a
subject, then stop and take another subject which is related
to the previous one, then return to the original topic in a
more elaborate and more profound way. While the second
subject is studied, the subconscious does its work, setting
the ground for the second step of the initial study. Then the
resonance is established with what is recorded forever in
the memories of Nature, and during the second study,
intuitive ideas emerge, sometimes far exceeding what is
learned intellectually. Several successive “impregnations”
are often used in the case of vast subjects, such as
Kabbalah. So do not be surprised if sometimes we appear to
“jump from one thing to another.” The reason is that we
simply apply this principle of impregnation. In the course
of your training, you will achieve “intuitive knowledge”
which will affect you positively and personally. You will
progressively ascend the ladder of evolution, or what is
traditionally called “Jacob’s Ladder,” which is a wellknown alchemical symbol. As a matter of fact, alchemy has
been known and practiced for hundreds of years. Then, with
the addition of modern science, most of it became spiritual.
Even if Spagyrics can be useful today, alchemy remains a
spiritual symbolic path that is used to reach a specific state
of consciousness. Keep this in mind when we speak about
this field of the Western Tradition.
From the “Enlightenment” to the present day, Alchemy has
been considered as a primitive form of modern chemistry.
Therefore, most scholars who have studied this literature
have seen nothing but the very early stages of modern
physics and chemistry. It is true that this literature describes
small-scale experiments related to the preparation of metals,
which can be reproduced using modern technology. The
Magisterium of the Alchemists obviously has a principle of
unity that is central today for many fields of modern
science. Alchemy has all the characteristics of an “art,” i.e.,
a doctrine and a method handed down from master to
disciple for centuries. As far as we know, few things have
changed in this tradition from its creation. Alchemy existed
at least since the middle of the first millennium BCE and
probably from the early Iron Age. It is based on the
principle that Gold and Silver were sacred metals, even
before they became a “measure” of all commercial
transactions. Gold and Silver are the earthly reflections of
the Sun and the Moon, and thus all the realities of the spirit
and the soul, which are related to the celestial couple, are
formed by these two entities. Until the Middle Ages, the
values of these two noble metals were determined by the
ratio of the durations of the revolution of the Sun and the
Moon. Thus, these old coins often bore symbols linked with
the Sun or its annual cycle. It is, however, not quite
accurate to state that Gold represents the Sun and Silver, the
Moon. We should rather say that these two noble metals and
the two heavenly bodies are symbols of two cosmic or
divine realities.
Given the sacred nature of Gold and Silver, obtaining these
metals could only be a priestly activity, just as the minting
of gold and silver coins was originally the exclusive
privilege of some sacred centers. Ancient civilizations lived
in a different vision of the world. For them, everything was
connected: humans were connected to the cosmos, so the
preparation of metals was always performed as a sacred art.
We can find similar principles in the African tradition.
Consequently, in traditional alchemy, everyone working on
gold must be first purified, washed, and follow a specific
diet. Gold is more than a mere metal: it has a spiritual
essence that links it to the Sun, and further to the First
Cause. This link between the material and the spiritual can
be seen as the root of Alchemy.
The alchemic tradition traces its origin to the Sacred Art of
the Egyptians, from whom it spread across Europe and the
Middle East. Its founder was identified as Hermes
Trismegistus, Hermes thrice or the Master of the three
principles, often identified with the God Thoth. This is
probably why the oldest alchemical texts are found on
papyrus: they date back to the last period of the civilization
of ancient Egypt, the Ptolemaic period.
Not surprisingly, no earlier document about it exists; as a
sacred art, Alchemy was supposed to be transmitted by oral
teaching. The need to entrust this teaching in writing can be
interpreted as a sign of fear of possible loss of Tradition. As
Alexandria used Greek, most of the philosophic and
alchemical texts were written in this language. It is also
important to note that the philosophical part of these texts
can be seen as the foundation of the Platonic tradition.
Consequently, it is obvious that hermeticism and Platonism
are linked.
Alchemy entered Western Christianity through Byzantium,
then, more extensively, through Spain, which was then
under Arab domination. In the Islamic world, Alchemy
reached its full development. From the Renaissance and
associated with the rebirth of Hermeticism, a new wave of
Byzantine Alchemy spread to the West. In the 16 th and 17th
centuries, alchemical books were printed, which had
previously existed only in manuscripts and circulated more
or less secretly.
We will use these works as a reference while highlighting
some important points of the alchemical tradition. The
study will show the relationship between Alchemy and
Kabbalah.
To decipher Alchemy, it is first necessary to understand the
language, and the ideas behind the words and symbols.
Alchemists have adopted a specific language for two main
reasons: to hide the true meaning from dishonest people,
and to enlighten the adept.
Before going further in our study, we must first separate
Alchemy from Spagyrics, also called Archemy. The
Spagyrics aims to separate and reassemble the main
components of the body. This word comes from the works
of Paracelsus, who developed a specific medical system
based on the 3 principles: Mercury, Sulfur, and salt. From
these principles Spagyrics developed elixirs and
medications capable of curing various illnesses. We will
leave aside the study of Spagyrics as another section of the
website gives you an extensive study of this field.
Alchemy is usually divided into two parts: Transcendental
alchemy and operative alchemy.
Transcendental alchemy aims, through mystical practices,
prayers, concentration, meditation, etc. to transmute our
human nature so it acquires a higher state of consciousness.
Operative Alchemy aims to obtain the philosopher’s stone.
This term is allegorical, but it also has a special meaning in
its operative mode for alchemists.
The philosopher’s stone is the condensation of universal
energy in a physical body. This energy is the basis of any
substance; it gives life to our body and brings it to its
highest development. This is the energy which animates the
whole universe and makes it what it is.
This is the incarnation of the verb in a material form.
The philosopher’s stone could help make gold, of course,
but for the alchemist, this is not the goal. To transmute any
metal into gold is for the Wise, a proof of successful work
in its entirety. Indeed, according to the authors of The Art of
Hermes, metals have a life, that is to say, a birth and a
death. Some metals, like mercury, are called young, while
others, like silver, age. Still others are dead, or, like gold,
perfect. In other words, gold has reached the ultimate goal
of evolution. According to the alchemists, metals arise from
the primordial chaos. In the earth, they operate under the
influence of the universal spirit, until they reach the total
perfection, which is Gold. That’s why we rarely find a pure
metal in a mine; they are often mixed with other metals.
Moreover, extracting metal from the ground and treating it
by metallurgical processes, kills it or makes it sleep. By
fixing it at a step of its development, it cannot continue its
evolution. The projection of the philosopher’s stone on the
molten metal used to revive it and push it to its ultimate
goal is gold. As mentioned before, making Gold is for the
wise only a proof of successful work, because in fact, the
philosopher’s stone, or Chrysopée, as some call it, only
serves to transmute its creator.
The most serious texts on alchemy say that a person who
absorbs this stone, to a limited extent and under certain
conditions, obtains a regeneration of his body, enjoys
perfect health, extends his life in certain proportions, and
finally, is transmuted himself. The adept is then released
from the wheel of incarnations: he lives in the real world,
and does not die, but ascends to the highest spiritual planes
with a different kind of death. He is like the metal which
has been pushed through the alchemical work until it
reaches the completion of its evolution. It does in a few
years what nature would have taken millennia to do. In
some ways, one could say that the philosopher’s stone is an
accelerator or a close.
To more easily understand the language of alchemy, we will
now briefly define the structure of matter as alchemists
explain it.
According to the High Science and Royal Art, metals are
composed of three components, differing in quantity
depending on the metals. Thus, we get a variety of
products, such as gases, non-metals, to the heavier metals.
Everything created is a variable combination of the three
components: Sulfur, Mercury, and Salt. Other names are
sometimes given to them by modern alchemists, and some
even believe there are more than three ingredients.
We said that metals arise from primordial chaos, and that in
the dark bosom of the earth, they evolve under the influence
of the universal mind. The alchemical tradition states that
the influence is that of the seven planets visible to the naked
eye: the Sun, the Moon, Mercury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter, and
Saturn. We are not giving here a physical explanation.
Planets are symbols of powers that can be found in the
cosmos (macrocosm) and within us (microcosm). They can
be linked to the “inner” metals by alchemy, whose passive
and active natures can be seen in the opposition of sky and
earth, stars and metals, Moon and Sun, Silver and Gold.
The Sun or the gold are, in a sense, the embodiment of the
active pole and generator of existence, while the Moon or
silver embodies the receptive pole, the Prima Materia. To
varying degrees, other metals, like the other planets,
involve the two poles of existence.
The gradation of cosmic qualities – manifested in the
planets in active mode and passive mode in metals – is
clearly expressed by the seven signs used to designate both
planets and metals. Here are the seven symbols in the
Chaldean order of the planetary orbits.
B – S – T – 1 – N( U) – V – W
Mars is not represented here by the symbol usually
attributed to it, that is, a circle with a right-angle arrow, but
by a circle with a cross. This was the original symbol of
Mars, although today it is used to represent Earth. The
Christian tradition also uses it to represent Christ, as we see
him holding a globe crowned by a cross.
We invite you to study this subject and meditate on it.
PART TWO
Rose+Croix
In the summer of 1625, mysterious placards appeared on
the walls of Paris.
The first read as follows:
“We, the deputies of the College of the Brethren of the
Rose-Croix, making a visible and invisible stay in this city
by the grace of the Most High, to whom the heart of the just
is turned; we desire and teach without books or marks, to
speak all sorts of languages of the country where we wish
to be, to deliver men like ourselves from the error of death.”
This was followed sometime later with this true calling:
“We, the deputies of the College of the Rosie-Cross, advise
all those who seek entrance into our society and
congregation, to become initiated into the knowledge of the
Most High, in whose cause we are at this day assembled,
and we will transform them from visible beings into
invisible, and from invisible into visible, and they shall be
transported into every foreign country to which their desire
may lead them. But, to arrive at the knowledge of these
marvels, we warn the reader that we can divine his
thoughts, that if mere curiosity should prompt the wish to
see us, he will never communicate with us, but if an earnest
determination to inscribe himself on the register of our
confraternity should actuate him, we will make manifest to
such an one the truth of our promises, so that we by no
means expose the place of our abode, since simple thought,
joined to the determined will of the reader, will be sufficient
to make us known to him, and reveal him to us.”
These statements repeated by word of mouth created a real
agitation in this country then disturbed by religious, social,
and politic tensions. Indeed, the peace imposed in 1622
between Catholics and Protestants appears very precarious.
The terms “Very High” or “heart of the just” belong to the
“evangelical” vocabulary, which worried the authorities and
created a strong controversy. The secret of the origin of
these messages increased the tension. It was difficult for the
Parisian of this time to know who were these mysterious
“members of the College of the Rosy Cross.”
This manifestation of the Rose-Cross fraternity was not the
first one. Between 1614 and 1616 in Cassel (Germany),
three “revealing” books were published:
• The Rosae Crucis Fama Fraternitatis
• The Confessio Fraternitatis
• The Chymical Wedding of Christian Rosencreutz
(1616).
When the first text Fama Fraternitatis was released,
Paracelsus had been dead for 73 years and Jacob Boehme
for 39 years. Throughout the Middle Ages, occult
philosophy maintained its presence by some continuous
lineages dating back to the first centuries. The religious
powers of the time didn’t allow any esoteric organizations
to exist. From the 15th century and more from the 18th
century, occult literature began to be more prevalent. The
Rose-Cross books and placards were visible manifestations
of the unveiling of these private circles.
The crisis of the 16th century was primarily religious. The
Church, almost exclusively focused on political power, did
not offer spiritual rituals. When Martin Luther nailed on
October 31, 1517, a copy of his text “Disputation on the
Power and Efficacy of Indulgences,” on the door of the
Wittenberg castle, something changed radically in Europe.
The power of the Catholic Church was defied. Faith, which
was the basis of every believer, was suddenly challenged by
free thinking. The equilibrium was upset by a period of new
possibilities.
Scholars still argue about the authorship of these mysterious
texts and books. A good indication is the admission of the
Lutheran Valentin Andrea (1586-1654) to have written the
Chymical Wedding. His other writings reveal a vision of the
world close to the Rose-Cross publications. For example,in
1616 and 1617, he planned to create an association of
Christian scholars and a utopian city called
“Christianopolis.” Although in 1920, he denied the reality
of a Rose-Cross fraternity, this was probably because of
threats from the religious powers, and the policy of the
Rose-Cross to hide once its public mission was
accomplished.
The Fama Fraternitatis Rosae Crucis and the Echoes of the
Fraternity were written “For the regents, orders, and
scientists of Europe.” Its tone is largely a critical
assessment of the state of the modern world. First, a
determination of the constant progress of the human mind:
new scientific discoveries, exploration of unknown lands,
numerous researches, etc. “Man, finally understands the
grandeur and magnificence that are his and his status as a
microcosm …” and, “as any seed contains the tree and the
whole fruit, the microcosm contains the totality.”
Unfortunately, this is compromised by the vanity and strife
of some who prefer to keep current dogmas while “Aristotle
and Galen would probably take pleasure if they were still
alive, to revise their knowledge” and the fact that some
“refuse to meet to evaluate the mass of revelations which
God favors our century by the Book of Nature which is the
rule of all the arts.” We recognize here an approach close to
Paracelsus and see that indeed, the texts of the Rose-Cross
consider him an absolute master.
The project is that of a universal reformation and the figure
who embodies it is the founder of this mysterious fraternity.
He was introduced as a German nobleman, placed in a
convent while still young. Then he embarked on a
pilgrimage to Jerusalem. He visited Damascus, where wise
men greeted him – not as a stranger, but as if they had
waited for a long time to see him. He was called by his
name and to his astonishment, they knew many secrets of
the convent.
After three years, he came back, bringing with him the
book M. (Liber Mundi) which he translated from Arabic
into Latin because these wise men had revealed their
knowledge with grace and good will. He traveled in Egypt
and lived in Fez for two years. There he had other contacts
who communicated other secrets to him. According to this
story, every year, Arabs and Africans gather to discuss the
various arts, to find the best discoveries and see if their
experiments confirm their hypotheses. The result of these
discussions is the annual progress of mathematics, physics
and magic which are the specialties of the people of Fez.
Christian Rosenkreuz returned to Europe, first to Spain
where he shared his knowledge and tried to convince
scientists of the need for a comprehensive reform of their
theories. Because these ideas seemed new, they feared their
great reputation would be compromised and were forced to
begin their studies again, admitting their past mistakes.
This reaction surprised C.R., especially since it was
repeated across Europe. Consequently, the idea grew in him
to create a society. It was in Germany, his country, whose
political and religious climate seemed most appropriate,
that C.R. moved into a large house. He organized all the
knowledge gained in his travels and eventually met three
brothers with whom he would create the Order. He taught
them these mysterious sciences, using a magic language
and writing. These members all worked on the preparation
of the book M. and cared for many patients; eventually, four
more members were introduced into the fraternity, and
together they all traveled and practiced medicine.
They were linked by the following obligations:
1.Practice no other profession than healing the sick, for
free.
2.No specific regalia for the brethren, but instead, use of
local clothes.
3.Duty to come together on the day C. to the house of the
Holy Spirit (name of the common house of the
fraternity) or communicate the reasons for their
absence.
4.Finding the man of value likely to succeed them.
5.Their seal and sign of recognition are the letters R + C.
6.The Brotherhood would remain ignored for a century.
The death of Brother C. actually remains unknown to all,
but the books describe the wonderful story of how his
successors discovered his tomb 120 years later (1604). This
tomb is considered an “abstract” of the universe. It contains
some surprising and curious objects: magic mirrors, ever
burning lamps, and books including the “vocabulary” of
Paracelsus.
The Fama Fraternitatis ends with a call to all European
scientists. The topics of this book are also used in the
Confessio Fraternitatis. This is an important book and you
will find the full text in our library. We encourage you read
it, because therein, you will discover a lot of symbols and
occult keys which will be useful in your understanding of
our timeless Tradition.
We do not want to speculate about the real or mystical
character of C.R., which is pretty much accepted now, even
if some theories claim that he was a real figure.
On the other hand, the “anti-Papist” nature of these writings
is often obvious as that of a “nationalist” Germanic ideal.
But on this last point, we will not forget the historical
context of the time, which made Germany the center of a
cultural melting pot. The Emperor alchemist, Rodolph of
Habsburg (1576-1611) made his Prague Castle the meeting
point of adepts and German princes eager to change the
world.
Undeniably, this first German brotherhood began a
movement that challenged the religious Catholic power and
at the same time, motivated scientists to learn more about
the cosmos. Later the Rose-Cross tradition originating in
the South of France would highlight an esoteric path
focusing more on spiritual and initiatic development.
Now we will mention a few individuals who were
important in the first manifestation of this Rose-Cross
tradition.
Robert Fludd (1574-1637) openly admitted being a member
of the Rose-Cross. A doctor of medicine, he traveled
throughout Europe from 1598 to 1603 and was initiated by
German Brothers. After coming back to his country, he
followed the rules of the Brotherhood. His influence was
perpetuated into the rituals of Scottish Freemasonry.
Comenius (1592-1670), a Czech bishop of the sect of the
Moravian Brethren after suffering cruel hardships in the
Thirty Years War, fled to Poland, then Sweden and finally
to Holland, where he died. His ideas surprisingly
anticipated some modern discoveries and showed a
mysterious prescience of the future. In a century of ruthless
religious wars, Comenius developed specific ecumenical
proposals and concrete plans for reforming international
institutions. In terms of education, his plans were quite
progressive for his time. Both genders were to receive equal
education. A big emphasis was placed on the self-discovery
and free discussion between students. They were not taught
dogmas, but instead were encouraged to learn and think by
themselves. The master’s role was to guide and advise
them.
Francis Bacon (1561-1626) had a similar approach, as
evidenced by his two major works Novum Organum and
Nova Atlantis. Rising in the midst of this troubling time, the
Rose-Cross manifests an aspiration for a better world,
liberated from religious dogmas.
René Descartes (1596-1650): It may be surprising to find
his name in the list of famous figures who were in contact
with the Rose-Cross. We know that Descartes moved to
Holland especially to contact the Brothers of the RoseCross, and there he met Comenius. We don’t know if he
became a member of the Rose-Cross, but he did dedicate
one of his books to this fraternity. His ideas of building a
synthesis of Science and Faith, is fully in the spirit of the
declarations of the Rose-Cross.
Today, we live in a period of major economic, social,
religious, and climate changes. The early 21st century was
anticipated by initiates of the past who planned the revival
of the inner branch of the Kabbalistic Order of the RoseCroix. As we all know, cycles are important, and we
understand why some other initiatic Orders no longer have
sufficient spiritual power for the rest of the work. This new
period of activity of our Order is able, by the power of its
initiation rites and practices, to provide all the necessary
tools to handle the immense challenges that everyone
meets. The individual work you are undertaking is
important, but the initiation and ritual work within a
Chapter is paramount if you want to go further. We are not
talking about a simple hobby, but a real action that can
transform you and your life.
May you increase your inner light and that of all fellow
human beings around you!
Tradition and Kabbalah
Kabbalistic Tradition
At some point in their lives, past Masters of the Western
tradition have studied and practiced Kabbalah. This part of
the Western Tradition is important and useful to study, and
we will teach it to you from several angles, so that you will
have good insight into this traditional science. If you read
French, we have already recommended that you read the
book written by the Grand Patriarch Rose-Cross of our
Order, Jean-Louis de Biasi. This book, ABC Christian
Kabbalah, will soon be available in English.
As you will see in this book, it is not necessary to be a
specialist in Hebrew to understand the principles and use
them. The Kabbalistic Order of the Rose-Croix to which
you belong will allow you to delve deeper into this science
through traditional diplomas in Kabbalah. However, be
aware that such diplomas are not required to be initiated
and follow the initiatic path. The Kabbalistic Order of the
Rose-Cross is the origin of all more recent Rose-Cross
Orders. It uses initiations, rituals, theurgy, prayer, the
mystical practice of alchemy, thaumaturgy and more to help
you to progress in this path.
Kabbalah can provide a source of reflection and an
opportunity for a major achievement as it focuses on a form
of thinking that has contributed to the history of esoteric
and occult movements.
In the first stage of our Order, we will unveil Kabbalah with
caution and humility, seeking to clarify the context of this
ancient tradition and its essential principles. The picture
that will emerge will be easier to understand. Then the
hidden practical secrets will be taught through the rituals
practiced in the chapter.
You should know that we will offer you the method to
ascend in full security to the highest level of consciousness.
Initiation is only a beginning, a first step in this highly
spiritual path.
Like all traditional sciences, Kabbalah seeks to explain the
structure of the universe, its mysteries and secrets. It
provides for the initiates the knowledge of a world
unknown to the uninitiated.
Learning the basic and essential principles of Kabbalah
We now ask you to register for the free course about
Kabbalah provided by “Theurgia University.” A video will
present its essential aspects and various texts will help you
to learn more. We expect you to take notes on them. In
other courses of this curriculum we will return to some of
these concepts.
PRACTICE
Breathing
This practice is part of what is called the science of the
elements. This is another form of breathing that could be
described as more subtle. The goal is to breathe through the
pores of the skin. Our skin is a living part of our body, and
it needs air and water to function properly. When our skin is
in direct contact with the air, it breathes. If our body reaches
a certain temperature, it rejects water through the process of
transpiration. For the breathing of the skin to be correct, it
is necessary that the pores are not clogged. So make sure to
maintain this ability through adequate hygiene.
The breathing of the skin is totally unconscious, but we can
focus on it during our exercise. This focus will change the
way you absorb the air.
This method is used by some yogis of India. Its goal is to
increase your awareness of breathing with both lungs and
skin. It contributes to improved health and vitality,
providing your body with a combination of air and water. It
is better to perform this form of breathing after taking a
bath or shower and rubbing the skin.
The process is very simple. Every day, take seven deep
breaths, thinking that not only is the air going into your
lungs, but it is using the pores of your skin to bring healing
energy in your whole body. Firmly consider that every pore
of your body absorbs at the same time as your lungs‘vital
force. If you can, it is wonderful and efficient to practice
this breathing outside, close to the sea, a river, or a fall. You
should not exceed 10 minutes of this work. Finish the
exercise with a time of relaxation and breathing without
anything in mind.
PHILOSOPHY
“We must consider that of desires some are natural, others
vain, and of the natural some are necessary and others
merely natural; and of the necessary some are necessary for
happiness, others for the repose of the body, and others for
very life. The right understanding of these facts enables us
to refer all choice and avoidance to the health of the body
and the soul’s freedom from disturbance, since this is the
aim of the life of blessedness. For it is to obtain this end
that we always act, namely, to avoid pain and fear. And
when this is once secured for us, all the tempest of the soul
is dispersed, since the living creature has not to wander as
though in search of something that is missing, and to look
for some other thing by which he can fulfill the good of the
soul and the good of the body. For it is then that we have
need of pleasure, when we feel pain owing to the absence
of pleasure; but when we do not feel pain, we no longer
need pleasure. And for this cause we call pleasure the
beginning and end of the blessed life. For we recognize
pleasure as the first good innate in us, and from pleasure we
begin every act of choice and avoidance, and to pleasure we
return again, using the feeling as the standard by which we
judge every good.”
Epicurus, Letter to Menoeceus, 7.
QUOTATIONS
1st week
“Give a good welcome to foreigners because you too will
be a stranger.” Roger Ikor
2nd week
“The one who gives should never remember. The one who
receives should never forget.” Epicurus
3rd week
“As the sun does not wait for prayers and incantations to be
induced to rise, but immediately shines and is saluted by
all, so do you also not wait for clappings of hands and
shouts of praise to be induced to do good, but be a doer of
good voluntarily and you will be beloved as much as the
sun.” Epictetus
4th week
“Any man is liable to err, only a fool persists in error.”
Marcus Tullius Cicero
“Some periods of history are unique. There were in the past
(Alexandria in Egypt and the Italian Renaissance, for
example) and we can say that our modern society is
another. In those special moments, the world and
consciousness seem to open. The people meet and discover
each other. Thought, science, spiritual currents are in a
fertile effervescence. Tolerance and the desire to advance
humanity mobilize consciences. We are now in a period of
the same type. The wealth of close to different cultures,
sharing and exchange of spiritual traditions that marked
intermingling of tolerance, helping to establish gradually a
new global culture.
It is in this movement that the ancient philosophies, moral
values and theurgic practices are revealed in all their
strength and splendor. The Gods and Goddesses speak to
everyone and no ideology can claim to dominate others
without erasing freedom. For how could we respect religion
or the inner life of the other, if we are firmly convinced that
it is wrong, considering that his whole life is based on false
beliefs and should be the help to correct to be saved? How
such perspectives might they lead to a true tolerance? ”
[Excerpt from ABC Magic Sacred Biasi, Ed. Grancher,
Paris, 2010]
CONTENTS
EDUCATION MONTHLY_ 5
Part 1_ 5
Alchemy (Part 2) 5
MERCURY 6
SULPHUR_ 7
SALT 7
WHAT IS HUMAN ENERGY?_ 8
INSTRUCTION IN HUMAN ENERGY – MAGNETISM_
10
PART 2_ 14
ANTHOLOGY OF THE ROSE + CROIX_ 14
A “definition” of the followers of the Rosicrucian_ 14
A definition of the activity of the Rosicrucians 14
Excerpts from contemporary documents of the Rosicrucians
15
The final call of the Fama Fraternitatis 17
The Intellectual path of “Confession Fraternitatis” 17
PRACTICE_ 18
Practice of the month_ 18
Study of First Year Book_ 19
Monthly Reading 20
PHILOSOPHY_ 20
QUOTATIONS 20
EDUCATION MONTHLY
Part 1
Alchemy (Part 2)
The symbols used to represent planets and metals are
formed from three basic figures: the circle, the semicircle
and the cross. The circle represents the disc of the Sun and
the semicircle that of the crescent of the Moon. The sun is
sometimes represented with a point in the center. It is also
possible to associate these two symbols in the sun. In this
case, they represent the complete orbit and half-orbit of the
Sun. The third fundamental figure, the Cross, represents, in
astronomy, the four directions of space and in alchemy, the
four elements. By associating these three figures, we obtain
the “Wheel of Heaven”.
The seven signs of the planets represent the cosmic
hierarchy. Nature as for it contains two principles that are:
Active, masculine, sun and passive, feminine, moon. The
solar principle influences the lunar principle, the light of the
Moon from the Sun. The passive or lunar principle can
therefore be considered as a receptacle which, under the
impulse of the active principle, produces particular states. It
is also interesting to note that the moon is constantly
changing shape while the sun keeps its shape. The third
fundamental figure of these signs, the Cross, is the most
general symbol. It indicates that, under the influence of the
active and immutable pole, the materia or passive principle,
can express latent possibilities, according to the action of
the elements represented by the Cross.
It is important, however, to remember that the Sun or the
Gold is not the active role in itself, but only a reflection of
the divine. It is the same for the moon or the silver which is
the reflection of the sun.
The other planets, apart from the Sun and the Moon, like
the metals to which they relate, are the variants of a single
model. In them predominates either the solar principle or
the lunar principle.
This is represented by the different combinations of the
circle or semicircle with the cross. This indicates a certain
break in the original equilibrium of the elements. Each
rupture of this equilibrium creates a particular energy,
which is translated in the corresponding sign, by a position
of the Sun or the Moon. These are positioned sometimes
above, sometimes below the cross, or on the horizontal
arms of it. Thus, in the symbol of Saturn (Lead), the
crescent is connected to the lower arm of the cross, that is,
to the lowest point of the material order. Lead is actually
the most dense and the most “chaotic” metals. In the
symbol of Jupiter, the crescent attaches to the horizontal
arm, which, from an alchemical point of view, corresponds
to the intermediate position of the tin. It is placed between
Lead and Silver. The symbol of Venus (Copper) places the
Sun above the cross. Here, the active ingredient act in a
balanced way to get as close as possible to the perfect
manifestation of what is gold.
According to Basile Valentin, Copper contains an excess of
unstable solar force. He is like a tree that has too much
resin. His opposite is iron. In him, the Sun placed under the
cross is as if buried in the darkness of the Earth. In the
geocentric image of the world, Mars and Venus are the
planets closest to the Sun. This is represented by the
mythological couple of lovers. The Mercury symbol
(quicksilver) combines the three basic figures: cross, circle
and semicircle. Here, the lunar principle predominates over
the solar principle, whose role is to “fix” the cross,
representing the pairs of opposite elements. We can say that
this sign, like the metal that corresponds to it, is the
expression of materia prima, which supports all forms.
Quicksilver is, in a way, the “matrix” of all metals, while
silver is related to the virginal state of pure materia prima.
This is why the alchemists represent the material (female)
principle by the Moon (Silver) and Mercury (quicksilver).
This one corresponds to the generating power of the
materia and to its dynamic aspect. The Suffer is opposed to
quicksilver. It represents the active and masculine power of
the solar principle.
One could apply to Gold and Silver the Chinese definition
that the Sun is Yang and the Moon Yin. We could say in the
same way that Gold is static Suffer and the Silver of static
Mercury. These correspondences are obviously not to be
taken in a physical sense. They are based on a cosmology
that goes beyond the body level.
You will notice that there are no astrological symbols in
which the crescent is placed at the top of the cross. This
would be tantamount to placing the Moon alone, in an
active role. This would not allow the differentiation of
elements that can produce an event. It must be remembered
that the materia prima is pure, formless receptivity, like
water.
We have seen that there were three constituents in the
traditional Alchemy: Mercury, Suffer and Salt. You see now
that these three words contain many useful interpretations
for the study of the alchemical process. Let’s take a look at
each of these three components.
MERCURY
Mercury is feminine. It represents the primordial water, the
matrix. It is a stable element, which cannot act alone. Its
symbol is identical to that of the mercury planet, uniting the
cross, the circle and the crescent moon.
It is also the raw material that must be obtained after the
first alchemical operations. Analogously, this name is also
given to a substance elaborated during the alchemical work.
This name is given to him by resemblance to the real
mercury, vis-à-vis its physical and chemical properties.
SULPHUR
Sulfur is masculine. He represents the seed, the fire and the
spirit. It is volatile and is traditionally represented by a
triangle, pointing upwards surmounting a cross.
It represents an antagonistic element that must be associated
with Mercury. “Loves” of Sulfur and Mercury, that is to say
of the Sun and the Moon, will be born a different being,
participating in the nature of both. Analogously, it is the
Sulfur of metals. It also corresponds to ordinary sulfur,
yellow, white, red or brown, depending on the system in
which its molecules are arranged.
SALT
Salt is a mediating and peacemaking element. It helps to
establish a balance. It is also written: “Scel” é. This is a
word game of the alchemists. It’s about sealing two things
together. Sulfur and Mercury being of opposite nature, it is
possible to associate them only with the aid of this neutral
agent. It is he who allows their union. It is traditionally
symbolized by an oval that crosses a horizontal bar. Salt is
also the name of the secret fire that burns without release of
heat.
It also corresponds to sea salt and any substance having a
soluble salt texture.
The union of these three principles, Salt, Sulfur, and
Mercury, forms the Philosopher’s Stone, which may be
symbolized by the Seal of Solomon. It is possible to find in
this figure the different graphic elements of these three
alchemical compounds.
Thus, these different symbols make it possible to
understand the world, its creation and its purpose. The
alchemist remakes in small what Nature has done in large.
From Sulfur and Mercury (Fire and Water), he is able to
understand what Earth and Air are. These latter come from
the mixture of Fire and Water, associated in specific
proportions. Their symbols perfectly illustrate this
composition which will play a role on the spiritual and
material level.
According to the alchemists, Air contains twice as much
Fire as Water, while the Earth contains twice as much Water
as Fire. Water is transformed by Fire into an ethereal
substance.
However, when water is in the majority, it is corporified by
fire. The quintessence is the result of this mixture and could
be likened to the Philosopher’s Stone.
In nature, the Alchemical Sulfur corresponds to the active
pole and the Mercury to the passive pole. Sulfur is
considered active because it confers the form. The Mercury
is similar to the Materia Prima and thus corresponds to the
feminine character of Nature. Sulfur can be called passiveactive and active-passive mercury. The reciprocal
relationship of these two primordial forces can be compared
to that of man and woman. A symbol characterizing the
Sulfur-Mercury pair very well is the Chinese symbol of
Yin-Yang.
For some, Sulfur corresponds to the Divine Order. This is
the “Fiat Lux” by which the world, emerging from chaos,
becomes cosmos. The Mercury represents the Universal
Nature, “passive” counterpart of the Divine Order.
Aristotle mentioned that Nature is characterized by four
properties, which are manifested at the sensory level by hot,
cold, wet, and dry. Hot and dry are attributed to Sulfur.
Cold and wet are associated with Mercury.
The heat, or expansive force of Sulfur, produces the
development of a given form from its essential center. This
power of Nature is in close connection with life. The
dryness of Sulfur solidifies a form on the plane of materia.
The expansive power of Sulfur is a dynamic aspect.
On the other hand, the cold, or contraction power of
Mercury, corroborates the solidification power of Sulfur.
This contraction densifies matter and transforms it into a
cosmic matrix. As for the wet and dissolving nature of
Mercury, it is like the receptivity of water.
In addition, we will say that we can consider the series of
seven astrological signs corresponding to these planets and
metals, as the symbolic representation of a certain part of
the cosmos. Gold is the heart of life. It is the light become
body.
Alchemists often describe the purpose of their work as
“volatilization of the solid and solidification of the volatile”
or as “spiritualization of the body and body of the spirit”.
The point in the center of the circle, symbol of the sun and
gold, indicates that the latter is the ultimate point of
spiritual development.
WHAT IS MAGNETISM?
If we stick to the etymology of the word, magnetism, from
the Greek magnes, means “magnet”. For physicists,
magnetism generally refers to the phenomenon of attraction
exerted by certain metals on the iron. But this phenomenon
is observed on larger scales. Thus, the pole of the Earth has
the property of attracting in its direction a magnetized iron
needle. This property allowed the discovery of the compass.
The stars also possess a magnetic virtue. The Sun exerts a
magnetic attraction on the planets which, themselves,
possess magnetic fields. At a higher level, galaxies are also
equipped with magnetic fields of a power that our
imagination cannot conceive! In fact, the Cosmos, as a
whole, is traversed by magnetic vibrations which, at
present, remain very mysterious with regard to science.
On Earth, almost everything that exists, inanimate objects,
plants, animals, receives and emits magnetic forces.
However, it seems that it is in humans that this phenomenon
is observed most strongly. In fact, the human being has the
most advanced and complex biological organization. There
are more or less active forms of magnetism. The magnetism
of inanimate objects, plants, minerals, is often static. It
works slowly and in a narrow perimeter. Animal magnetism
is already more dynamic. Predatory animals use it
instinctively, for example, when a snake “hypnotizes” a
rodent, or when a beast “nails” his prey, by the power of his
gaze alone.
In human being, magnetism contributes to the physical and
moral qualities of an individual. What else do we mean
when we declare that a man and a woman “love each
other”? We hear that they “attract” each other to form
together a larger “body” called “couple”. It is the
representation of a harmonious complementarity. However,
although we can see the existence of a loving, magnetic link
between two people, A and B, we are unable to explain
what this link is about.
The above clearly demonstrates that all humans are
endowed with a magnetic force. However, like intelligence
or muscle strength, the magnetic power is unequally
distributed. Some people are highly magnetic from birth.
Others have a barely perceptible magnetism. The
intelligence and muscular power can be developed in
considerable proportions thanks to a well-adapted training.
The same goes for human magnetism. After a time of
training and practice of adapted exercises, it can reach a
remarkable power!
However, human magnetism has a curative virtue of
astonishing efficiency. As the great magnetist, H. Durville
has pointed out, “Magnetism is the regulator, the great
modifier, the balancing principle par excellence. With him,
the life that is extinguished in a body decayed by a long
series of sufferings, is reborn, as if transfused a new life.
The environment in which life was not possible, because it
no longer possessed the qualities necessary for the
functioning of the organism, takes up these qualities and the
equilibrium is restored. In any case, it is obvious that by
means of magnetism applied according to the rules of art,
we can increase or decrease the organic activity and restore
in us the balance of forces which constitutes the health,
provided, however, that the organs essential to life are not
too deeply altered. In this respect, it is necessary to
emphasize here the very clear difference which exists
between the effect of hypnotic suggestions and that of
magnetic medicine. In the first case, the hypnotist acts on
the psyche of the patient by speech, after having placed him
in a state of great receptivity. In the case of the magnetizer,
it is the magnetic fluid. Excluding the suggestive word that
is the basis of hypnosis, it is magnetism that penetrates
directly into the part of the diseased body to restore
equilibrium.
Historically, magnetic medicine has been intuitively known
since ancient times. Thus, we discovered an Egyptian
papyrus more than 3000 years old where we read: “Put your
hand on the pain and say (internally) that the pain goes
away. The laying on of hands, because that’s what it’s all
about, was known three millennia ago. It is still part of the
healing techniques of the modern magnetizer! The
magnetizers of the Middle Ages were called “touchers” and
proceeded by “touch” to heal. It was from the 18th century
onwards that human magnetism acquired its nobility, thanks
to the famous Austro-German doctor Franz Anton Mesmer.
He achieved spectacular results in Paris with the use of his
famous “magnetic tub”. These successes also attracted the
opposition of the Academy of Medicine! His immediate
successors were the Marquis de Puységur, Philippe
Deleuze, Baron Du Potet and Charles Lafontaine. These
deepened the Mesmerian method, both theoretically and in
practice. Since the beginning of this century, research has
been multiplied, with more elaborate means of
investigation, by naturally endowed scientists or
magnetizers (Colonel de Rochas, Durville, Dr. Encausse dit
Papus and Paul-Clément Jagot for mention only the best
known). It is established today, and nobody doubts it except
the eternal skeptical sorrows, that the human magnetic force
exists, that it produces, under certain conditions, curative
effects perfectly inexplicable according to the theories of
academic medicine. We encourage you to consult the
practical Kabbalah course offered on the Theurgia
University website
Without going into detail, let us present the essence of what
is the magnetic phenomenon. The human body radiates, in
addition to the heat waves, various emanations and
emanations, in which we distinguish: a) real radiations quite
comparable to the electromagnetic waves well known to
physicists; b) a very tenuous substance, which would have a
corpuscular structure. This is properly called the “magnetic
fluid”; c) a set of mental properties, related to thought,
which is very closely associated with human magnetic
activity.
Its irradiations are observed, with more or less intensity
according to the individuals. This proves that all humans
possess magnetic force. The parts of the body exteriorize
with more or less vigor, these irradiations. These reach their
highest intensity at the end of the fingers of the hands, in
the gaze, in the breath and in the thoughts.
Magnetic radiations act on living beings and objects. This
action can be achieved by direct contact and indirect
contact (magnetism transmitted to an intermediate object)
or remotely, without any contact (thought).
The applications of magnetism are numerous. The most
interesting are the therapeutic applications, of which Baron
Du Potet was one of the best specialists. The object of the
magnetizer is thus to “heal others”, “seek harmony” and
“act positively and for good”. It not only strengthens and
strengthens the will, removes jitters, shyness, anxiety,
hesitations, diseases, but it also amplifies its own power. To
attain this high degree of perfection, one must follow a
rigorous discipline. We have an example in the famous
magnetological catechism enunciated by the famous
magnetism Du Potet.
INSTRUCTION
IN
HUMAN
ENERGY
–
MAGNETISM
1.What do you mean by magnetizing?
2.It is to direct the magnetic agent on a patient to the
place of his illness, or on the most sensitive parts of his
body, to cause some heat, or any movement.
1.Do you believe that magnetism can penetrate the whole
body of the patient?
2.Yes; and thus, he produces many phenomena.
1.How to consider these effects?
2.As an acceleration of the tonic movement and
acceleration of circulation of all the fluids.
1.Magnetism is the art of accelerating and regulating the
tonic movement of the bodies of our fellows?
2.It is an art and a faculty.
1.Are all the men able to learn and exercise it?
2.Yes; first by the energy of their strength and their will,
and I can say their health.
1.Why the will?
2.Men don not commit themselves to doing anything
except when they are willing to do so.
1.Is it an action to magnetize?
2.It is an act as physical as pounding something in a
mortar, sawing wood, working on a trade, or
composing works that require strength and application,
and finally, like all acts. Thar some reasons inspire us
the will to produce.
1.If all men have the power to magnetize, how is it that
they have not discovered it earlier in them?
2.Everything testifies that formerly men have fully
enjoyed their magnetic power. The fables, the
mysteries, the religious ceremonies of the ancient
peoples show many traces. However, the forms and
external processes for magnetizing soon stifled the
spirit that had invented them. The rational use of this
faculty disappeared. Then ignorance, superstition and
fanaticism persecuted men who, at different times,
announced that they had rediscovered it.
1.Once convinced that one has in itself the magnetic
power, is it enough to have the will to exercise it to
produce effects?
2.Yes, to produce any effects, it is not necessary that this
will. But to produce good results that are never
harmful, it must be done a constant and regular basis.
1.What do you mean by acting consistently and
regularly?
2.A comparison will make you understand it. It is by the
effect of the air on the wings of a mill, that its
mechanism moves. If the wind ceases or weakens, the
millstone slows down or stops instantly. If the wind
changes and becomes too violent, the mechanism of the
mill is disorganized. Our magnetic action corresponds
to the wind which gives or rather accelerates the tonic
movement in the patient. Our will is what gives our
action and the magnetic agent its proper and necessary
direction.
1.So could we hurt by magnetizing?
2.It is possible if someone magnetizes a patient without
intention or without care. In this case one would
produce general effects without purpose. Nature would
receive no indication. An impression is soon followed
by a different impression and a disorder ensues. There
is only one way to magnetize usefully is to never
change the direction of his will.
1.But with the firm and constant will to provide the
greatest possible good for a patient, could we not
sometimes produce too much action on him?
2.Yes; there may come a time when the energy is too
powerful. First to know how to balance it in all parts.
1.How do achieve it?
2.In making passes to the ends of the feet and by limiting
the magnetization when the reaction is too strong.
1.If all men possess this magnetic power to varying
degrees, do you not think, however, that physicians
would always make use of it with more discernment
than others?
2.That’s right. With a little experience, all men can do
good. Magnetism is the agent of nature. It harmonizes
with all the living forces that are in us. It increases the
medicinal action that tends constantly to restore
balance in the game of organs.
1.It is not necessary to know either the cause of diseases
to use magnetism for healing?
2.These are knowledge that nature does not seem to
require. It even seems that wanting to rationalize too
much limits success by reducing the magnetic forces
during their emission.
1.You are talking agent, forces and fluid; are you sure it
is not only the thought of magnetism that acts on
matter?
2.By admitting the action of a body to another body, we
think that an agent of great subtlety exists. However, so
far, no instrument has given the physical proof. The
effects cannot be explained without resorting to the
hypothesis of an agent and we therefore admit the
existence of a nervous fluid. But no matter how to
explain the principles of all our wishes and actions.
Anyone who, with the wise mind and compassionate
heart, will exercise his magnetic power, will comfort
his fellow men and produce wonderful works.
1.What is the most desirable effect to obtain by
magnetizing?
2.All the effects are also beneficial. One of the most
satisfying is hypnotic sleep. But it is not common, and
the sick do not need that to heal.
1.Should not we always have the will to produce sleep?
2.No, you should let it happen by itself; Magnetism
having in it this power of sleep will trigger it if it is
necessary.
1.What indication can be made that a patient is likely to
enter the state of hypnotic sleep?
2.When, by magnetizing a patient, we notice that he feels
numbness or slight spasms, a slight alteration of his
features and that he closes his eyes, it is possible to
arrive at sleep by continuing the magnetization.
1.Is there nothing else to do to put a patient in a hypnotic
sleep?
2.No; you only must wait for time, because often it takes
several similar operations.
1.Does this condition require some preparations?
2.It is the confidence that the patient had in you that put
him in this state. It is only for his own good that you
with a temporary power over his body and mind. To
want to abuse one’s trust is to do dishonest action. It
would be acting contrary to that of his property. Abuse
of power is criminal and that is why we should never
be magnetized by anyone.
During an experiment, we interviewed an individual in a
state of hypnosis. Here is what he told us about magnetism:
“1. Concerning magnetism: man has in himself as much
fluid as he needs to exist, but he does not always have
enough to communicate it to others. This fluid is elemental,
light, subtle and whitish. When it comes from our body and
is moved with vivacity, it becomes brilliant. When the
patients are magnetized, the energy is attracted according to
their needs.
“This magnetic fluid is widespread in all nature, but only
the man knows how to use it. It is by his will that he is
activated. The magnetizer must meditate and concentrate to
magnetize the patient. His soul must rise to the highest
degree of the love of neighbor. This love is at the heart of
the energy that allows us to heal.
By the movement of his hands the magnetizer intensifies
the energy that emanates from him. He thus acts on the aura
of the one he magnetizes and communicates to him a new
energy.
The magnetizer must have no other purpose than that of
doing good and relieving the one who suffers. May one and
the other be quiet and subject to Providence. It is enough
for the patient to relax to receive this beneficial energy. The
magnetizer must stand in front of the patient, put his hands
on his shoulders, slide them along the arms, and hold them
there for a few moments, so that the fluid circulates from
one to the other. other and get in harmony. Magnetism suits
almost all suffering beings, even if its effects are more
powerful and faster on some.
We can act on people who are not present. However, this
effect is really effective only if there is a prior contact
whether physical or through objects from the patient.
The way to magnetize is learned to obtain the best possible
effects. Our Order regularly organizes training courses and
you can write to the secretary to inform you.
PART 2
ANTHOLOGY OF THE ROSE + CROIX
A “definition” of the followers of the Rosicrucian
“The real Rosicrucians never could form a company in the
modern sense of the word and profane: those that are
beyond any form cannot be locked in the forms of an
organization with the statutes and regulations written ,
meeting places determined outward signs of recognition, all
things which they have in fact no need. They can probably,
and it is still seen in the East, inspired more or less directly,
and somehow invisibly for such special purpose and
defined; but they themselves do not bind to these
organizations and, except in very exceptional cases, play no
apparent role.
What is called the Rosicrucians from the fourteenth century
and has received other names in other times and in other
places because the name has a purely symbolic value here
and should adapt itself to the circumstances it is not any
association, it is the community of beings that have
achieved the same degree of initiation and sufficient to
recognize each other. That’s why they have no other venues
that the “temple of the Holy Spirit” which is everywhere;
and that is why they remain unknown lay among whom
they live, precisely because their only distinguishing
features are purely internal and can only be perceived by
those who have attained the same spiritual development, so
that their influence is exerted by ways that are
incomprehensible to the common man … “(Rene Guenon –
The veil of Isis – 1930)
A definition of the activity of the Rose-Cross
“It’s like a huge ladder of Jacob illuminated by the sign of
the Cross and the Rose and the lower milestones which
there are only men who are trying to fight against their own
selfishness and seek to help others in the extent of what can
be possible. Above the scale there are those who hold high
social situations, including “of the earth” by their large
means, the power they hold in their science or their talents,
but always with the same selflessness, the same spiritual
rhythm, working to make the best fraternal humanity. Ever
higher, there are those who have attained spiritual
perfection that emerges from material contingencies and
help “by thinking” the effort of the brothers who are in
terms of concrete action. But these brothers are in terms of
concrete action. But these “ascetic” brothers precisely
because of their psychological refinement in turn serve as
“bridge” to the thoughts of beings even higher spiritually
what makes their psychic action is strengthened and made
more powerful and effective. And thus higher, higher and
higher until the beings who have no name, to those that can
only be designated by the number 3, the symbol of pure
spirits, spirits of those who stay in the “crystalline sky
“Dante.
And that is why there is no need for passwords symbol
embodied in any material degree, so that the work of the
great and the humble continues – in a slow or accelerated
following the historical moments – and this is also why the
rules of the Order mysterious and distant do not need to be
written in statutes legally registered with the authorities …
“(Lewis Miller – Bulletin polar, Paris , 1934)
Excerpts from contemporary documents of the RoseCross
“The members of the Brotherhood claim:
• They were intended to complete the reordering of all
things in better shape before the coming end of the
world.
• They have the highest degree of piety and wisdom, and
that for all that can be desired graces of nature, they are
peaceful possession and can dispense as they see fit.
• In some places they are, they are more familiar with
things that happen in the world that if they were
presented.
• They are not subject to neither hunger nor thirst,
neither old age nor disease, nor any inconvenience
nature.
• They can live at all times as if they existed since the
beginnings of the world or if they were to remain until
the end of time.
• they have a book in which they can know everything
that is in the other books made or to be.
• They can compel the minds and the most powerful
demons to serve them and attract, by virtue of their
mantra beads gemstones.
• God the cover of a cloud to hide from their enemies,
and no one can see them, unless it has the most
piercing as the eagle eyes.
• The first eight brothers of the Rose-Cross had the
power to cure all diseases, so they were embarrassed by
the multitude of suffering that happened to them. One
very big in Kabala, as evidenced by the book Mr.
healed of leprosy the Duke of Norfolk.
• God has decided to increase the number of their
company.
• They are found a new language to explain the nature of
all things.
• By their action, the triple crown of the Pope will be
pulverized.
• They publicly confess without fear of being blamed,
that the Pope is the antichrist.
• They condemn sacrilege of the East and the West, ie
Muhammad and the pope and recognize only two
sacraments according to the rites of the early Church,
found their congregation.
• They recognize the monarchy and the fourth emperor
of the Romans for their temporal leader and that of all
Christians. They will deliver it to benefit gold and
silver that the King of Spain withdraws from India,
because their treasures are inexhaustible.
• Their college, they call the College of the Holy Spirit
cannot be touched even if a hundred thousand people
had seen.
• They have in their library a few mystery books, the one
that is the most valuable after the Bible, is the very one
that the reverend father illuminated R + C. in his right
hand after his death.
(Gabriel Naude (1600-1653), traveler, physician to Louis
XIII and librarian of Mazarin, who gets in this text, the
opinion of political and theological circles of his time.)
The “discovery” of the tomb of Christian Rosenkreutz
(According to the text of the Fama Fraternitatis)
“… Gold, this plate was a large nail, larger than the others.
The latter, torn by force, brought with him a large stone that
was cut out of the wall in which it was embedded and
revealed a secret door that no one knew. With eager joy, we
dégageâmes the rest of the masonry, then we tried the door
on top of which were engraved the characters in capital
letters:
I AM WILL OPEN IN 120 YEARS and the old date. We
gave thanks to God … then we stopped our work.
These revelations will use for those who are worthy and
not, God willing, to those who are unworthy; as the door
opened a marvelous way after so many years, a door will
also open in Europe where the masonry will be released.
Already she is visible and many are waiting for this
moment.
The next morning, we opened the door, revealing a room
with dome-shaped Heptahedron. Each side was 7 feet long
and 8 feet high. The sun’s rays do not reach it, yet it was lit
by a different sun, although copied to the model of the other
and being at the top, center of the ceiling. In the middle of
the room, as tombstone stood a circular altar, covered with
a sheet of brass, this text:
“A.C.R.C. In my lifetime, I gave myself this abstract of the
universe to the grave. ”
The first circle for border, was on its periphery:
“Jesus is my everything.”
The central part was composed of four figures, enclosed in
a circle bearing the inscriptions:
• Freedom of the Gospel
• Intact is the Glory of God
The meaning of these inscriptions was clear and spotless,
like the seven sides and seven triangles decorated them
twice. We knelt, all together, giving thanks to God for the
sole Wisdom, Power and for eternity. His teaching – praised
be He – is superior to all the discoveries of human reason.
“Inventory” of the hall of the tomb
(According to Fama Fraternitatis)
“The vaulted hall was divided by all three parties; the
ceiling or sky, walls or sides, the ground or pavement.
Do not say anything at the moment except that the sky’s
bright center was divided into triangles, headed the seven
sides (God willing, it is better that you see it in your eyes,
you who expect salvation) .
Each side was divided into ten quadrangular surfaces
coated with specific figures and texts …
The floor was also divided into triangles, which represent
the kingdom and the powers of the lower tyrant. Therefore,
they can be, not to deceive the world proud and profane …
Each side hid a door concealing a safe object and especially
all our books and the “dictionary” of Paracelsus and his
“journey” and “life” which is the principle of the various
writings that we distribute frankly. One of the chests
contained mirrored many properties, small bells, lights
always on and including directories of wonderful songs.
Everything was arranged to be able to restore only on the
principle of the hall of the order or the whole brotherhood,
where she would have gone.
But we had not yet seen the remains of our Father so just
and prudent. Then we moved the altar and we left up a thick
copper plate. And we pretty face without decomposition
and perfectly consistent with his portrait showing him
dressed in his preparations and its ornaments. In his hand he
held a parchment book, letters in gold, entitled T.
(Thesaurus). It is the Bible, the book even more valuable
and it would be inappropriate to expose him to criticism
from the secular world …
The final call of the Fama Fraternitatis
“We appeal to the disciples and to all European scientists
who read this, as the” Confessio “the following request:
– Whether they meditate with a thoughtful mind please
submit our arts at a very precise and rigorous review they
consider them & to give us then, in works & the results of
their collective and individual reflection as well as our
name or the place of our meeting was not communicated,
they are assured that the testimony of all, regardless of the
language they are written, are received. All those who
appoint, cannot fail to have contact with us either in person,
or if they have doubts, in writing.
We even proclaim the following statement: he that to us
attentive and caring spirit will benefit his property, his body
and soul; the one with the false or covetous heart will not
harm us but will be subject to a very deep misery. For it
must be that we have a home, but even a hundred thousand
men would contemplate the close, it must remain pure,
untouched and unknown, hidden for eternity to the eyes of
the secular world.
“In the shadow of your wings Yaveh.”
The Intellectual path of “Confession Fraternitatis”
Philosophy … which, considering our time, draws more
than theology and medicine that legal science.
And … We believe that our offer will be free and
providential cause many and varied ideas for those who are
still unaware of the revelations of the sixth time … and all
kinds of setbacks, our own time, to oblige & move in them
blindly, which, even in bright light is not as touch to
distinguish and recognize.
… Would not it be nice to not worry about anything, not to
fear or hunger or poverty or disease, or age? …. To live
each moment as if we had been through world history from
the beginning and as if one were to live to the end? … to be
able to be in such a place that the people of the Indian,
beyond Ganga, show you their wealth or that Peruvians do
not deprive you of knowledge … and we know that these
goods inspired not depend on any inheritance or any
exclusion for those who want to acquire …
We have no prevention to the one who complains about our
option or the one who regrets that we offer, our revelations
without distinction, without preference for that church
people, science or wisdom or persons of princely birth, but
also to the public man … but we proclaim loudly that our
symbols and our mysteries are not reaching the common
man, while the “Fama”, published in five languages, could
be known. For we know that the vulgar and stupid minds
abandon or do not care …
In conclusion of these texts, here is an excerpt of “Zanoni”
the initiatory novel by Sir Edward Bulwer Lytton,
Imperator of the Company Rosicruciana in Anglia (18031873), which conveys the message of the Rosicrucians in
modern times. This excerpt will be the prelude to our next
approach remnants of the Brotherhood through time.
“Venerable Society, sacred and mysterious of all, you with
valuable and secret archives have provided the basis for this
story; you who, century after century, have kept intact an
ancient science and august, it is thanks to you that today the
world will know for the first time – imperfectly it is true –
the thoughts and actions of a yours, a member of your
Order whose securities are neither false nor borrowed.
More impostor usurped the glory belong to you; more than
a liar was counted among your own, through the fault of
this fatal ignorance, which in its impotence, is further
reduced to admit she knows nothing about your origin, your
rituals and your doctrines, not even if it is still a place on
earth that you live … It’s you that I have been given the
power and the mission to make the scope of lay some truths
that sparkled in the great “Shemain” wisdom Chaldean and
even threw light reflections on science newer disciples. It is
true that we do not have the secret of the name according to
the ancient oracles of the earth, rushes into the worlds of
infinite, but we can, we must, we want to mention the
revival of ancient truths that new discovery of the
astronomer and chemist. The laws of attraction, electricity
and the mysterious force that is the vital principle, a
principle which, if it disappears, would leave in place a
tomb of the universe.
All these laws were only the code or the ancient theurgy
drew the rules which it was composed legislation and
science. ”
PRACTICE
Practice of the month
Following the exercise of the full breath, simultaneously
through the lungs and pores of the skin, here is a method
that has some action in the health and vitality. This is an
exercise in cell regeneration, practiced by some oriental
masters.
It is necessary for the moment to break it down into phases,
each representing a day of practice. The full year will
therefore several days.
Seated comfortably or lying down, focus on a body part for
about 2-3 minutes. During this time of concentration, we
must feel the skin, bones, muscles, in a word the entire
body part. That done, practice the principle of full breath
only in the same portion. The number of full breath should
be 7 then wait a while and relax and forget about it a few
moments before resuming normal activity.
And our bodies will be broken into several parts and each
will be a working session. At a rate of two sessions per day,
one in the morning and one at night, it for 7 days. After this
period, the full year has been made.
You can renew it but by waiting seven days during which
we will make no similar work on the body.
It is recommended to start this year on the day of our birth,
or solar day. For example, if you were born on a Tuesday,
you will begin the practice Tuesday and will end the
following Monday.
Program seven days of practice for the year regeneration
1st day
2e day
3e day
Morning Feet and ankles
Legs evening (from
Evening
ankles to knees)
Morning Knees
Evening Thighs
Lower abdomen and
Morning
genitalia
Lower back, kidneys
Evening
and buttocks
4e day
5e day
6e day
7e day
Chest
and
upper
abdomen
Evening Back
Morning Hands and forearms
Evening Arms
Morning Shoulders and neck
Face, mouth, eyes,
Evening
nose, ears
Morning Forehead
Summit and back of the
Evening
head
Morning
Study of First Year Book
ABC Christian Kabbalah, Jean-Louis DE BIASI, Grancher
Publishing, Paris.
Monthly Reading
Pages109 135.
PHILOSOPHY
“Precisely because it is the first well and born with our
nature, we do not jump on any pleasure there are many
pleasures to which we do not stop when they involve us an
avalanche of problems. We see many pain as preferable to
pleasures, once a pleasure for us to follow more suffering
long endured. Thus all pleasure, by nature, is good for
intimate parent, without having to be picked.
Symmetrically, any kind of pain is an evil, without all of the
pain must be to flee. It is through the comparison and
analysis of advantages and disadvantages that should decide
about it. At times, we react well as appropriate as an evil, or
vice versa evil as a good.
Thus, we consider self-sufficiency as a great good: not to
satisfy an obsession with frugality free, but that the
minimum in cases where the wealth is lacking, we meet.
Because we are convinced that we find even more to the
abundance of amenities that is less tied, and if all that is
natural is more readily available, is not everything is vain.
The deliciously simple foods you feast well as an ordinary
glitzy as soon eradicated all the pain of lack bread and
water provide great pleasure therefore that we lack them in
his mouth. Habituation to simple schemes and without
ostentation is a health factor, shoot people at the dynamism
in the activities necessary for life, makes us more able to
enjoy the occasion, the luxurious meals and facing the fate,
we immunized against anxiety .. ”
Epicurus – Extract from Letter to Menoeceus.
QUOTATIONS
1st week
It is clear that the long speech and lead to the same short
speech.
Epicurus, thoughts, 23
2nd week
“Behold the Love, with your mind and not sits, eyes
dazzled. It is he who puts his burden on members of
mortals; inspires their ideas and affection that makes them
ask for peaceful acts they call works of joy. ”
Empedocles (Peri physeos, fragm. 17)
3rd week
“The most courageous man is not one who performs some
act of courage, but one who fulfills all the acts of life.” J.
Payot
4th week
“It is proper to have your eyes closed, never try to open
them, to live without philosophizing.”
Descartes, Principles of Philosophy.
“We always like our ancestors, trembling with fear at every
problem and looking for signs in all things that will prevent
us from having to act for ourselves. It is this tension that
seems irrational heart and the paradox of humanity.
On one side is what one might call the common sense of the
Earth, which places the values where they are needed. Most
of what we seek is happiness available here and now. We
address this issue through peaceful life or asceticism, the
goal remains the same: to achieve peace and happiness.
On the other hand, we must recognize that man has in him a
superstitious fear and a desire to surpass that will represent
the divine world. Do not believe that we can truly find
absolute evidence of the reality of the existence of such a
divine dimension. From time immemorial it is, the Gods,
the God or angels are still the result of an inner conviction
of faith it is impossible to demonstrate or communicate. Do
not make the mistake of believing in a reality of this world,
because we could go into major disappointments. However
this aspect of our nature may be dismissed, and it has been
for centuries the origin of our relationship with the divine. ”
[Excerpt from ABC Magic Sacred Biasi, Ed. Grancher,
Paris, 2010]
Fraternally under the auspices of the Rose and Cross,
Jean-Louis de Biasi
Grand Patriarche Rose-Croix de l’O.K.R.C.
CONTENTS
PART 1_ 5
ALCHEMY_ 5
TRAINING OF THE STUDENT IN HUMAN ENERGY_
10
Man, Human energy_ 10
Invisible energy in the Body_ 11
PART 2_ 12
CHRISTIAN MYSTICISM AND ESOTERICISM IN THE
18TH CENTURY_ 12
STANISLAS DE GUAITA – (1861-1897) 16
PRACTICE_ 19
Practice of the month_ 19
PHILOSOPHY_ 19
QUOTATIONS 19
PART 1
ALCHEMY
The Alchemy macrocosmic is also know with by the name
of divine Alchemy. This governs all creation and continues
to energize it. The divine Alchemy is the one that the
alchemist tries to reproduce to accelerate the process of
evolution, to achieve enlightenment.
These two aspects of Alchemy must therefore obey the
same laws, since according to Hermes Trismegistus: “What
is above is like what is below”. Then, Man can discover the
laws of Nature and use them to realize ” The Great Work ”.
Alchemy is intimately is intimately linked to Hermetism.
The latter is a particular manifestation of the Gnosis.
Hermetism aims to regenerate man by making him aware of
his inner reality and the powers he has. Hermetism has
three parts: theosophy (wisdom of God); magic (spiritual
powers in man) and alchemy (the deep secrets of nature).
Hermetism is based on eighteen treaties grouped under two
essential headings: The Corpus Hermeticum and the
Asclepius.
Hermetism has given a doctrinal body to alchemical
research that is summarized in a text called the Table of
Emerald (Tabula Smaragdina). This text is attributed to
Hermès Trismegiste. This text is presented under the form
of twelve propositions. This Latin text, based on an ancient
Arabic text, lists 13 propositions. This number symbolizes
the liberation of the world from matter through the practice
of alchemy. Indeed, the number 13 is considered, in the
science of numbers, as that of the “initiatory death,” that
means, death to the human world, as a sequence in the
world. The man who has realized the alchemical process
described in the Emerald Table, puts an end to passions and
vices. Then he is freed and can live in ‘spirit’, while still
being incarnated. The thirteenth proposition can be
considered a reminder of the twelfth.
History reports that this text was engraved on an emerald,
discovered in the legendary tomb of Hermes. The Arabs
transmitted it to the Western secret schools, which gave it
the form we know.
We reproduce below the text of the Emerald Table, as it is
generally found in alchemical works:
1.It is true, no lie, very real.
2.What is below is like what is above, and what is above
is like what is below, to make the miracles of one thing.
3.And as all things were and came from One, so all
things are born in this unique thing by adaptation.
4.The Sun is its father, the Moon is the mother, the Wind
carried in her womb, Earth is its nurse and its
receptacle.
5.Father of all, Télesme is here. Its strength is full if it is
converted into Earth.
6.You will separate the earth from the fire, the subtle
from the thick, gently with great industry.
7.It rises from earth to heaven and once again, it comes
down to earth and receives the force of superior and
inferior things.
8.You will have by this way all the glory of the world
and all obscurity away from you.
9.It is the strength of all strength, for it overcomes all
subtle thing and will penetrate every solid thing.
10.Thus the universe was created.
11.From this will be and come out innumerable
adaptations, of which the means is here.
12.Therefore, I was called Hermes Trismegistus, having
the three parts of the philosophy of the world. “What I
said about the sun’s operation is accomplished and
completed.”
These twelve propositions summarize all the alchemical
aspect of Hermetism. We see that the propositions 1, 2, 3, 4
and 5 are mainly centered on a system which considers that
the whole cosmos can be reduced to a unity. However, the
earth occupies a prominent position in proposition 6. It is
through the earth that the first substance, the source of all
life, can be transformed and spiritualized.
In this way, divine power descends into this world giving its
power to man. It is therefore not necessary to get rid of the
body. It suffices to identify the essential and spiritual
principles. This is what proposals 7 and 8 of Hermes
support, explaining that the man can then go up to Heaven
and go down again.
Successively, the twelve proposals of the Emerald Table
reveal the path of enlightenment and the means of
traversing it. This is based on the fundamental notions that
“all things have been and have come from the One” and
that “all things are born of this one source”.
The “One is All” and the “One” is the primordial chaos.
The “One” is in the center of the circle symbolized by the
snake biting its tail. In this circle are included all the
principles, the totality of which will become. Various names
have been given to chaos, such as: father and mother,
matrix and egg, etc. Chaos is also considered the waters
that are before any creation. This teaching also appears in
Genesis: “The Spirit of God hovered over the surface of the
waters”. We are here at the level of divine alchemy and for
the Hermetists, the primordial Mercury is called “Mercurial
Waters of the Terrible Fountain” and the primordial Sulfur,
the “King of the Country”.
Thus we have the “Mercurial Water of the Terrible
Fountain” in which can swim only the “King of Country”,
the active principle. This active principle or King is the
universal soul, Sulphur has the power to “dye” the waters,
in other words, to fertilize. Its symbol is the point in the
circle and we see that this represents the Sun. Under the
action of the King, active principle, chaos separates causing
a concentration that, itself, is the cause of another
concentration. This one contains everything which has not
met at the first concentration. This second concentration is
passive and takes place under the sign of the moon and
becomes Mercury, that means the wet mind, as opposed to
the divine fire, Sulphur represented by the Sun.
We are now at the Nature level. This aspect of chaos is told
to be small compared to the big one we mentioned earlier.
There are two aspects to consider when it comes to Sulfur,
Mercury and Salt. The first aspect is qualified by the
alchemists as primordial or great, the second aspect as
philosophical or small. So when we speak of “primordial
chaos” or “Mercurial waters of the Terrible Fountain” we
are referring to the so-called great or primordial aspect of
creation.
It is the same for the original Sulfur or “King”, that is to
say, that of the primordial plane. It is the universal soul or
Anima Mundi that Hindus call Atma. This original Sulfur is
represented by the zodiac sign of Aries and it is in this sign
that the Sun begins its annual race. From the action of the
original King or Sulfur on the “Mercurial Waters of the
Terrible Fountain” (Primordial Chaos), appeared Mercury,
negative principle also called Mother, Matrix, Receptacle,
the positive Sulfur, that is to say volatile and dynamic.
From their meeting springs the salt, the body, placed under
the sign of Saturn, the Time. In Salt, all the principles are
found. It is the result of the union of the two other
principles; from the alchemical point of view, it is therefore
the raw material of the Work.
We have at the level of Nature the so-called philosophical
aspect of Alchemy with the three universal principles:
Mercury, Sulfur, and Salt. These principles are at the origin
of all the mixed bodies which depend on the four elements
fire, air, water, earth. It is through the philosophical aspect
of Alchemy that the alchemists seek to achieve the “Great
Work”, that means, to remake in “small” what Nature does
in “big”.
We used to divide the “Great Work”, in three parts: the
work to black work to white and work to red.
It may seem strange that in Alchemy, it is not the white, but
the red that represents the final result of the Work. This
symbolism comes from the fact that red represents the color
of “the Spirit”. Thus, the alchemical operator must first
“spiritualize” the body (bleaching) and then “incorporate”
the Spirit and fix it in him. We thus see that the emphasis is
on the fact that the “Great Work” is not the return to
Heaven, but a complete realization on Earth.
The Work of the Black, or first work, consists of preparing
certain materials. Then, with the Crucible, we obtain a
reaction producing the Mercury and the dead head (Caput
Mortuum), that is to say a slag. Sulfur and Salt are in the
Caput. The first operations are primarily chemical.
However, we must take into account certain external
conditions, such as those of the rising moon, favorable
planetary aspects and the state of heaven, which must be
pure, clear and cloudless.
This first work corresponds symbolically to “blackening”,
to “putrefaction”, to “mortification”. It is represented by a
raven, a skull or sometimes a grave. Indeed, before any
spiritual realization, there must be death in the world.
Consciousness must be detached from the senses and turned
inward. As long as the inner light has not sprung up, this
detachment from the outside world is felt as a “deep night”.
It is to this state that the parable of the grain of wheat can
be applied, which must, in order to bear fruit, remain in the
dark earth and die.
The Work to the White, or second work, consists in making
philosophical the Mercury extracted in the first work. We
must also extract Sulfur and Salt and make them
philosophical. This operation is not chemical. On the
symbolic level, we will say that the soul comes out of the
Earth where it stayed, from the initial Chaos, to deploy its
power. Having been liberated, it imparts its subtle power to
body consciousness, thus sublimating the whole body. All
darkness having disappeared, the soul and the body unite,
giving to the adept a feeling of harmony and unity.
The Work to the Red or third work, also called “conjontion”
consists of joining the three bodies obtained: Mercury,
Sulfur and Salt in an operation called “coction”. This
mixture placed in a hermetically sealed vase will then be
heated. The mixture will emit a regular sound,
corresponding to a musical note. The operator will hear
successively all the notes of the range. Each note
corresponds to a change in the vibratory degree of the
material and to an increase of the weight. This confirms
Dalton’s laws, according to which the weight of matter is a
function of its vibratory frequency.
The Work at Red or third work, also called ‘conjontion’ is
to unify the three bodies obtained: Mercury, Sulphur and
Scel in an operation called ‘concoction’. This mixture
placed in a sealed vessel will be heated. The mix will emit a
regular sound, corresponding to a musical note. The
operator successively will hear all the notes of the scale.
Each note corresponds to a change in the vibrational level
of the material and an increase in weight. This confirms the
law of Dalton which are the weight of the material is
dependent on its vibrational frequency.
At the end of this operation, there will be only “to multiply”
the stone obtained, that is to say by doing the same
operations to increase its transmutatory power. Then the
adept will possess the ruby or the philosophical gem, a
direct emanation of pure light. He holds the Philosophers’
Stone.
We have just briefly described the different phases of the
‘Great Work’. This description corresponds to Operative
Alchemy.
The term Philosopher’s Stone appeared for the first time in
seventh century literature. Various symbols were invented
to represent it; the most common of these was the Egg of
the Universe. The egg represents a nascent state, a selfsufficiency and the uniqueness of the Cosmic Unity. All
these virtues belonged to the Pierre des Philosophes.
The egg, as a symbol of the Universe, descended however
from the symbolism of ancient Egypt and was frequently
discovered in what is reputed to be the writings of Hermes
Trismegistus. The Philosophers’ Stone, in some texts, is
mentioned as “a stone that is not a stone”. It is a symbolic
sentence referring to spiritual alchemy.
The “Ouroboros Serpent”, which bites its tail, thus forming
a circle, also symbolized the Stone of Philosophers and the
“eternal changes of the World”.
There were two schools of alchemists: the material and the
spiritual. The alchemists working on the spiritual aspect
were hermetic and mystical philosophers. They used the
same symbolism and terminology as their colleagues
working on material alchemy.
However, the meaning of these symbols was sometimes
different.
There were also two kinds of individuals named Alchemist.
The first ones were really alchemists. They were looking
for the “prima materia“, a raw material, an elixir that would
transmute the material into rare metals such as gold. They
practiced operative Alchemy as we described in the “Great
Work”. They were sincere, and their research contributed to
the development of chemistry. There were, however,
charlatans who sold potions of love, “formulas” to cure
diseases or harm enemies. They often smuggled gold and
sold fraudulent transmutation formulas. Spiritual
alchemists, on the other hand, were interested in the
transmutation of the gross elements of human nature into
spiritual qualities. They devoted themselves to the
application of mystical principles for the evolution of the
consciousness of the individual. That’s why they were
known as spiritual or transcendental alchemists. They
believed in the existence of a link, an invisible chain, which
closely linked the higher being of man to the cosmic forces.
It was in the man, they thought, that the means of using this
link were for spiritual enlightenment, for the direction and
control of life.
For these spiritual alchemists, the Philosopher’s Stone
consisted of certain sacred cosmic laws, whose function
was the blossoming of being and the use of its hidden
powers. This philosopher’s stone was a secret gnosis, a
wisdom, whose teaching was given only to those who were
“worthy”. The way of transmitting this Philosopher’s Stone
was through initiation, meditation, study of practice.
Transcendental alchemists refrained from any attempt to
discover a process for making gold. They were really
hermetic philosophers. The wisdom teachings they taught
included instructions on hygiene, cure of diseases, health
maintenance, and the blooming of the personality.
The true spiritual alchemist did not believe in the existence
of an elixir of life to live forever or to find his youth.
Such a concept would have been opposed to hermetic
teachings in general, which considered the spiritual
immortality as the most important.
The elixir to which they referred was the regeneration of the
soul, the restoration of man in his pure original cosmic state
which he had left by incarnating in matter.
Alchemical statements have often been considered literally
as symbols.
It is true that some mystics have used the expression “elixir
of life” as if it were something real capable of giving back
youth. This was not the intention of the spiritual alchemists.
They recognized that the living organism must go through a
cycle of evolution and involution. In short, the body of man
must have a beginning and an end, no one can escape this
law. But it is possible, however, to increase the life of the
physical body and this is what the operative alchemists
attempted to do. This is what they called the “Great Work”
or “transmutation of the body”.
The contradiction between operative and spiritual alchemy
is only apparent. Only the means to reach the final goal are
different. Operative Alchemy allows you to take a shortcut
but it is a more dangerous and difficult way. Spiritual
Alchemy is a safer, but slower path.
The adept of Spiritual Alchemy goes through different
stages which have the same esoteric meaning as those of
Operative Alchemy.
STUDENT MAGNETIZER TRAINING
Energetic powers
To be able to use your energetic power, sometimes called
magnetic, it is essential to know the basic data of the human
magnetism.
Man is a living organism among billions and billions of
others immersed in the cosmos. As matter, the body
functions as an “exchanger” of energies. He receives from
the outside all kinds of energies (food, air, electricity, etc.),
transforms them, modifies them, and then sends them back
to the outside. As a spirit, the man participates in another
mode, mysterious. The material body organizes the
exchange of energies with the outside world and aims to
provide the mind with a highly purified specific energy.
By observing the functions of the body, we discover that
there are several sets. For example, the feet, the hands, the
mouth, the dentition, the digestive tract belong to the food
complex. It is a set composed of relays, selector organs,
transformers, etc. The chain of respiration includes the
nose, nasal cavities, trachea, lungs, but also a few billion
pores scattered all over the skin, which also carry oxygen.
The body thus has sensors of ambient energies, which come
from the Cosmos, the Earth, beings and objects that
surround it. Again, it behaves as in other areas. It captures
this energy, uses it, transforms it, stores a part of it and
sends out another part. There is an incessant movement of
energy back and forth between the body and its
environment.
This phenomenon must be compared with the electrical
qualities of the body. It has been discovered, in fact, that not
only does the body have astonishing electrical
characteristics, but also that it itself produces electricity.
This body current could be measured physically with
instruments. It is not very intense, but it exists and produces
significant effects. The organ that seems to produce most of
this electricity is the brain. From the brain, it is transferred
to the rest of the body by a huge and very thin network of
drivers. There are also storage centers with the name of
plexus. These function as batteries in which the brain stores
a certain amount of energy. Thanks to this very complex
device, the brain can “manage” the body without having to
produce electricity continuously. When the batteries are
empty, the brain recharges them. The body thus electrically
resembles a battery with a positive pole (the right side of
the body, the left brain) and a negative pole (the left side of
the body and the right brain). To simplify, let us remember
that, considered globally in the vertical axis, the body is
positive on the right and negative on the left.
These electrical characteristics have a great importance to
the magnetizer. Indeed, magnetism and electricity are very
closely linked in natural manifestations. We must make two
remarks: the magnetizers, since always, speak of
magnetism as a different “fluid” from the electric power.
The Chinese acupuncture experience confirms our
hypothesis. As we know, Chinese doctors treat all kinds of
diseases by planting needles in some very specific points of
the epidermis. These points correspond, sometimes, to
peripheral nerve centers or are located on an electrical
conductor. But other points of acupuncture are placed
outside the electrical network and nervous: they seem to
follow a mysterious route, which could be the magnetic
network.
Note that some magnetizers are able to increase instantly
this magnetic current, by the power of thought and will
alone. Their patients perceive the magnetic fluid very
clearly.
Magnetic topography of the body
Now that we’ve established the difference in nature
between magnetism and electricity, we can draw a kind of
topographical map of human magnetism.
Magnetizers are based on Dr. Reichenbach’s very specific
work on body radiation, forming what is sometimes called
aura. They distinguish two parts in the body, separated by a
median line, the vertex. This line goes from the top of the
skull to the pubis. It is about three to four centimeters wide.
It descends on the front of the body through the nose, the
Adam’s apple and the navel. It starts from the base of the
neck and follows the vertebral column to its termination, on
the posterior part. All the right side is magnetically positive,
as well as the front vertex line. The left side is magnetically
negative as well as the posterior line of the vertex. The
forehead is positive, the nape is negative. It should be noted
that the polarities are reversed in a left-handed person:
positive left side, negative right side. Points are neutral: the
exact top of the skull and the perineum. These distinctions
between body regions are very important at the time of the
magnetic intervention. The effects differ considerably
according to whether the polarities of the magnetizer are in
correspondence or in divergence with those of the
magnetized one. For example, when the magnetizer
(supposed right-handed) works with the right (positive)
hand, it will get different results depending on whether it
will touch the patient’s right (positive) or left (negative)
side.
The location of each magnetic plexus is also important to
know. They are located in almost the same places as the
electrical plexus. The main plexus:
– The solar plexus is in the hollow of the epigastrium, under
the sternum, where one feels the effect of almost painful
tension when one is under the influence of a strong anguish
or a fear. This plexus is by far the most important because
of the huge network of nerve connections that leave or end
up there.
– The cervical plexus is located at a point between the two
eyes and slightly above the root of the nose. By its location,
this plexus plays a vital role in the magnetism of the gaze
and also in the magnetic power of thought. It is the plexus
par excellence of people practicing yoga;
– The cardiac plexus, located near the heart, between the
left breast and the sternum, magnetically presides over
fluidic exchanges within the body and between the body
and the environment (magnetic respiration);
– The carotid plexus placed slightly below the Adam’s
apple regulates the magnetic flux between the brain and the
peripheral centers (solar plexus, cardiac …). The ball effect
in the throat, characteristic of anxiety, often indicates a fluid
imbalance at this level;
– The genital and perineal plexuses, situated respectively on
the pubis and in the perineum, are magnetically consumer
centers; they are related to sexual appetites. In case of
sexual disorder, these plexuses turn into true aspirators of
vital energy and, in severe cases, can empty the solar plexus
…
– The umbilical plexus, placed just under the umbilicus,
governs the magnetic transfers of food to the body. It
therefore has a non-negligible regulatory role; it can also be
transformed into an energy reservoir for short periods. On
the magnetic plane, the umbilical plexus is related to the
chthonic energy, coming from the depths of the Earth and
of a “harder” nature than the cosmic energy.
PART 2
CHRISTIAN MYSTICISM AND ESOTERICISM IN
THE 18TH CENTURY
We read in the memoirs of the Baroness d’Oberkirch, this
indication is an interesting account of the climate of that
time:
“Never Rosicrucians, followers, prophets and everything
related to it were not as numerous, as heard. The
conversation turns almost exclusively on these materials;
they hold all the ideas, they hit all imaginations, even the
most serious … ”
Ultimately, there is the same phenomenon that we noted at
the time of the Renaissance when, under the influence of
the Reformation, the formal dogma has been questioned,
leaving room for personal religious intuition, a kind of free
revelation which takes its inspiration from the sacred texts
and their individual interpretation. One company, frozen in
a religious, social and political formalism discussed sees his
authority. From there, can outline a multitude of designs
and we understand that time cultivated minds are passionate
about these new forms of thinking.
The century of the “philosophers” and the Encyclopedia is
similarly supported this bloom because of his intellectual
attitude and it’s a pity sake of simplicity that is actually just
a century “rationalist” and “libertine”. Indeed, this same
passion for all that is new and this admiring amazement at
the scientific discoveries of the time, predispose many
minds to accept the unusual and mostly unpublished until
the sometimes implausible. But if the dogmatic faith is
challenged boldly and ironically, it remains in its esoteric
aspect of the fabric of many societies more or less discrete
and intellectual movements whose importance will be
revealed in the next century.
As always some men have played a key role this time by
their work or their influence and talk especially those
whose minds are still noticeable, even proclaimed in
societies and movements of our time.
Martinez was Pasqually in a fascinating and mysterious
representative. His early life remain in the shadows or so.
But from 1754, he traveled through France by exposing a
Masonic system remains a model for what can be called
“mystical freemasonry. “. The basis of this system, whose
Christian character is indubitable is that man is original and
divine essence and intended to return to that origin. Indeed,
the man sent by God to save and keep the rebellious spirits
(Lucifer) enclosed in matter, was to turn her guilty of
disobedience and became physically fatal. So the body-soul
that he must save himself by his inner drive and also by
theurgy revealed a few. It is a doctrine of Reintegration.
This theurgy requires an initiation within a society
consisting of a spiritual elite called the order “Elect Cohens’
that is to say the Chosen priests. It contains the first three
grades of “symbolic masonry”: apprentice, journeyman and
master and that of Perfect Master Elected then this is the
accession to the Order itself in three stages, the last has
only grade, which is the highest level, that of Reau-Croix.
The ritual is a ritual for the most magical part, using a
Kabbalistic teaching but in which Christ is the cornerstone,
and the supreme intercessor.
Were initiated into the Order, Jean-Baptiste Willermoz and
Louis-Claude de Saint-Martin, who became the secretary of
Martinez Pasqually and kept an unforgettable impression.
Martinez Pasqually died in Santo Domingo in 1774 and
order disappeared, at least officially in 1780 but his
teaching continues to this day in an unobtrusive way.
Dom Pernety (1716-1796), Benedictine of the congregation
of St. Maur was a scholar whose studies carried on the
meanings of numbers and numbers. It was then, in this, the
keeper and transmitter of tradition which gave them a
transcendent value. For him, religious monuments
(including Saint Germain des Prés) as the Apocalypse of St
John are encrypted messages. He left and founded his order
later in Avignon, an alchemical academy, the “hermetic
rite.” In 1758, he had already written a “dictionary Mytho-
Hermetic” in the preface which he wrote: “The recognition
of a favor if reported, that having received intelligence of
the Creator of a mystery if statement only allows not to be
silent. “He was appointed by Frederick II, curator of the
library of the city of Berlin. He absorbs the doctrines of
Swedenborg and his Christ-revelations and theories of a
very mysterious character, Elie artist that reinforces the
spiritual power of the small group he founded and which
famous figures’ adherence . In 1787, this alchemical
academy established its headquarters, near Avignon, in
Bédarrides on a small hill that is called “Tabor” and where
are practiced alchemical operations and ritual ceremonies.
This is the rite of Avignon.
“I’m telling you all this because you see that I ordered and
furthermore Christian terms of your heart and mind make
me hope that God, in his mercy, will put the number the
children of his city and his new people.”
We have already discussed in these books Louis Claude de
Saint-Martin (1743-1803) was, we just see the secretary of
Martinez Pasqually and we shall have occasion to mention,
because its influence is still very large and even critical in
the current vocation Companies spiritualists. In the words
of a contemporary writer, Robert Amadou, “it really seems
like the heir of all the traditional western thought.”
He belonged to Jean Baptiste Willermoz, who was deputy
Martines Pasqually particularly continue the work of this
one. Born in 1730 in Saint-Claude in Franche-Comté, he
came to Lyon, where after years of work, he became a
master silky and acquired a comfortable fortune. We will
note, the special importance as the center of Lyon esoteric
research. This is a very ancient feature of this city that still
continues with an enigmatic constant. Initiated into
Freemasonry, he played there very quickly a very important
role in 1752 and founded a lodge. He entered into
correspondence with the Dom Pernéty and stayed in a
Benedictine abbey in recommending it. In 1763, he is
leading an extremely discreet esoteric coterie, and in 1767
he entered the Order founded by Martines Pasqually which
he became Inspector General. Practicing ceremonies Rite,
he officiates holding Reau Cross and passionately follows
the occult manifestations of the Order, which he initiated
many regular Masons.
On disappearance of Martinez Pasqually he took very close
contact with the Lodges of Germany whose Superior was
the Duke of Brunswick. He hosted many convents and
should have structured it to what is called the “Rectified
Scottish Rite” or “Scottish Rectified Regime.”
We know him by testimony given to the Library of Lyon,
numerous occult and psychic experiences and his
theosophical theories. Holder by its particular initiation
revelations reserved for followers, it is claimed that he
knew a way to prolong life. He died at 96 years, in full
possession of physical and mental faculties, according to
the testimony of his contemporaries.
We hesitate more to join these names, that Cagliostro whose
personality is surrounded to this day a clear legend. Her
tumultuous life and adventures have allowed all
interpretations including that of a novelist as Alexandre
Dumas. No doubt he was also the illusionist and the
exploiter of human credulity is sometimes portrayed, and
we must situate about it in the context of his time who
abound in adventure like this. We know, in fact, what tricks
and dubious methods which is made the lives of those who
were determined to make a name any in this century, both
decadent and extremely refined. But there is something
more, and we can not deny that he was carrying a strange
message. While some of his actions can be explained easily
by concern for the reputation and the desire to acquire
material goods at the lowest level, others, on the contrary,
escape us and show equal determination to issue this
message, even at the expense of his life.
His best biographer, Dr. Marc Haven, says: “It was a power
school, self-denial, firm confidence in the future. His
followers felt stronger and better from him … ”
He seems to have practiced all sciences and medical
activity reminds us of that fraternity Rosicrucians imposed
on his followers. “He gave his time, his money and
medicines to the sick who came and went to other work …”
These remedies were also very simple and it certainly usa
comparable magnetism processes.
It was through Freemasonry he tried to spread ideas but
human intrigues did not allow him to continue his
mysterious mission through an Order, too preoccupied with
the affairs of the world and he had to create with twelve
masons carefully chosen a lodge meeting its objectives.
This is the origin of the Egyptian Masonry which codified
in its symbolism and its ritual, moral and spiritual in higher
education.
December 27, 1789, Cagliostro was brought before the
Inquisition and sentenced to life imprisonment in a fortress
of Rome as “heretical disciple of superstitious magic. “We
tried in vain to identify with one Joseph Balsamo but its
true origins remained a mystery.
Beyond the historicity that may not our field, we meditate
on the personality of Cagliostro, reading the text he wrote
and still sounds strange:
“I’m not in any time or any place; outside of time and
space, my spiritual being lives his eternal existence, and if I
look in my thought up the course of ages, if I stretch my
mind to a way of life far removed from that which you
perceive I become one I want. Knowingly participates in
the absolute being, I rule my actions according to the
environment around me. My name is that of my office,
because I am free; my country is where I set my feet
momentarily. You date it yesterday, if you will, by raising
you of years lived by ancestors who you were aliens; or
tomorrow by the illusory pride of a magnitude that may be
never yours; I am the one who is.
Here I am: I am noble and traveler; I speak and soul
trembles recognizing old words; a voice that is in you,
which was silent for a long time answering the call of mine;
I act, and there is peace in your hearts, in your body’s
health, hope and courage in your souls. All men are my
brothers, all countries are dear to me; I journey to that
everywhere the Spirit may come and find a way to us. I ask
for kings, I respect the power that hospitality on their land
and when it is given to me, I pass around me doing the most
good possible; but I’m just passing through … Am I a noble
traveler? …
As the south wind, as bright light of noon that characterizes
the full knowledge of things and active communion with
God, I come to the North, to the mist and into the cold,
dropping everywhere as I passed a few patches of me -even,
spending me, dropping me at every station, but you left a
little light, a little heat, a little strength, until I am finally
stopped and permanently attached to the end of my career
at the time when Rose blossom on the cross … I’m
Cagliostro. ”
STANISLAS DE GUAITA – (1861-1897)
It is a strange personality like all those who have dedicated
their lives to this field which we knows said how cautiously
it should be approached. But in this case, we are dealing
with high intelligence and a spirit of value which often
haughty independence guarantees an undeniable sincerity.
This is a true aristocrat whose life, unlike those of many
other occultists does not have these annoying and even
suspicious shadows that plague their theories and
sometimes reject in the field of speech disorders and
unconscious obsessive.
Stanislas de Guaita comes from a large family who became
famous Lombard militarily before Antoine de Guaita, his
grandfather, do not naturalize French and founded a
glassworks in Cirey. The father, François-Paul de Guaita
married the daughter of General Baron-Grangjean, heiress
to the castle where Stanislas de Guaita Alteville born 6
April 1861 Raised in an atmosphere of liberalism and
culture, he was always careful to justify for himself a
nobility of heart and thought, free from arrogance towards
anyone not justifying an affiliation similar to his. He soon
showed a respectful but firm independence against religious
principles that were instilled in him by his family, and his
teacher at the Jesuits.
Throughout this period his behavior towards his friends will
still discreet generosity and kindness. It was then a friend of
Maurice Barres and their way was to diverge as a result of
the spiritual restlessness of Stanislas de Guaita who quickly
asked about the dimensions and destiny of man. This
concern led him to read the works of Eliphas Levi and his
followers, but with more impeccable rigor in his thinking
and in his personal life, is passionately interested in the
occult. He sought the texts and thus constituted a special
library on this subject, in his apartment in the Trudaines
Avenue. This anguished skeptical that no longer met
elaborate the growing materialism of his time religion,
discovered a universal tradition and hidden became
passionate belief.
“We now his secretary said Oswald Wirth, the official
knowledge, which relates only to the surface of things,
appeared to him as” secular “, to the crowd standing in
front of the temple,” profanum. “A mass gross minds
oppose the “insiders”, able to enter the sanctuary, where the
mysteries are revealed. These are the object of knowledge
(gnosis), which is limited to “initiables” privileged
exceptional intellectual penetration. ”
This research brought him into contact with a strange
character, Joséphin Péladan, who awarded himself the title
of Sar or mage Babylonian and whose safety and the
eloquence subdued for some time. With this and a
Kabbalist, Albert Journet then created a sort of brotherhood
in which Stanislas de Guaita brought his desire for
knowledge and loyalty. However, its nature was against
everything the behavior Péladan had theatrical and
ostentatious in this area and while the latter complacently
aroused the enthusiasm of the Parisian salons after the
publication of his book “The Supreme Vice” Guaita took
refuge in the isolation of an inner and studious life. In 1886,
an article appeared entitled him “On the threshold of the
mystery.” It was to be the first part of an esoteric work, the
“Science Tests Cursed” which will include four parts:
1 On the threshold of Mystery 2 The Temple of Satan 3 The
Key to Black Magic 4 The Problem of Evil
This work will be written between 1896 and 18090 and will
be taking a stand peaceful amid spectacular tub and often
puerile that agitated occultists of his time, especially with
regard to the ongoing use of Orientalism was the fact that,
for example , of the Theosophical society; on this point,
Stanislas de Guaita, an admirer of Paracelsus believes that
Western Tradition is rich enough to satisfy our aspirations
and, furthermore, it is more consistent with our genius and
our deepest feelings. However, and this is what the Péladan
also oppose this view will be expressed calmly and
expresses its respect for those whose sincere conduct
research in another Way.
Should include whole his foreword to the edition of “The
Threshold of Mystery” which summarizes his thoughts with
clarity and lucidity. We give below some extracts: “To the
only words Hermeticism and Kabbalah, the fashion is to
cry. The looks are responsible for benevolent irony, and
treble smiles accentuate the disdainful expression profiles
… High Magic is not a compendium of roughly spiritualist
ramblings, arbitrarily established as absolute dogma; This is
a general summary – but hypothetical rational – based on
doubly positive observation and induction by analogy.
Through the infinite diversity of transient modes and
ephemeral forms, Kabbalah distinguishes and proclaimed
the Unity of Being, back to its root cause, and is the law of
harmonies in the relatively balanced antagonism opposing
forces. […]
“Known and occult sciences, the hieratic synthesis
embraces one embrace all these branches of universal
knowledge, these branches whose root is common. It is
under the same secret mollusk nacre and the human heart
love principle; and the same law governs the communion of
the sexes and the suns gravity. […]
Thus excuse us talking with the firm assurance of one who
believes. We note especially the Hermetic Initiation and
kabbalist; but in the sanctuaries of India, we know, in the
temples of Persia, Hellas and Etruria, as well as the
Egyptians and the Hebrews, the same synthesis has taken
many forms and symbolisms apparently most contradictory
result for the Chosen One Truth always in the invariable
tongue deep Myths and Emblems … “.
We have an honest attempt for some kind of scientific
principle ecumenism whose unit was the subject of a secret
transmission through Time. In light of this principle, which
is proclaimed parascientific and first Magic, is part of a
Whole and this explains the indisputable phenomena or
powers almost always denied or disapproved obtained by
those who benefit from knowledge or faculties transmitted.
Yet at the same time other characters had different
conceptions of that magic, become a pretext for a personal
emotional release. It is, perhaps evoked hazard a text
Stanislas de Guaita another speaking of those who acquire
such knowledge “sometimes at the expense of their lives
and their reason.” One of the most outrageous characters
was Boullan Father, doctor of theology, founder of scabrous
“religious
communities”,
whose
erotico-mystical
extravagances led to the aberrant practices in which the
celestial spirits obeyed him while satanic forces tormented
horribly at the slightest failure of his conjuring powers. The
scandal Stanislas de Guaita was that this man say Mage and
thus calls into question the honesty and sincerity of true
believers. Then breaking with his habits of quiet work, so
he tried to group them in a manner similar to that of the
ancient Rosicrucian brotherhood and in 1888, he called
some of his friends to expose them his project. The
agreement was immediate and a Council of Twelve was
installed while Guaita lorraine returned to his retirement. In
this group were particularly Péladan, Dr. Gerard Encausse
said Papus and printer Georges Poirel. This “Supreme
Council Rosicrucian” was not, apparently, very effective
and its meetings were mostly feast where “Sar” Péladan
pontificated. However at that time seemed an important
book which was the “basic Treaty occult science” of Papus
and played a major role in the spread of these ideas.
Stanislas de Guaita had to bear witness to him: “Papus is
the author of the popular Tarot of the Bohemians, the
methodical Treaty and the Treaty of Practical Magic, that is,
three of the finest books and more fundamental to the study
of occultism which have appeared since Eliphas Levi and
Saint-Yves d’Alveydre. ”
Yet the true megalomania Péladan would lead to Oswald
Wirth ironically called “War of the Roses …”. Indeed, the
“Sar” launched on behalf of the Order of the Rosicrucians
true commandments of which the Archbishop of Paris, and
another, “excommunicating” the “Rothschild woman”!
These extravagances shocked discreet Stanislas de Guaita
who reproached him gently to discredit their work. It seems
that this sensational and bombastic break was accepted by
Péladan, became Grand Master and Supreme Hierarch of
the Third Order of the Rose Cross Catholic and
Rosicrucians and the Temple of the Grail has triggered a
wave that results in artistic expression of painting and
music, which was held in 1893 at the Palais du Champs de
Mars. Yet the discretion that surrounded the activity of
Guaita was broken by a circular issued by him and his
friends in an attempt to thwart the possible harm done by
this noisy propaganda.
Again, we have an example of the human qualities of
Stanislas de Guaita since Péladan questioned, he responded
that attempted to define the character faithfully:
“Mr. Péladan is perhaps one of the most gifted artists of that
time; but he engaged in a disastrous way in all respects. Is it
pretty sad to see a writer race prostitute the dignity of his
talent and his person to the extravagances of so naive that
quackery is perhaps unconscious? The author of “Vice
Supreme” promised more than it has given. He is
nevertheless a loyal, passionate and he moves at will.
Novelist, the “Sar” is a subtle psychologist and devious of
the feminine soul; it is magic, a dazzling fantasy. ”
We have mentioned that the trouble to show what
effervescence produce certain steps and how sometimes
grotesque caricature can hide or real work. To show also
how the temptation is great for our human nature when she
thinks he understand mysteries or special powers, to glorify
arrogantly, destroying at the same time the value of the
results and the level of initiation that it had reached, often at
the cost of much pain and physical and human sacrifices.
From this point of view, Stanislas de Guaita is a model of
discreet and efficient work. Of course, in this process he
had chosen, one can not escape the suspicion of the secular
and Oswald Wirth says his castle Lorraine was imagined as
a “dark castle” while his study was described in Paris like a
cave where “wearing andrinople, he lived in this room
whose walls were lined with books of magic, between
which remained obstinately closed sinister closet where a
murderous spirit lived …” But we know that in such other
followers, he never attempted any operation because he
thoroughly understood the theory, in practice disapproved
and considered it “the pernicious fluid acrobatics of
physical mediums” Therefore we conclude with the same
Oswald Wirth, who was his secretary for ten years and
admired as a master, “It is questionable in the field of
human assertions. Occultism can not therefore benefit from
a dogmatic fixity in his theories. Stanislas de Guaita those
sets are subject to the judgment of posterity, which will
decide on them by putting them in position … specialists
exploring this world can miss measurement and indulging
in excesses before which weighting reflected back. The
quiet man’s wisdom delights equidistant balance extreme
conceivable. The balance returns to normal; but the life of
the mind moves the scales of the balance of the judgment:
when one falls, the other rises in the same proportion.
Guaita is mounted so high to compensate for the materialist
exaggeration of his time and his books are an antidote. ”
Stanislas de Guaita died in 1897 in Castle Alteville, where
he was born. His initiatory library invaluable was
dispersed.
PRACTICE
Practice of the month
It has been pointed out to you previously, an exercise in cell
regeneration, in practice over a period of seven days. This
exercise can now be done in one work session, either on a
single day.
For this, it is possible to apply the following principle:
Being seated comfortably or lying down, focus successively
on different parts of the body for a minute or two without
making respira¬tion.
Once the merger on all parts of the body, then do seven full
breaths (through the lungs and through the pores of the
skin).
Wait a few moments and then forget about it, drink a glass
of water and then return to normal activity.
This method can be extended for 21 days.
Then you have to stop and drain two to three months before
starting a cycle.
PHILOSOPHY
“When we speak of pleasure as a key goal, we are not
talking about the pleasures of reveler unrecoverable or one
that enjoyment for permanent residence-as people imagine
some people unfamiliar with and reluctant to our words, or
experience a false interpretation-but to get to the point
where microphones; it does not suffer from the body and is
or is not disturbed by the core. For neither binge drinking
nor continual feasts, no boys or women to be enjoyed, nor
the delight of fish and all that can carry a sumptuous table
are the source of a happy life: this is what that makes a
difference with the simple reasoning, lucid, meticulously
searching the grounds on which to base any choice and any
discharge, and chasing beliefs in favor of which the greatest
confusion seizes the soul.
The principle of it all, like most good: prudence. Now
therefore, caution, which comes from all the other virtues,
proves ultimately more valuable than philosophy: it teaches
us that we can not live comfortably without prudence,
without honesty and without justice, nor with the three
virtues live without pleasure. The virtues indeed part of the
same nature as live happy, and live with pleasure is
inseparable. ”
Epicurus – Extract from Letter to Menoeceus.
QUOTATIONS
1ST WEEK
“The only way to see a thought, a precept is to adopt and
adapt to his life.” Mercereau
2ND WEEK
“Follow the step by step the best way; not too slow with all
your to discover. Not weary of thy task; every day, rather
than reduce, the grows. Be your master into the well. Do
not be a slave nor things, nor men, nor of yourself, that is to
say that your past does not chain your present and that each
hour tolls for thee deliverance. ” J. Lagneau
3RD WEEK
“Just as a rock is not shaken by the wind, and neither blame
nor praise has bearing on the Wise.”
Dhammapada
4TH WEEK
“Our works are the currency of our lights. ” L.C. De SaintMartin.
“We can say that there is a kind of universal energy that
underlies all that exists. This “principle” of Order is the
power that structure the universe and somehow ordered
chaos. The Greeks named this principle the Nous, the
Freemasons, the Grand Architect of the Universe. Whether
it is a universal principle is clear. But whether it’s a custom
intelligence remains a philosophical question probably
beyond our investigative capabilities. However, it is easy to
see that the world is order rather than entire chaos. This
principle of balance may well be regarded as a power which
our existence depends. This does not lead to the
enslavement of any well improbable commandments from
that power. This creates in us a sense of mystery, awe and
respect, nothing out of the ordinary, but that’s it. There is
nothing that could resemble a blind adoration that can be
fed to intolerance. ”
[Excerpt from ABC Magic Sacred Biasi, Ed. Grancher, Paris, 2010]
Fraternally under the auspices of the Rose and Cross,
Jean-Louis de Biasi
Grand Patriarche Rose-Croix de l’O.K.R.C.
CONTENTS
PART 1_ 5
THE INTERPENETRATION OF WORLDS – THE LIGHT ASTRALE_ 5
PART 2_ 9
HERMETICISM AND RELIGION_ 9
ESOTERIC TRADITION_ 15
Critical and analysis 15
PRACTICE OF THE MONTH_ 17
HOW TO “REENERGIZE” THE PLEXUS_ 17
PHILOSOPHY_ 20
QUOTATIONS 21
PART 1
THE INTERPENETRATION OF WORLDS –
THE LIGHT ASTRALE
This principle is symbolized by the Seal of Solomon which
demonstrates:
There is another principle of first importance which states
that everything in creation interpenetrating, meaning that
ALL is in ALL.
– The interpenetration of the forces of nature through the
four elements,
– The interpenetration of worlds and INVISIBLE VISIBLE,
– The interpenetration of the objective and subjective in
Nature of Man.
Let us examine this principle in his first term, it is saying
Nature through the four elements. To do this, compose the
Seal of Solomon starting from représenting each symbol.
We discover the four elements into each other. Do not
forget that we here are part of Nature, as we know in our
human condition. One may wonder how on January 4 items
are kept in a state of harmony with each other. To answer
this question, we must agree that there must be a “force” an
‘energy’, or better yet, an intelligence that the balance of
this set. At first sight, we can think that was a question of
ether. This fifth element is indeed ‘the’ essence ‘of the
elements appeared, but at this level, we are already in a’
force ” organized nature. Thus, there is anything beyond
this and other thing is the universal energy called ‘SPIRIT’.
Most scriptures reached us refer to the ESPRIT and this
under a religious aspect and taking into account the beliefs
of their time. For example, the Bible says in Genesis
chapter – ‘The Spirit of God hovered over the waters’.
Moreover, it comes to mind that ‘down’ in the form of a
dove, and in another text, it assumes the form of tongues of
fire. We see in these descriptions that the Spirit manifests
itself in different aspects which are the three basic
elements: Water, Air (here symbolized by a dove) and Fire.
The fourth element, the Earth, is not included in the
manifestations of the Spirit. This is understandable when
you consider the Earth as the result the other three, or as
manifested by them or in them.
However, do not consider the earth as a separate element
and separate, but rather as a feature in the cosmos, the other
three elements are universal and operating in the whole of
creation.
The mind is the universal energy at the base of everything
that exists, ranging Earth. This energy is somehow the first
condensation of the first principle or God. In other words,
the Spirit is the initial manifestation of this first principle
and it corresponds to what is sometimes referred to as the
‘FIAT’ original.
The mind is the universal ocean in which everything is
infinite, and as impossible to conceive ¬
The first principle itself. It is both the principle and
immediate manifestation, because essentially the first
principle is everything.
The word ‘energy’ is used to describe the spirit and
definition of energy involves movement or vibrational flow.
This vibrational energy pervades the universe.
So we can better design than anything at the Nature and
Elements interpenetrating, and if something moves or
changes, everything else is concerned. Pythagoras taught,
we have seen that all is harmony, proportions and numbers,
which means that all manifestations of the Spirit, whether at
the highest level or lower, fit together in another to produce
a coherent and dynamic set. This is the permanent miracle
of creation
According to Hermes Trismegistus, ‘What is below is like
what is above, and what is up and like what is below, to the
miracles of one thing’.
So the laws that govern the low are they the same as those
for the top. The visible world we live in would also be the
same as everyone says ‘invisible’, that is to say not feel by
our senses. This world ‘invisible’ would be populated
hiérarchisé and organized manner somewhat similar to our
physical world. This world is so close to us that we can
understand and perceive some of its manifestations. For
some, it is in him that stay-personalities souls after death,
and those who completed their journey through the
material. If a whole is one, though it includes several
‘levels’ vibration often called ‘space-time’.
The Kabbalists say there are six ‘space-time’ corresponding
‘six Sephiroth construction malkut the seventh being the
terrestrial sphere. The separation between the ‘space-time’
and ours is merely a difference in vibrational frequency.
We see from the above that the worlds, visible or invisible,
interpenetrating remarkably. While the world of matter,
man can be set with the frequency of other so-called
invisible worlds. It is through the awareness that this can
happen. It is generally accepted that the consciousness of
man has two main aspects that are the conscious and the
unconscious, or objective and subjective. Any data or
information we receive through our senses, establish a
conscious state, and they will materialize through
experiences. It may also be the result of perceptions from
the Astral. These can be experienced as images or
impressions, which can be described as intuitive.
In an initiatory step, we must take into account the
existence of this world while maintaining a certain
objectivity in relation to perceptions that we can have.
These perceptions often, especially early in connection with
our thoughts at the time, that is to say, our mental attitude.
As long as the mind is not disciplined and capable of a
certain neutrality during periods of meditation or ritual, we
will not be able to have accurate perceptions.
The difficulty often lies in their interpretation, the
information itself has almost always related to the situation
in any field whatsoever.
This astral world is a higher vibrational frequency than
ours, it must be in its more positive than our earthly sphere
together. However, it must be considered that this
vibrational frequency is not uniform throughout the astral.
Pure astral light is the direct product of the influence of
sephirah Tipheret. It is interesting to see that sun
reproduction in humans at the cardiac plexus or solar
plexus.
The light of the heart is essential for life and anyone who
engages in the path of initiation will make every effort to
collect and develop.
The voluminous work that is the Zohar gives us about this
valuable advice:
“The prayer that rises from below turns lights from above,
so that all the lights shining in the sky, and so that all
worlds are blessed’s Earthly delights smoke in the amount
sacred figures from Above attendants in the world and it is
this pleasure that inspires their desires for degrees that are
above them. Also, sacred beings from on high they feel the
desire to s unite to sacred over them until the King beings
unite the Matrona and that is how, by the desire of earthly
waters down here for spring receiving water from above, as
the seed from above does not emerge without prior desire to
earth. Then all the lights are lit and all the blessings spread
in worlds in those in High and those here below. ”
Light emanation of the Divine Fire, is the goal of true
initiation. Search Light is go to the actual appearance of the
primordial truth is freeing the soul can reach its perfect
home.
To complete the study of the number four, we will re¬voir
some principles for the three elements Water, Air and Fire.
Water is the symbol of Primor¬dial Ocean, the original
chaos and represents the infinite creative possibilities. The
notion of primordial waters, ocean origins is almost
universel¬le.
In the Christian and Jewish traditions, the letter “MEM” in
the Hebrew alphabet is significant about this is because the
water sensitive, the Mother of all things. In Hindu texts,
water is the Prima Materia, that is to say, the basic
substance of all that exists.
In terms of the microcosm, that is to say, the human, it is a
means of purification by the symbolic return to the source
of life, also as a return to the maternal placental fluid. By
performing an exterior and interior cleaning, water cleanses
the body and through him, the whole being.
Thus, before certain initiations, a bath is required.
Water is also a symbol of fertility because if there is not,
life can not grow and maintain. For Eastern, water is a
symbol of wisdom because it is free and unattached.
Also, remember that our body is composed largely of water
and dehydration leads to the destruction of our body in a
very short timeframe.
If we consider it in relation to other elements, we can say
that it represents the “negative” influence of the universal
spirit; the term “negative” is to be taken in the direction of
polarity compared to another qualified member ‘positive
“and not as something bad.
In the ternary composition rights, Water is the abdomen, is
the part upon which the constitution and entre¬tien body for
the nutrients it need and also for reproduction.
In traditional and alchemical symbolism, water is an
equilateral triangle with the point down.
We see expressed in this is the notion of balance in its
atomic composition and simultaneously further opposition
– the dry and the humid with Fire, whose symbol is an
equilateral triangle with the point above.
The Fire element is the manifestation of the Universal
Spirit. It seems to be an element directly under the divine
power, so divine essence. It is the universal principle of
movement and energy.
Throughout history man has been fascinated by fire, earthly
representative of the sun. Even today, who among us has
not been impressed by the flames a chimney fire, lightning
or the outright destruction of the material, in a fire?
Fire is the essence of everything that consumes, devours
and arguably many forms of energy have gasoline Fire.
This notion is implicit in the expressions we use such as:
the heat of the action, the lightning, the electricity in the air,
fire, etc. ..
Fire is a purifying agent and transmutation, two integral
aspects of evolution. It is also regenerator. It destroys and
makes a new creation, a renewal.
For the alchemists, the Fire is realization of the Great Work.
Indeed everything is accomplished oneself in nature, under
the glare of the sun or in the heat of the belly of the Earth,
the transmutations are len¬tement, often with such a slow
pace that man can not realizing it. The Alchemist using
cosmic life to achieve faster and accelerate its own
development. This to the action of fire in all its aspects is
indispensable.
Note, moreover, that the flame may suffer au¬cune
chemical analysis, it is intangible, elusive, but she still
wants the Air to manifest. In addition, Fire causes pain if in
direct contact with him.
Its manifestation is different from the other and does so
considered closer to the principle first.
In terms of the Spirit, Fire symbolizes almost direct divine
manifestation. Fire is in the language of positive polarity
and asset. It corresponds to the South in the rites and
initiatic ceremonies.
In Kabbalistic tradition, this is the letter “Shin” which
represents the Fire and head into the triadic composition
rights.
The Air has the breath of life. Indeed, no air, no life is
possible on Earth.
The man, animals, plants need that breath of life that
includes Air to manifest as such. Air is a dynamic physical
element that illustrates parfaite¬ment notions of mobility,
lightness and elasticity. Air enters the Water and Earth. Its
vibrational quality, it conveys the sound and light waves,
and sensations.
That is why, breathing and control of souf¬fle are important
in many traditions. It is in the lungs air enters and brings the
breath of life.
The Hebrew letter Aleph represents element air in human
ternary constitution.
In terms of symbolism, the Air is represented by an
equilateral triangle pointing up and a horizontal bar across
the apex. Air is compared Water other a positive part of the
universal mind.
We have seen four principal manifestations of energy called
Spirit. Two of them are qua¬lifiées “positive and active”, it
is the Fire and Air. Two other “negative and passive,” these
are Water and Earth. In terms of symbolism, the Earth is
represented by an equilateral triangle, point down, the tip
being tra¬versée a horizontal bar.
We see how the universal energy called ESPRIT is
important puis¬que all life and development depend. Also,
we advise you to reflect and observe how we con¬cernés its
manifestation through the Elements
PART 2
HERMETICISM AND RELIGION
Religions, since they exist, that is to say, from the remotest
antiquity to the present, have been numerous and have
generated no fewer theologies. These religions and these
theologies have always been fighting with each other,
without ever being able to hear or even to understand. None
of them has ever managed to completely dominate others or
to convert all mankind, although this goal is within their
teaching, because each religion claims to be directly
revealed by God and have overcome every other day
throughout the earth.
Religions are never managed to establish an agreement
between it despite some common ideas found through them
and as a result of what their founder were mostly religious
geniuses who have glimpsed the same general principles of
true piety and true morality and the fact that religious
conceptions are relatively small in number. We have not
here to dwell on the question of doctrine and method of
different religions. These issues have already been
addressed.
We do not to show the profound difference that exists today
between the tenets of the major religions and modern
conceptions of the universe, its structure and its destiny to
which are attached the lives and destinies of the humanity.
These points were highlighted. It seemed clear that the
concept of God, the relationship between God and the
world, can no longer be accepted by our intelligence. The
way to look at things in Nature and things of religion has
completely changed and we can not go back.
However, religions have not changed the substance of their
principles and they all kept the mythological garment
making them unbearable to our modern understanding.
Even in the attenuated form, symbolic, some religions have
adopted, the fabulous mysticism, transcendental
supernatural remain in traditional teaching of the Christian
religion for example. This seems obvious to Protestantism
that has retained some of the concepts by which it is still
akin to mythology. Suffice it to recall the uniqueness
attributed to Jesus, his absolute impeccability by which he
separated from humanity, his special filial relation to God,
his activity in the scene and in world events, and notions
miracle.
No religion has so completely rejected the old beliefs.
Mysticism is always at their base and it wraps itself in
different and contradictory forms in the various religions
that continue to rise against each other without a sincere
attempt to federate them. The could they anyway? Do not
forget, indeed, that religions involve ethnic, national and
social environment in which they were born and grew. It is
this misunderstanding uninitiated involving rivalry and
antagonism.
Religions have been useful as a factor of evolution and their
theologies were necessary developments in instruction that
converted, but it is more of the same when religions
crystallize, that is say freeze and remain behind the
movement to bring peoples and civilizations to something
new, a radical change in our ideas and our actions.
Mysticism and initiation are the engines of a healthy and
tolerant evolution of sacred guarantor of peace between
people.
Let us now with all the necessary caution in such a subject,
which seems to have to be religious evolution of the current
and future thinking and what it is hoped it will accomplish
real progress, a route more fast between reason and faith,
between intuition and experience, between feeling and
logic, whereby to constitute a religion that does not reject
the fundamental achievements of science.
The basis of this philosophical and scientific development
are in the religious tradition of the hermetic whose esoteric
tradition has continued and continues through the centuries
since very early times and that can be traced back to a few
thousand years. This tradition is contained in the Egyptian
mysteries in the initiatory teachings of India and Persia, and
in the Jewish Kabbalah, which reflects some of the
knowledge of the thinkers of the East.
This tradition, notwithstanding the reservations need to be
made, is the true religious synthesis, scientific, moral and
social, as it is based both on the metaphysical intuition
about the naturalist mysticism, on philosophical reasoning
and the positive achievements and progressive experience
on exploration and deepening ongoing unlimited field of
Nature.
While it is undeniable that the imagination, often visionary,
mingled with observation, thought, contemplation and
research. It is the same, moreover, in all human knowledge
that are built slowly by an incessant work of criticism and
elimination. The fact remains that the general method used
by the followers of the hermetic is based on logic, it scans
tirelessly Nature in all its forms and it never abandons the
solid ground of the World which man belongs and who
receives the intellectual and spiritual influences.
The hermetic clearly demonstrated the essential unity of all
religions and the relationship between them in the various
dogmatic appearances, symbolic and allegorical. Indeed,
the esoteric explanation of religions all lead to a single
database that is astronomy. All religious myths trace the
movement of the planets, sun and constellations, but by
taking human form in this scientific revelation personified
in a down on our globe and God incarnate in humanity. This
God-man, born at the winter solstice, then dies resurrects
the spring equinox. Theologies are decorated with a host of
allegorical definitions and sometimes philosophical, this
universal solar cult. Suffice it to recall the introduction of
the Platonic principle, the Logos in the Christian religion,
which has led to the gradual construction of the Trinitarian
dogma and other theological concepts.
We will expand more on this item we now well-known
public matters and has been highlighted by many writers,
since the appearance of the great work that was Dupuis’s
Origin of all religions.
Religious synthesis hermetic therefore introduced the
science of the Universe as a positive explanation of the
apparent mysteries that surround us and she never leaves
this path using the principles of astrology, alchemy, magic
and Divination. Astrology studies the influences of the stars
on the physical and organizational events on the evolution
of the earth and humanity, influences today recognized
again by the official science that says in turn, having
mocked the old that the sun, moon, planets have a real
effect on human beings and their determinations.
Alchemy is simply the study of nuclear transmutation, the
perpetual transmutation of chemical elements that make up
the entire universe.
The magic that included previous studying science and
especially the hidden nature constituted forces must not
forget the primitive science and from it emerged that
physics, chemistry, magnetism, hypnotism, mind, and that’s
what astrology output number knowledge, basic
mathematics of geometry, algebra, etc. It’s about magic
than any religious ritualism and most of the liturgy
ceremonies still rests today.
Finally, Divination based on the sometimes predictable
determinism by some intuitive ways associated with
reasoning, phenomena and events that form the fabric of the
destinies of the world and men.
We see what we have to say that the hermetic is the real
religious knowledge that explains the symbols of many of
these religions and tries to rise above all these beliefs on the
basis of pure spirit, free from all the conflicting and
authoritarian dogmatism and all the legends that surround
the religious sentiment and prevent them from reaching the
center of divine or eternal light that shines not defile any
childish or bad invention, no imagination or wanton
erroneous, that is to say of human interests concerned.
The hermetic leads to what we might call the “universal
religion” that recognizes only the unfathomable and living
God, the other cult that worship the True, the Beautiful and
the Good.
The hermetic, while climbing to God through a deep sense
of faith and love, has always been engaged in a
comprehensive intellectual speculation and very bold of
God that he never conceived as a personal being as do most
religions, but it always looked like the Being of beings,
eternal power, absolute, infinite and therefore unfathomable
in its essence, unknowable in itself, knowable by its Nais
manifestation in Nature of the Cosmos.
For Hermeticism, God and the World are one in principle
and can not be considered separately from one another, the
world can not be a creation in the true sense of the word,
but rather an emanation as infinity containing all, enclosing
all the properties and all the possibilities contains the
finished product the act contains the statement along with
the denial, that is to say, it unifies opposites. These
opposites are, moreover, existing only in the human mind.
There are contradictions in point of God.
Symbolically, God can be conceived as the Ultimate and the
world as its derivative or its differential.
This derived, growth Ultimate, can never be integrated in
an absolute way and that’s why the world tended towards
harmony, towards perfection without ever embody
absolutely. This is what explains the imperfection of the
world and beings in relation to God and it would be famous
because of what Christianity calls the fatal fall due and
necessary knowledge and forced the world to pursue a
relentlessly returns largest to its source, yet still
approximate.
And it is this symbolic definition in the analysis of higher
mathematics that allows us to consider God as the synthesis
and the world as uncontrolled substance, and it is this
figurative explanation for building the universe in using the
representation spheres and hyper-spheres enveloping and
penetrating each other, realizing a unit in many forms, but
essentially identical, the sphere is the line drawn by the
infinite closing on itself unlimited curve for s open again by
hyperbole, curved opening on infinity. It is always the same
and the same life, the infinite absolute opposing in a finite
in space and time which are only relative, in an
imperfection that vanishes in the harmony of the whole.
It is impossible, philosophically as religious, to separate
God and the world, to look at the world as a creation, that
is, like an apparition in the infinity and eternity, as
voluntary and free-expression.
There can be no creation in the infinite and eternity which
has no time and no beginning in time, since time does not
exist in God.
The result is that the world is consubstantial with God, that
is posed by the limited unlimited which is only a formal
expression.
Le Monde or finite universe, that is to say, regarded by us
as completed, would therefore opposition from infinity to
itself, the opposition that the shape of our thought forces us
to admit though that in truth it is not possible for us to
overtake here the realm of hypothesis. Antinomies, Kant
proved masterful in his “Critique of Pure Reason” are
answerable only to the form of our knowledge of our
understanding. We are therefore obliged to submit to this
law of human reason, but we must always remember that
these principles are valid only for our own mentality that
they do not possess an absolute sense.
That said, the mathematical symbol of the integral and
derivative is a convenient and productive use in the
circumstances. The derivative is indefinite but not infinite
and must not be confused with the infinite towards which it
tends integration and that it is somehow out.
Le Monde considered eternal emanation of God is not, then
perfect. He walks away, moves away from the absolute is
differentiated from it by the successive derivatives are
secondary causes. This state of imperfection,
individualization, separation, division, from what we call a
relative way evil and suffering, but on the other hand, the
world contains within itself the divine principle aspires
continuously back to him and to be conjoined to the
absolute. God’s body, consisting of the original emanation
will and must form a unity with the spirit that gives birth
and that is why it is animated by a movement of evolution
which leads him to seek and find the reintegration which
was far away.
This gap is what the biblical religions called the fall as we
have said, but the decline is not due to a sin and it is not an
evil. It is the effect of the constitution of God. It is the result
of his own nature of its absolute power, infinite and eternal
that animated all beings and brings them back constantly to
her by the successive states forming the development of
consciousness through life. It is God himself that
consciousness found deep within herself when she is
purified, and the double apparent motion of fall and
redemption is in fact a reality. It’s a beat, it is a continuous
breath exhalation and aspiration.
Revealed religion by the hermetic is therefore seen in
“intellectual” way of thinking and moral world and live to
make the return to God, living principle of Unity and
Identity be everything and anything since God is the spirit
of the cosmos leader who directed his body, its visible and
invisible body. The upward movement is a change the
individual to the universal, the limited to the unlimited,
from the finite to the infinite, relative to the absolute, the
determined to the indeterminate, imperfect toward harmony,
of the derivative to the integral. The derivative or
differential movement of disintegration is the involution
movement. Both oscillations of being are eternal and
simultaneous. Blessed contemplation and brings scientific
knowledge and philosophical and moral knowledge in a
positive synthesis, logical and rational that does not exclude
any attribute of our being, no quality of our intelligence or
soul bathed in the divine soul and universal Nature, wife
and daughter of God. This contemplation, illuminating our
minds, unites with the spirit of the eternal source from
which it comes and this union plunges all who reach into
rapture ineffable love and adoration for the highest
intellectual speculation serious, serene, but not austere puts
on a sublime and sacred poetry that inspires and transforms
the great mystics of thought and the immortal geniuses for
whom the barriers of time and space vanish before the
revelation of the truth conquered.
All, as we are in the vast universe on countless land where
we live, where we seek and which one dies, we are called to
serenity and knowledge because we are supportive of each
other, and the same being lies in each of us. Is it appropriate
to set a definitive manner and rigid frames, rules of conduct
in order to achieve detach ourselves from the chains that
hold us prisoners and prevent us from climbing the peaks
that we see? Should we, like religions, the existence
conform to the laws of immutable moral code and freeze
life in a single attitude, limited by a narrow discipline?
Not. Souls and minds are not all cast in the same mold, and
how to view and consider things varies with individuals.
We will be careful, however, to advise asceticism as do
several major religions and philosophical systems that some
regard life as essentially bad or as radically tainted by
original sin and who finds salvation in the abandonment of
all land and satisfactions of all intellectual and artistic
endeavors, thus resulting in no less false pessimism that
complacency and denial, more or less complete, of the
World.
There is no reason to consider life as an error or even the
result of human pre fault can only be redeemed by a
continual punishment only by voluntary suffering that has
the effect of destroying any desire, any driving passion to
annihilation of the personality of the individual. The
practice of asceticism, in tiring the body to hardship,
simultaneously causes the weakness of the soul and mind,
opening the door to physical and mental illnesses do not
give us too many examples biographies mystics belonging
to different religions and different sects.
It will be recalled that the Buddha Chakya Muni did not
reach the perfect knowledge after having renounced
asceticism which depressed him and Jesus of Nazareth, nor
Zoroaster and Muhammad, not advised nor practiced
asceticism.
It is in us to delete vital energy, but the balance, to make
rhythm, that is to say, harmonious, with a strong and
consistent discipline. It is phasing exaggerated egoism,
demonstration of centripetal force, giving rise to disordered
passions abuses of all kinds and convert it into a regulative
principle, moderator, which can be ordered in the image of
immanent to us, a source of altruism and self-sacrifice
divine.
It is impossible in this world completely overcome
selfishness which is the pivot of individual and determined
life. And, if such a result was reached, our being descend
into absolute nothingness, in total unconsciousness because
every state of consciousness is related to a more or less high
and more or less off me. God can not be conceived himself
as denied of consciousness, otherwise what would be the
personal anthropomorphize at least an awareness of a
degree pushed to infinity. The unconscious infinite amount
to nothing.
The most radical asceticism also remains much the be all
consciousness nor any desire, for ascetics die world of the
senses to acquire the splendor and the ineffable delights of
the celestial world. So it does not deny life, but only a
certain kind of life. And it is only by contributing to the
supernatural life that the present life is considered bad. It is
nothing in front of the divine existence, as the divine life is
nothing in front of bodily life. There were only a spiritual
way to design two contrasting forms of life, identical in
essence life.
But as we have said, asceticism is an exaggeration of the
soul which it impedes progress, unlike the goal he proposes.
I1 is not a question of seeking pain and suppress every
desire and every passion. This is, I repeat, to order life in
accordance with the universal divine order, attract itself
light, kindness, firmness and justice and radiate around you
these various qualities. We must transmute moral values in
order to achieve a higher than ours better, and it is only by
changing our minds and our hearts that we can build the
kingdom of God on earth and elsewhere with no doubt,
successive lives that will carry us further each time, and by
the repeated, towards the goal of becoming clear and visible
to our eyes efforts.
Do not burn the steps too fast. A quick race is permitted
only the mighty, but, apart from sometimes reckless hero
there is the innumerable multitude of men, whose
intellectual and moral force can not face fierce fighting with
the dragon that devours us if we do terrace. We can not ask
the crowd to leave no idea back routine and necessary joys
of everyday life. Not to mention asceticism we find it
unnecessary and dangerous, it is beyond doubt that the
complete change of life can not be performed by the mass
of individuals and that morality is for them in the search for
a balance smooth their instinctive needs and their various
passions in the patient work through which they shall rise,
and by which they will constitute a higher a higher dignity
worldwide.
Obviously, is not in the earthly form that can reach infinity,
absolute or eternal happiness, but it does not signify that the
infinite is the negation of life, of consciousness, of
intelligence and love, all is nothingness before God.
In religion we just ask the lineaments, for religion, both
metaphysical and scientific, which sees God and the World
as two sides of one and the same being, the supreme
perfection consists in unity and agreed but not absolute,
between the two principles, one of which is unknowable
center and the other is the circle of unlimited and indefinite
that traces eternal curve around the point from which it
originated and who is.
ESOTERIC TRADITION
Critical and analysis
It should first say that many books student hermetic,
theosophy, spiritualism, occultism, both ancient and modern
are of interest. They are marked by originality, but most are
repeated each other and, for the better, simply follow the
ideas from some masters: Pythagoras, Plotinus, Geber,
Raymond Lully, Roger Bacon, Arnold of Villanova
Agrippa, Cardan, Fludd, Khunrath, Paracelsus, Fabre
d’Olivet and among contemporaries, Eliphas Levi,
Sta¬nislas Guaita, F. Ch. Barlet, St Yves d’Alveydre, to
mention that the general authors.
But, notwithstanding the interest attached to these works,
large reserves seem to be obvious. We would like to
formulate quite frankly, for the sole purpose of contributing
to the really positive and scientific construction of the
hermetic philosophy.
Occultists and we mean by this term supporters of all
esoteric schools, blindly following data Hermetic Tradition,
with few exceptions. They believe they have faith. Yet
nothing is more unreliable and error that tradition to be
constantly corrected and purified, as a tradition is made
beliefs and theories, legends and fables, observed
phenomena and superstitious credulity, successive,
intertwined all his followers of all theorists of all
commentators, from the origins of that tradition, to which it
is not possible to set a start actually known by the standards
of positive history. We must constantly sort the facts and
systems, classify, separate error experimental and rational
truth.
Tradition is a block. This does not hold true of scientific
research that can only be reached by a difficult trial and
error. The Esoteric Tradition in particular consists of
philosophical religious beliefs, and also by the scientific
doctrines – but mostly magic – the ancient Egyptians,
Chaldeans, Phoenicians, Persians, Hindus, Greeks,
Gnostics, Arabs. It is bushy, and texts that have survived
were written or compiled by writers generally a mediocre
mind. Many of these texts are apocryphal, falsely attributed
to famous authors, to philosophers of antiquity, when in fact
we have very few writings of those thinkers who are
actually genuine.
A host of errors, numerous unavoidable, are therefore
associated with what we were able to discover and observe
correct during a succession of ages, a whole mythology is
married to sometimes crude and childish Nature study. How
careful we must be made to count such archives!
Circumspection, what subtle critique and analysis need to
be made in the study of sacred books, books that are known
sources of Tradition: Tight books, papyrus from Egypt,
Zend Avesta, Vedas, Poaranas Genesis, Bibles, books of the
School of Alexandria, Zohar, Sefer Yetzirah, etc., truncated
books, reworked, compiled uncertain that serious exegesis
hardly dares defend and reflect, above all, the ideas that
current at their time. But what do we see? Most occultists
give as absolutely certain assumptions which they relate to
the so-called occult science. They almost dogmatic
knowledge of this complex which continued, in fact, once,
when we hardly had specific ideas about the world,
cosmology, natural history, physics, chemistry.
These overzealous occultists and that a flexible critical is
missing, and all theories seem to legitimize outdated and
false rudimentary science, science fetishist, more
mythological and legendary, more fabulous than positive,
rational and experimental.
Taking everything literally, they do not know any more than
the authors they admire eyes closed, discover under the
symbols under the allegories, a truth that is hidden to the
untrained eye.
This lack of analysis, this credulity truly inexcusable, does
she way constitutes a serious breach and, due roughly the
various occult Theosophy and modern schools.
Occultists describe, for example, without hesitation,
without the slightest objection, without the slightest doubt:
the ancient systems of the three worlds or planes, the fall of
mankind and his salvation through the intervention of
Messiahs that are demigods, religious and metaphysical
doctrines of Kabbalah, Gnosis, etc., they express literally,
instead of trying to break into the metaphysical, unitary and
synthetic these interpretations of the meaning Cosmos.
They assert the existence of elementals, various inhabitants
of the “astral”, the reality of ceremonial magic; they relate
the history of the human race and the earth following Fabre
Olivet, whose imagination suppléait lack of historical
knowledge. All this is certainly very curious, very fun, but
not do you think that today, it would be necessary to show,
to prove these hypotheses rather than simply assert from the
esoteric tradition, according to the old books of hermetic
Egypt, Chaldea, Greece, Judea, which, we repeat, had not
drawn from the purest sources and were content to peddle
stories or fables, simple reflection of 1a average belief of
their time.
Can we now content with these simple and authoritative
doctrinal statements? The magister dixit has more value.
Modern science will, rightly, more rigorous; it requires facts
and not preconceived assumptions; positive, experimental,
always relative, that is to say, it never claims to make
absolute, because the universe is out of the infinite
possibilities are endless and have them stick is
inconceivable absurdity.
Would it therefore not better now, check speculation,
assumptions of the so-called occult science, using the
rigorous and inflexible processes we provide the
experimental method, without abandoning the basic
assumptions of the hermetic philosophy?
Occultists, theosophical groups, Spiritualists do they think
the point that it is prejudicial to the triumph of hermeticism
that is the basis of all these schools to present the system as
a block full of truth, while no indisputable experience
comes prove, for example, so far, the existence of
elementals, the reality of reincarnation conscious,
phenomena called – also incorrectly – magic, such as the
phenomena of fakirism, travel in astral storytellig
theosophical books?
The structures or intellectual or sentimental fabrications can
only be considered as doubtful perspective. It was perhaps
useful once – there are 50, 30, 20 years – to abide by the
affirmative priori to bring the public and researchers to deal
with the phenomena “occult” or “psychic” to restore bases
hermeticism, astrology, alchemy, magnetism, to publicize
the ancient works, the old synthesis, to disseminate, in a
word, the outline of this respectable knowledge. Allan
Kardec, Eliphas Levi, Papus, Guaita, to mention only the
most typical names, played this role until 1890 required
Arguably they exhumed all the old spiritual tradition and
they drew on it the attention of a host of researchers,
whether the galvanisèrent and, frankly, the popularizers,
sometimes a little rough if we except Guaita who was
always an aristocrat. Today, it goes over well and it would
be a sign of mental laziness that fully adhere to a
syncretism fairly neat and approachable too easy. Minds are
fixed on magnetic psychic phenomena, occult, spiritualist,
hypnotic, on the part of science that harbored the traditions
of esotericism usually second hand, which was, however,
greatly exaggerated the value sometimes what explains the
mistrust that it reflects the most contemporary philosophers
and scientists who consider the hermetic from the
publications often very poor yesterday.
The student of our science needs to address these problems
with a rigorous and impartial method. Astrology, alchemy,
spagyrical medicine, Divination, magic considered science
unknown forces of nature have to be studied in an objective
and open manner.
This method alone can give a practical result; only the
progressive verification principles, laws, facts of
hermeticism, held as the most convincing hypotheses that
come to mind, only that careful consideration will allow us
to gradually build the most beautiful synthesis, largest and
most accurate of our knowledge, because it unites the
induction for the deduction, the particular to the universal,
the reason to intuition, theodicy to read Nature, experience
in intelligence, without isolating otherwise essential for the
balance of a non-artificial but living knowledge.
Certainly there is every reason to believe that the Hermetic
Philosophy has a great background of accuracy, it contains
germs discoveries or “rediscovered” the most sensational,
but then to ensure that the “occult” is true as it was
transmitted to us by the Egyptians, Chaldeans, Kabbalists,
Gnostics, etc. there would be nothing to rectify; it would be,
as we imagine, the Science of the Absolute, the Science of
life or death, there is an abyss, and the abyss, do not cross
it.
Study loyally, coldly and without dogmatic, always control
before affirming anything. Go to the source of all the texts
and do not limit ourselves to the comment text or
interpreters. Advantage of these approaches to study the
original authors.
Instead of giving without evidence of objective reality 1a
ceremonial magic, that define the existence, classification,
the exact number of Elementals, the sequence of shots in
the world, the past and the future of souls, the topography
in-¬delà; rather than lending to the seers exact knowledge
of the unseen, to accept as did Dr. Rozier actual existence
of fairies, of giving the unknown Masters, the fabulous
mahatmas, the power to live on two planes and raise the
dead, etc. Let all these things possible, but consider them
primarily for what it is that is to say, for hunches,
premonitions of the bewildering fertility of Nature, for large
symbols, finally resulting in pictures the mysterious
language of a boundless universe.
It is only through careful and honest study of the occult that
we will come to the attention of serious minds on this most
important vein, there is, and that we will reach a result
satisfactory and useful to the advancement of human
knowledge. Like our predecessors, let us put in the spotlight
and the hermetic philosophy.
It should not be raising a priori system of authority,
arbitrary and fantastic, a cosmological system built by the
imagination, an artificial gnosis more or less philosophical
and mystical, and neither more nor less true than other
philosophies from Aristotle to Bergson. It is, instead,
establish a posteriori guiding us according to the guiding
principles of true Hermeticism.
PRACTICE OF THE MONTH
HOW TO “REENERGIZE” THE PLEXUS
All organs, internal and external, are subjected to the
magnetic potential plexus. When an individual is healthy, it
means that the equilibrium is achieved between the vital
energy needs of each member and the magnetic potential
corresponding plexus. It is said that there are functional
harmony. Diseases, in terms of magnetism, results from an
imbalance between organic energy needs and resources.
This imbalance can result in either a lack of resources to
needs, either by an excess of resources in the plexus. In the
case of the deficit, the diseased organ is operating below its
optimal capacity, which, through a ripple effect, affects the
whole organism: there is then a general appearance
hypofunction (or local). When plexus are excessively busy,
there is an inverse disorder: under the pressure of energy,
bodies tend to “pack”; they are overactivated and this
causes hyperfunction disorders resulting from diseases.
The whole magnetic therapy aims to restore the
equilibrium. It first assumes that the hypnotist is itself
magnetically balanced, and be able to “inject” into the
patient’s magnetic fluid (fluid or universal he can capture
and direct) when the disease from a hypofunction; or it can
“evacuate” the overflow of magnetic energy not used by the
patient (case of hyperfunction). Before seeing how the
student can acquire a hypnotist essential magnetic balance,
it is important to review briefly the characteristics of major
disease groups according to the plexus that control the
damaged organs.
More serious disorders are often caused by a malfunction of
the solar plexus. The latter, which is always the last of the
plexus to be achieved, sees its broken balance when:
1.a) One or more secondary plexus are the “overuse” of
vital energy (they spend more than is normally required
to operate the bodies under their control). Stretched, the
solar plexus can react so in two ways: either by
providing the energy required, but worth now worth its
magnetic equilibrium with the outside; but in this case,
it is ’empty’ at the long, which results in generalized
weakness; or by responding to the excessive demand
for secondary plexus drawing itself excessively in
cosmic magnetism in this case, “runaway” clog, and
this translates into a generalized hyper functioning and
feverish.
2.b) Sometimes the solar plexus not know how to
“connect” with the cosmic magnetism to recharge
naturally. This is what happens in severe cases of
stress, depression, mental disorders where the
individual cuts of reality. At first, the reverse solar
roles: instead of the reserve which distributes cosmic
energy to others plexus, it behaves “cannibal” and
absorbs the energy available in these plexus! As they
have few reserves, they are racing to try to meet the
demand of solar; doing so, they deprive the organs
under their control energy required to operate them.
Thus lethargy bodies fall one after the other. – It is said
that the patient “bites the inside.” Unless a massive
intervention of a hypnotist able to drain the cosmic
energy to the solar plexus of the patient, it is
“consumed” more or less slowly …
The imbalance comes from the cervical plexus, mostly of
unbridled activity of brain function, especially of thinking.
It is well known that even slight exertion causes headache
and severe migraine. The phenomenon is even more
striking – and most dangerous – when an individual is
assailed by a thousand contradictory thoughts at once. The
vital energy, which normally coordinates the conduct of
thought runs down quickly. Therefore, there is a disruption
of the reasoning faculty, and “everything gets confused.”
The hypnotist is very effective in this kind of trouble.
The genital and perineal plexus, magnetically connected to
terrestrial depths, can be altered by various factors. Sexual
deviations, emotional neuroses and erotic excesses cause
major disturbances or by excitement (leading to exhaustion
and asthenia) or weakness (which determines a state of
moral and psychological distress).
The carotid and cardiac plexus play an important role, as
we have said, in the capture of cosmic magnetism. Their
imbalance still affects the respiratory system and the
circulatory system. This imbalance is often noticeable in
some trappings: an individual with severe shortness of
breath, short, wheezing, hoarse, another whose pulse beats
chaotically (arrhythmia) suffers certainly a dysfunction of
the plexus.
Violations of the umbilical plexus manifested by digestive
and liver disorders. These disorders are usually due to an
unhealthy diet, or bloated, or inadequate or unbalanced. The
impact on the body are numerous and varied, ranging from
simple digestive discomfort post until serious diseases.
The student hypnotist, to be perfectly healthy before
starting to exercise his gifts on people’s interest to know
some practices that enable it, if necessary, to “recharge” its
rapidly plexus. Here are the most interesting of these
practices:
– Recharge the solar plexus: in principle, this plexus has to
be recharged once or twice a year. It is best to do so. You
will act the period when the sun is ascending (between the
spring equinox and the summer solstice). At that time, solar
magnetism is the highest brings with it the maximum of
cosmic magnetism, which is doubly beneficial. Choose a
quiet beach; locate a deserted place where you can be really
comfortable. Be there a half hour before sunrise. Take a
bath completely nude (careful, do not swim vigorously to
not increase respiration and heart rate). Can you lie down
on the sand, head to the north, feet south, arms slightly
apart along the body, palms facing the sky, fingers relaxed.
You have built a small mound of sand to raise his head
slightly (you should be able to see the horizon without
moving the neck). Breathe gently for about ten minutes.
Then make clear your mind. When the first rays of sun
begin to appear distinctly, strongly think, “I’ll fill me with
cosmic energy. I feel it begins to descend to the depths of
me. It focuses in my solar plexus … “Meanwhile, keep the
most complete immobility, and only think of the
suggestions above, you in repeating slowly, several times.
You will remain in this position until the solar disk is
completely out of the horizon and is half a meter above
(which is about a quarter of an hour). At that time, stand up
on your sitting up, legs folded in the eastern position. Keep
your spine and neck straight well. Make a U-turn on
yourself in order to have the sun in the face. Keep almost
closed eyelids (only you will see a faint light pink). Now
you strive to feel the sun’s magnetic fluid on the body (this
is not yet the heat, but a sort of warm, tenuous breath).
When you perceive the solar heat, get up and go back to a
bath without precipitation or physical effort. This practice,
repeated three days in a row, gives results quite
extraordinary.
– Recharge the cervical plexus, we advise you to take
advantage of the “solar magnetic cure” described above to
reload all plexus. For the cervical plexus, the method we
will expose you is valid in all circumstances. This takes
you. Sit back, squatting on the eastern front of the mirror
(the best is the glass of a cabinet). You will have already
drawn a red dot at the precise location of the cervical
plexus. Eyes closed, arms relaxed at your sides, breathe
deeply and slowly for two to three minutes. Open your eyes
(the light in the room where you operate should be soft and
sufficient). Now attach the red dot symbolizing the cervical
plexus. While you fix without forcing the intensity of the
gaze, made clear your head. Imagine you have the location
of the solar plexus a light electric battery; two son go in,
one that follows the spine from the inside, the other line of
the vertex in the chest, throat and face; son both lead to
another stack also immaterial exactly located in the cervical
plexus, that is to say, in the head, under the red dot painted
on the front. Try to feel the fluid rises from the solar plexus
to the cervical, through both son. Make this “journey” still
riding at the front of the upper abdomen several times for
two minutes. All the while, you will continue to fix the red
dot between the eyes. Then close your eyes very slowly.
When you have completely closed you should see the red
dot on the inside, as if you had returned his eyes to look
from the cerebellum to the front. This exercise is tiring at
first: not “reverse the gaze” that for about ten seconds. After
a few workouts, you grow accustomed to you. From that
moment, when you have “reversed the gaze,” you will
perceive more clearly the plexus item. Do it the magnetic
fluid flow from the solar plexus, as we noted above,
following the inside look both son connecting the two
plexus. You will soon feel a warmth point to the location of
the cervical plexus. Then you must feel that you’ve earned
it such force that if you wanted to, it would gush like a
bright beam like a laser beam. But you keep well blurt out
this magnetic fluid concentrate. The meeting refill should
last more than three to four minutes. Then open your eyes
very slowly.
-The Other recharge from solar plexus is made according to
the same principle as charging the cervical (without the red
dot). This is to first get through concentration, the inner
eye, then connect the solar plexus by a circuit ascending
fluid. However, two plexus, carotid and heart, can be
reloaded by “direct take” on nature. For this it is necessary
to operate on a particular field, mountains of medium
altitude high vegetation. The procedure is comparable to the
seaside, with the difference that it operates properly dressed
and preferably at the time of the summer solstice when the
sun is directly overhead.
A report another practice: charging the cardiac plexus from
marine magnetism. This operation, which is to achieve
harmony between the rhythmic beats of the heart and the
movement of the sea, is, however, available only to highly
trained people. We advise against all the others in that it
involves risk of serious accidents.
Tradition is a special place to recharge cosmic sexual
plexus. This is a complex operation that requires in any
event, the assistance of a hypnotist highly initiated. It is the
same as for charging the umbilical plexus: mistakes are too
far-reaching consequences for the method is exposed.
PHILOSOPHY
“According to you, what man surpasses in strength one that
feeds on the gods beliefs consistent with their laws? Who
face death without fear now? Who has seen through the end
of nature, discerning both as it is easy to get and reach the
“pinnacle” of goods and evils like is brief in duration or
intensity; fun of what some depict as the centerpiece of all
events -the each event certainly out of necessity, others by
chance, others through our initiative – because it is clear
that the need not accountable to anybody, that chance is
versatile, but what comes through our initiative has no
master, and it is natural if the blame and its opposite,
closely follow (in this sense, it would be better to agree to
subscribe to the myth about the gods, but to enslave the
laws of fate physicists naturalists: the first option some
hope, through prayers, to flex the gods by honoring them,
while the other displays an inflexible necessity). Reflecting,
I said, more strength that the man who takes the chance nor
a god, as does the mass of people (god does nothing messy)
or for a fluctuating because (he not presume that the good
or evil, artisans blessed life, are distributed to men by
chance, but think, though, is the chance that feeds the
principles of great wealth or great evils); man convinced
that it is better to be free of particular chance while
reasoning that to be lucky in déraisonnant; ideally, of
course, with regard to our actions, that what has been
considered to be endorsed by chance.
To these questions, and all those connected with it, think
about you day and night-even and that is like unto thee, and
thou shalt never do or disturbed in the day or in your
dreams, but you’ll live like a god among humans. Because
it has nothing in common with a deadly animal, man living
among the immortals property. ”
Epicurus – Extract from Letter to Menoeceus.
QUOTATIONS
1ST WEEK
“Incomplete science gives men pride; Science perfect
humility. Thus the empty ears into the sky their arrogant
heads and full ears to the lower earth, their mother. ”
Leonardo da Vinci
2ND WEEK
“Work and goodness, that’s my two articles of faith.”
Diderot
3RD WEEK
“To be astonished: here is a feeling that is quite a
philosopher. Philosophy indeed has no other origin. ”
Plato
4TH WEEK
“Make your life a dream, and a dream, a reality.” Antoine
de Saint-Exupéry
“The initiatic path is one that leads to a dis-identification
with respect to external forms and visible structures.
Exoterism may disappear and his power with him. The
heart of the tradition, as we have described, will remain.
Martinism is great when it requires the seeker to discover
the power of desire, love. These will lead us to the heart of
people and of nature. But Martinisme, like other spiritual or
traditional groups, can also generate a latent exoterism, a
reducing dogmatic totalitarian and dangerous. If
Christianity is great, not because it is, as some claim,
religion par excellence, the culmination of all other forms
of worship. It is only due to the fact that he managed,
through his mistakes and weaknesses, to join in some parts
of its expression, Western timeless initiation.
So can Martinists, remember humility of heart. It is
essential to discover the uniqueness of this tradition and its
place in the multiplicity of paths to divinity or his own
divinity. ”
[Excerpt from the Martinisme, afterword, Biasi, Paris,
2000]
Fraternally under the auspices of the Rose and Cross,
Jean-Louis de Biasi
Grand Patriarche Rose-Croix de l’O.K.R.C.
CONTENTS
PART 1_ 5
PART 2_ 11
A “KEY” OF ESOTERISM: HARMONY_ 11
HERMES_ 12
PRACTICE_ 15
Practical techniques of Human Energy_ 15
Laying-on of hands 15
Projections of fingers 16
The therapeutic massages, frictions, massages 17
The magnetic treatment 18
The breath_ 19
The magnetic gaze_ 19
The magnetic chains 20
Practice of the month_ 20
TECHNICAL CHARGING THE AURA OF THE EARTH_
20
PHILOSOPHY_ 21
QUOTATIONS 21
PART 1
We will continue our study by examining the symbolism
and its development in the material creation. We, too, the
principle of unity, the first symbol is the point, through the
number One. Use of symbols is mainly in the rites and
ceremonies. As we have already stated, our knowledge
must not only theoretical; it must also allow us to use the
laws and forces of nature, this of course, in an altruistic
goal and always in the direction of good.
Begin by examining the meaning of the Point. An old adage
says: “One point, that’s all.” This simple phrase can alone
define it. It appears, in fact, as the first existence of all
things, and at the same time, contains everything potential.
In other words, the point is a summary expressing the
possibilities of development of the Universe.
The phrase “In the beginning was the Word” could well be
replaced by “In the beginning is the point,” because it may
well circle, another important symbol in the creation of the
universe. The point symbolizes both limit state abstraction
volume, center, originally the home and the principle of
emanation. It is the end of the return to the unit or the end
of all things.
Thus, when the point starts to expand, it does so according
to the law of God and this is reflected in the formation of an
equidistant curve of the original center, which is a perfect
circle whose center is the starting point. Expandability is
now on the same circle, at the precise spot where it will
loop.
Here we find Ouroboros, the “serpent biting its tail” which
means, also the unity and perpetual return to it of all things.
From this point will leave the material manifestation in
three dimensions that we all know and which is established
by self-expansion, attraction and repulsion.
See more detail in this principle.
The expansion to the point on the circle, is in the same
circle and moves in a straight line by his own strength, that
is to say self-expansion. He created the first dimension.
Force affecting the limits of the circle is returned, in a
straight line. This is the second phase produced by the
repulsive force. Thus, the second dimension is determined.
Then expandability is attracted by its source and returns a
new attraction. The third dimension is created and
equilateral triangle we have the symbol of the perfect
physical manifestation.
The Point is the beginning of everything. Everything
emanates from him and that is why it is the initial
representation of the Unit and the beginning.
It is through the numbers and deeper meaning that we can
understand the use of the main esoteric symbols. Also, we
will see what digital mapping of each of the symbols that
we are studying.
The study of numbers called “Science of Numbers” reveals
many laws of the universe, which is why the Ancients
attached so much importance. Among them, there was the
philosopher and mathematician Pythagoras.
Pythagoras was born on the island of Samos, known at that
time his pure commerce, its navy and its arts. The father of
Pythagoras called Mnesarchus and mother Parthenis.
Pythagoras was born between 592 and 572 BCE.
It is not a philosopher best known as Pythagoras. It is not a
scholar or sage whose influence was so great in his time
and through the ages, as a universally. However Pythagoras
wrote nothing. It is only through word and example he acts
on his environment; but his word and example were of
considerable power. What he taught was secretive and
reserved in his community. There would never have been
known if the fifth century before our era, a Pythagorean
named Philolaos had broken the silence by publishing what
he knew.
Pythagoras traveled widely and long, and it was not until
the fifty sixth year he returned to Samos. He could not stay
long on his native island and forced into exile for political
reasons. He settled permanently in Crotonne where he
established his community. Later, he was forced to transfer
it to Metapontus on the Gulf of Taranto. There he died in
the early fifth century BC
The Pythagorean brotherhood accept members of both
sexes and included several degrees of initiation. The rule
was a gradual severity and brotherhood could exercise its
influence in many areas. Following a great revolution, the
city of Metapontus was burned and members of the
brotherhood perished burned. Only two followers were able
to escape, which were Lysis and Philolaus, and with them a
small number of novices.
There were three categories in the brotherhood of Initiates:
– Mathematicians who were contemplative philosophers
– The Nomathètes philosophers who were responsible for
social and political activities,
– Policies that were liaison officers and implementing
directives issued by the Brotherhood.
The increase in the brotherhood is operated as follows:
– Novitiate, a three-year,
– First stage of initiation, a period of five years,
– Full Initiation: only members reach this stage could see
the Master.
We saw earlier that the rule was severe and gradual. It was
actually based on purity of heart, the law of secrecy, and
links for assistance. The secret was swore, the silence was
absolute and compulsory for five years of the first degree of
initiation. During this period, members expected to
question. They heard the Master, but did not see it. The
spirit of submission was also required Initiates. The law of
secrecy covering all internal activities of the brotherhood,
that is to say, the teachings, doctrine, mathematics and
knowledge of course, signs of recognition. The betrayal of
the secret was punishable by excommunication, which is a
spiritual death. A rule of silence and secrecy, was added that
the ban say the name of the Master.
The Act on Mutual had its source in the general doctrine of
charity and universal love. For members of the
brotherhood, friendship was a very close feeling of love and
tenderness due to which sacrifice his life for a friend, was a
normal occurrence. Support the law did not apply only to
the brotherhood and was global.
Candidates were, after severe entrance examination, subject
to the observance of the rule. They had to take a physical
and moral education system, with physical purifications
ablutions, ritual purifications and even psychic.
They were aided by the use of music, fragrances and dance.
All these factors contributed to the establishment of
harmony in them and around them, as well as the release of
feelings. In their formal meetings, they were fully dressed
in white linen and wore a toga. The toga was the ample and
long coat worn by the Romans. Outside the meetings, they
lived together, and worked for the smooth running of it.
They were also, at times, qualified practicing mnemonic
exercises. These consisted of mental gymnastics with
incantations and beautiful euphonies composed of vowels
and consonants harmoniously mixed. Meals were taken
together and may well have inspired the symbolism of the
Last Supper, as earlier.
During the meal, an elderly member of the community
delivered a short speech or recite poems.
Here we see that Pythagoreanism was a demanding and
effective tradition.
Although difficult to achieve these days, this technique can
be partially adapted to modern times.
In fact, insist on purity of heart and the bonds of mutual
assistance is still valid.
As well as ensure that the beings are and remain free to
think for themselves and assume fully their responsibilities
is important.
Pythagoras was therefore one of those who put most
prominently the Science of Numbers, and for many, many
generations, since nowadays, both in mathematics than in
philosophical and esoteric doctrines, we still refer to him.
Before undertaking a study of numbers, we will try to
define the meaning attributed to the initiatory tradition.
The world in which we live, whether we consider its own
physical nature or be under the influence of man, is
dominated by the notion of number. Simple bodies, which
are the fundamental ways in which our senses apprehend
the subject, are defined by the number of protons and
neutrons contained in the nucleus of their atom. These
simple elements combine to give the multitude of
compound bodies, but their combination follows a
numerical law, the law of definite proportions, established
by science.
Each sound, each color corresponds to a vibrational
frequency, that is to say a definite number of oscillations
per second. Living organisms are subject to cycles and
rhythms that obviously expressed by numerical values. And
man, in his desire to understand and master the material
world, has not found a better instrument than the number:
without the almighty mathematics, science and technology
continue to stammer, humanity could neither undertake
exploration of the cosmos, or dominate the extraordinary
complexity of its economic and industrial structures. Even
disciplines that directly affect the functioning of the mind,
such as psychology and linguistics, appeal to statistical
methods and, under the apparent disorder phenomena,
discover patterns and relationships, which can be translated
into formulas and be processed by computer.
The number is king, and yet, paradoxically, this is an
underrated king. Modern man has retained him as its
quantitative and utility measurement means. He has
forgotten the nature and meanings; deep, it closed at their
mysteries, thus losing valuable key for the understanding of
transcendent realities.
In the current design, materialistic, that we have chosen our
school studies, the numbers are the way to count objects
and train collections, ‘sets’ of objects on which to perform
various operations say’ ‘arithmetic’. A solitary object
matches the number ‘a’, ‘all’ a ‘, also called’ unit ‘. If we
add another object, we have a new number, a new entity
will be known as ‘two’. Yet another object, we will get the
‘three’ and so on.
Here’s how are formed by additions, successive
juxtapositions of unity, the natural numbers, all of which is
infinite, since we can always add 1 to a number, no matter
how big. And if we have a capacity sufficient abstraction to
design a set that contains no object, which is empty, we
have acquired the concept of “zero” or “none”. It remains to
create characters or numbers, and number systems (like our
decimal system) that combine to represent any numbers
and, from there, the math genius can unleash.
There is no mystery here, no transcendence, no
metaphysics. Certainly, it is observed that these numbers,
yet all created by the same process, sometimes exhibit
unexpected features, singular behavior but a balanced mind
must see sights or amusements that will likely lead to
ingenious demonstrations.
Very different is the design that we find among
mathematicians of ancient Greece, disciples of Pythagoras
and Plato.
For them, the numbers are not a human construction; they
existed before it. It is not only convenient labels to describe
collections of objects. They belong to the category of ideas,
emanations of the divine mind and realities underlying the
events, phenomena that make up our universe.
They have their own existence, their personality, whose
function is to introduce into the original chaos around
making him the cosmos. They organize, structure, shape the
world according to laws that give it its rigor but also its
beauty as it simultaneously express the need and harmony.
We talked about the Pythagorean brotherhood, and we
reproduce here for you, the hymn addressed to Tetraktys,
figured symbol of the Decade, that is to say the number ten
by insiders.
“Bless us, divine number, thou who generated gods and
men,
O holy Tetraktys, you who contain the root and source of
eternal flux of creation.
For the divine number begins with the pure and deep unit
and then reached the sacred four; then it generates the
Mother of all, that connects all the firstborn, the one that
never deviates, which never tires, the sacred Ten, which
holds the key to all things. ”
Pythagoras used the numbers to illustrate the operation of
various principles in the body and in nature.
For him everything is number and when he asked:
“? What he was wiser,” he replied, “number” and “What
Does it more beautiful?”, He replied: “harmony.” These two
words sum up the totality of his thought; numbers and
explaining the whole harmony of the cosmos in its
manifestation. Numberless there would be no weight or
measure, or classification, or harmony, the number he also
plays an important role in any sensible action decided by
man.
The study of numbers is important and former Masters say
the numbers deliver the key to the Science of Science.
Thus, the number takes the meaning of the soul of all
knowledge. The phrase “all is number” means that
everything is connected to the deity by the number, and
knowledge of the many student thought, because the
number is the manifestation of the divine in all that is
created.
It is for this reason that the Science of Numbers is in the
field of knowledge, where the wisdom of man can guide
and access is drawn through the mysteries that we see on
our path of initiation.
This allows us to easily realize that the number shows the
life, power, conscious that manages to capture the
intelligence and in this way, the number becomes
pronounceable by force and creator of the verb.
That being said, we can now examine the unit or A,
considered as the start of everything and the first numbers.
The divine numbers start with Unit … we’re talking about
Unity, that is to say of the whole, and if the numbers shall
not by addition but by division.
Since it is true that “all is number”, it is also true that “all is
one” and that “everything is in everything.” Unity is the key
concept, but at the same time, the inexpressible. It is both
the whole and the small component part of all this.
Unit can not be really considered as a number, but as a
principle would be that all the numbers, because the unit
contains both the odd and even, which are the feminine
principles, and men in Action in the Universe.
One is allowed to exist alone and independent of all other
numbers. Is unity and it is never called the number, though
all numbers emanate and it contains all the.
The unit contains both the odd and even, in other words, it
creates the potential for energy, which carries both the
positive and negative potential in an undifferentiated
appearance. The One would be the primitive atom, that is to
say, a point representing a huge load of energy, where all
the potential resident. The Unit is also the source of light
and heat, sound or vibration first.
The A has the distinction of having no square or cube,
which confirms that the unit is always equal to itself, but
contains everything in potential.
If we look for in symbolism, correspondences among A, we
find in the Greek alphabet letter Alpha, and in the Hebrew
alphabet, the letter Aleph. These two letters are the first in
their respective series and signify the beginning. Alpha after
cycle event will join its end, which is the Omega and the
unit will thus reconstituted.
Regarding the letter Aleph, we have seen that it is the first
letter of the Hebrew alphabet. It corresponds to the air and
is in the first mystery of the Tarot. Oswald Wirth said,
moreover, that the mountebank character of the imagery of
the Tarot, is its location, the letter Aleph, signifying the root
cause.
The understanding of the unity of that is accessible by its
opposite, that is to say Multiplicity. So if we become aware
of Multiplicity in which man is immersed, we will find a
way back into unity, to advance on the path of realization.
On the principle of Unity and Multiplicity, consider two
examples. That of the universal soul, A, manifested in as
many segments as there are individuals, and that the Divine,
one of a kind and that is reflected in our world in different
ways. Many other examples could be cited, that would only
confirm that “Everything is in Unity”, though apparently
Multiplicity is present everywhere in creation.
We are looking for the unit because it is a force.
We must seek first our personal inner unity, is to say to
accomplish the Great Work in ourselves, both spiritually
and physically to achieve as much as possible the balance,
harmony .
We can also help others, humanity, to find its unity, that is
to say, to break down barriers that prevent beings closer
together.
Each of us is directly concerned with the principle of unity,
whether individually or collectively.
We have seen that the Point was the first symbol of unity.
There is also a circle. Since in the “arithmetic” operations
we perform addition or juxtaposition of a “unit” to another,
we can not get a “two” that reflects the great law of duality
of nature. Because the cosmic unit contains the Odd Pair
and we can not get effects of duality that if we separate
these two aspects and give independent from each other,
while still remaining complementary. If the unit is off, it’s
that there are a multitude of “parts” or “segments” that
make up the whole, and that we may at any moment
“individualize”.
Therefore, the circle is the symbol of cosmic unity, since
this figure is divisible as part of that we want, while
continuing to represent a unit. The circle appears as a
concrete symbol of the Universal Unit containing
multiplicity.
The circle is a point first “extended”, he participated in his
prime. It is also the symbol of what has neither beginning
nor end. It is, in fact, to imagine something that has no
beginning and no end to discover that only the circle can
give a perfect picture. A straight line, for example, can
never fit a too abstract representation, because as far as one
extends it, it will always have a beginning and an end.
As a wrap-around as a closed circuit, the circle is a symbol
of protection, a protection afforded to its limits. From there,
the magical use of the circle as the cord defense around
cities to protect themselves from enemies, or around the
temples as an area bounded on the work to magical
character, theurgical to prevent any intrusion of profane or
demons.
The circle is the symbol of time as the wheel rotates. The
circular motion is perfect, immutable, without ment begins,
or end, or variation. Moreover, time is defined as a
continuous succession of moments and settled all identical
to each other, which is why the circle was used from the
earliest times to indicate all the perfection to include the
time and also to measure it.
In the traditional symbolism, the concentric circles are often
used.
They represent degrees, work plans, levels of
consciousness, hierarchy. They are also used in the
principles of protection to isolate the operator.
The circle is also the symbol of the sphere and it’s also
probably what led some scientists that the universe is
spherical in its general form, which seems to correspond to
the idea that in the beginning all started from a single
center.
We know, moreover, that the cell is spherical in shape with
its central nucleus that contains all the vibrational potential
of the unit that led to its creation. So, join the infinitely
large and the infinitely small under the action of a universal
law.
PART 2
A “KEY” OF ESOTERISM: HARMONY
Advances in Initiatique Way is marked by a sense of
harmony: harmony within oneself, with the entourage in the
Cosmos. Adeptship and is characterized by a constant
harmony around a center, the center of the Self, center of
the world, the center of the Divine.
There are moments of harmony, we can not say exactly
what harmony and harmony with that. Everything is then in
harmony or rather, all is harmony. How one moves, speaks
or is silent – it is harmony. When we are silent, harmony
exists because it is the true silence. When talking harmony
exists, because it is the right language. How one moves, is
harmony, because the movement is right.
There are other times where everything is without harmony.
The tranquility of silence is dead, it does not resonate, is
empty, poor, poor, full of disorder. Specific movements are
inharmonious, uncoordinated, without fluency and
momentum…
Harmony and non-harmony? He always seems to be linking
two sides of Knowledge. In the silence he has the image of
harmony there, which is not only me but the rest is that
peace around me. When silence is no harmony in me and
around me is emptiness and nothing suits me. It is as if this
silence should not exist, at least not exist so. Nothing fits.
In the language: everything I say and how I say, once is
true, the other is false, in content and in form. What I am
saying is then contraflow or any subject is a misnomer. Or
maybe I speak too fast or too much, or my voice squeaks: I
do not agree with my listener and the listener does not agree
with me. While the personal attitude does not match the
needs of the moment. Nothing will…
This non-harmony is by no means a violent dissonance.
Everything is “a little out of tune.” But where harmony
exists, it not only has a particular vibration, but corresponds
with the Cosmos, “I do not feel non-harmony as a
disagreement in me, but as a non-cosmic web.”
In the first case all fits – in the other gives nothing.
But harmony can sometimes exceed the fleeting
impression. There, for the true insider, the time during
which he feels resulted in a sort of “round”. – He knows
that it is then up to whatever circumstances, it is able to
undertake and to achieve all that Destin has it. He is happy
and safe, strong and calm, quiet and beneficial. It radiates.
A Buddhist fable evokes a singular acuity that is deep and
indefinable feeling of union between man, the meditating
and Universal Harmony.
…It was the beginning of the preaching of Buddha Sakya
Muni. In Deer Park, near Benares, he was surrounded by
his disciples, still and attentive. He explained to them the
essence of his mystical experience: the Four Noble Truths:
The universal pain, cause of pain, the ability to eliminate it
and the road to elimination.
Without paying attention to the words of the sage, his
disciple Maha Kassapa had picked a hibiscus flower: he
admired the color incarnate, harmonious form, he sniffed
the scent.
So, the Master, the Issued, paused, and his clear gaze was
fixed on the smile of Maha Kassapa. Then he said:
– Beloved Disciple, thou mouse ineffable beauty of a
flower, you began the Communications Act, where begins
and ends harmony. You have nothing to learn, nor I, nor
deva, or yourself: YOU KNOW. ”
And that is why the followers of Japanese Zen, Chinese
T’Chan, Maha Kassapa see in their initiator. Because they
live and are universal harmony.
And from this emerges – for some of us – men of the West,
a deep practical wisdom Aldous Huxley beautifully
expressed in “Counter-Point.
“Being a man complete, balanced, this is a tough business,
but it’s the only one that we be proposed. Nobody asks us to
be anything other than a man. A man, you hear! A man
delicately walking a tightrope, with intelligence,
consciousness and all that is spiritual in one end of his
swing, and all that is unconscious and mysterious land on
the other side. Balanced. What is devilishly difficult. And
the only absolute is that it can never know the absolute
perfect balance. The absolute perfect harmony. ”
HERMES
We are frequent allusions to said hermetic sciences. It
should fix the origins of this name and go back to the
system that gave it its generic name.
It is Hermes, of course, need to relate to undertake the
broad overview that will open the doors for a very long
period in the history of thought.
Evoking Hermes, is to evoke the mysteries of Egypt, that
Egypt which has deeply influenced the history of mankind
throughout its millennia. Through its many dynasty, Egypt
pays any special attention to the priesthood. Temples,
pyramids, shrines permanently fix the image of the doctrine
of the Word of Light, Truth first and immutable, even if
sometimes diversify its forms.
In this regard, it recounts the saying attributed to Hermes,
in a speech addressed to Asklepios, “O Egypt! Egypt! It
will remain with you as incredible fables to future
generations and nothing will last you as words carved in
stone. ”
The hermetic folds at the bottom of the sanctuary during the
Hyksos invasion and patient nine centuries before restoring
the luster of its radiation liberated people. Prodigious
strength of this form of religious thought that shows its
value! In this connection we can do better to refer to the
word of gold wise, eternal:
“To achieve the Master, the man needs a complete overhaul
of all its physical, moral and intellectual. But this redesign
is possible only through the simultaneous exercise of will,
intuition and reasoning. Their full match, man can develop
his abilities to untold limits. The soul has its senses asleep;
initiation awakens. For a comprehensive study, consistent
application, the man can get in conscious relationship with
the occult forces of the universe. By a prodigious effort, it
can reach to the direct spiritual perception, opening the
doors to the afterlife and become capable of moving there.
Only then he can say he defeated and conquered destiny
here on earth his divine freedom. Only then can become an
insider initiator, prophet and theurgist. That is to say, light
and creative souls. For he alone who control itself can
command others; only he who is free can overcome. ”
Hermes is the initiator model, creator of sacred doctrines
whose effects still exert significant nowadays in many
initiation societies. Hermes now is a generic name, it refers
to the man, a caste, a god.
It is interesting to know some details about the ceremonies,
long and complicated, that govern the initiation into the
mysteries. The quality of the grantee decides on the
admission or rejection of his candidacy, as it is true that
often madness or death are the lot of the weak and
cowardly. The first part of the initiation into the Mysteries
of Isis and Osiris, is common to all initiation systems that
we are currently known.
The end of the tests takes place according to the rite
consecrated. In a large room, the one who claims to access
the final illumination is invited to meditate in silence arcane
symbolism of the 22 columns of theology. In their presence,
the new initiate is flooded with new feelings, awareness of
his own knowledge of his inner being, and a detachment
from things profane. This process allows the hindsight to
see farther with detachment.
If worries about when he will be able to penetrate the
mysteries of Isis and Osiris, the response made to it is so
obvious that, from antiquity to the present day, it has not
varied:
“It does not depend on us. The truth is not given. It is found
in oneself or one does not find it. We can not make you a
fan, it must be by yourself. The lotus grows in water long
before blossoming. Do not hurry the birth of the divine
flower. If it has to come, it will come in his day. Works and
prays. ”
“Work and pray. “In this exhortation will meet much later
rule alchemists, heirs of Hermes labora labora labora, ora,
labora.
When the neophyte has successfully overcome the first
tests, it is committed to abide by the final stages of
initiation:
“My son, the time is coming when the truth will be
revealed. Because you have already approached down deep
inside yourself and finding in it the divine life. You’re
going to get into great in the ineffable communion of
Initiates. You are worthy of purity of heart, for the love of
truth and the power of denial. But no one crosses the
threshold of Osiris without passing through death and
resurrection. ”
Invited to sit in a sarcophagus, the Hierophant he addressed
these words:
“No man escapes death and every living soul is destined for
resurrection. The adept pass by the tomb alive in this life to
enter into the light of Osiris. Tonight you will franchiras the
door of the Terror and you will reach the threshold of
Mastery. ”
Those of our readers who are old enough to understand the
above have instantly identified a great initiation currently
practiced, the source goes therefore to more than 5000
years.
After contemplating the five-pointed star and suffered
further stringent tests, the neophyte key purpose:
“How you are resurrected, come celebrate with us agape
and insiders tell us about your trip to the Osiris light. For
you are now one of us. ”
Hermes’ vision is then communicated orally to the new
initiate. This vision is recounted in an important text books
of Hermes Trismegistus, the Poimandres in particular. The
extract of a translation of the book by Schure gives the
essentials:
“One day Hermes fell asleep after thinking about the origin
of things. A heavy torpor seized her body; but as his body
numb, his spirit rose in the spaces. So it seems to be a huge,
without definite form, called him by name. Who are you?
Hermes said – I am Osiris, the sovereign Intelligence and I
can reveal everything. – What do you want? Behold the
source of beings, O divine Osiris and know God. – You will
be satisfied. ”
“Do you understand what you see? Osiris said Hermes
chained in his dream and suspended between heaven and
earth. – No, said Hermes. – Well, you’re gonna learn. You
just see what is from all eternity. The light that you saw first
is the Divine Intelligence that contains everything in power
and indicates models to be all. Darkness where you were
then immersed, it is the material world where people living
on earth. But the fire that you saw gush from the depths, it
is the Divine Word. God is the Father, the Word is the son,
their Union is Life. ”
‘Firmed therefore thy soul, O Hermes and calms your mind
clouded by contemplating these distant flights of souls
going back seven spheres and are scattering like showers of
sparks. Because you too can follow; just wanting to climb.
See how they swarm and describe the divine choirs. Each
ranks as his favorite genius. The best living in the solar
region, the most powerful rise to Saturn. Some date back to
the Father, among the powers, powers themselves. For
where everything ends, everything begins forever; and the
seven spheres say together: “Wisdom, Love, Justice,
Beauty, Splendour of the insider, the Hierophant say for
him these words, which always meet with the same
response:
“So you have entered the threshold of the great secret.
Divine life you appeared in the ghosts of reality. Hermes
has shown you the invisible sky, the light of Osiris, the
hidden God of the universe who breathes by millions,
anime stray globes and body work. To you now you will
lead and choose your way to climb to the pure spirit.
Because now you belong to the living resurrected.
Remember the two keys of science. ”
The first, “The outside is like the inside of things; the little
one is like the great; there is only one law and one who
works is One. Nothing is small, nothing is great in God’s
economy. ”
The second: “Men are mortal gods and gods are immortal
men. Blessed is he who understands these words, because
he has the key to the whole thing. Remember that the law of
mystery covers the great truth. Total knowledge can be
revealed and our brothers who have gone through the same
tests as we did. The truth must be measured according to
the intelligence, the veil to low it would make fools hide the
wicked, who can not grasp that they would fragments of
weapons of destruction. Contains it in your heart and it
speaks through your work, science will be your strength,
your sword the faith and silence your armor unbreakable. ”
PRACTICE
Practical techniques of Human Energy
The hypnotist because he has natural gifts and he knows
how to capture the universal fluid, is presented as a true
“central dynamic” of magnetism. It emanates from his
entire body a constant irradiation. However, it may by an
effort of thought and will cause the magnetic fluid to
externalize some specific bodies with which it will cure a
patient. These bodies, or rather these pathways are
externalizing: hands, palms and fingers, feet, breath, look.
(The male organ is also a way of externalizing magnetic,
but it is only used by hypnotists perfectly insiders able to
dissociate the sexual act from the therapeutic procedure
(Tantra).
In practice, things are as follows. On one side there is the
hypnotist, which has large reserves of concentrated
magnetic fluid; the other of the patient: it has an unbalanced
body magnetically or by a overdeveloped operation, or on
the contrary by an idle operation. Depending on the case,
the hypnotist will have calm overactive organs, facilitating
the evacuation of the overflow, or excite the sluggish organs
are “injecting” fresh fluid. To operate to restore the balance
disturbed magnetic in the diseased organism, the hypnotist
will appeal to a number of practical techniques, often
known since earliest antiquity. We will examine the most
common and useful.
Laying-on of hands
Generally, magnetism therapy session must take place in a
quiet room, sufficiently heated and lighted (but not too
much). It will install the patient as comfortable as possible
in the least obtrusive position (sitting or lying) authorized
by the nature of the disease.
Mentally and physically, the patient should be relaxed,
passive. The hypnotist will not need to make an intense
effort of concentration at the meeting (except some cases
fortunately rare).
The session will begin, especially the first, by the
establishment of the magnetic connection between the
practitioner and patient. The procedure is as follows. The
two people sitting across from one another, the practitioner
with his back to the north, the patient’s back is turned to the
south. The operator takes the wrists
patient from below, such that his thumbs are on the side of
the patient inches. It will keep this position for five to ten
minutes, until he feels that there is almost no temperature
difference between his hands and wrists of the patient. Then
he will release his wrists and will rise by inviting the patient
to do the same (if possible). Once standing, he will make
two or three passes longitudinal large-current (described
below), from top to bottom, from the top of the head to the
feet.
The magnetic report and being so, the imposition of hands
runs as follows. The practitioner stands in front of the
patient. He is looking for the exact location hard to treat,
unless the affected party has not been located according to
the information of the patient. The operator reaches out and
shows the palm of the right hand parallel to the body part to
heal as if he wanted his palm gush radiation that will “hit”
exactly where the bad seat. The palm should be kept at a
distance of 5-20 cm from the body (after a few months of
practice, the hypnotist will know instinctively how far it
will more effectively, as appropriate). The duration of the
tax is at least a quarter of an hour; but we can renew the tax
after a rest period. Typically, the patient keeps his garments,
because the magnetic fluid is not stopped or lessened by
tissue.
The imposition is done with one hand (the right) or both. If
we operate with one hand, it is preferable that the right
(except for lefties). However, the polarities of the body play
an important role and should not be overlooked. Indeed, the
fluid acts differently depending on whether the body
regions are brought into relation the same sign or different
signs. When making a charge with the right hand, a positive
sign on the right shoulder of the patient, for example, also a
positive sign, it is said that one is isonome position: while
the fluid has an excitatory action . When operating with the
right hand on the left side, a negative sign, the position is
called heteronomous: the fluid has a soothing decongestant
action.
The imposition of hands with palms presentation called
palmar therefore taxation is an area for exciting (isonome
position) or calm (heteronomous position). We can
strengthen and penetrate deeper into the fluid. For this, we
work in opposition hands. This practice is performed in the
following manner: The operator moves to the right patient.
He places his right hand in front of the diseased part, on the
front part of the body as for a single palmar taxation. Then
he places his left hand at the same height, but on the back
of the body (back). Both hands are thus “face to face” as in
expensive gesture to the southern fishermen when they
want to indicate the length of the fish they almost
miraculous return. Both palms will be kept a few inches of
the body for ten to fifteen minutes.
Another variation of the palmar tax also strengthens fluid
action. It is hand print a rotary movement, in the direction
of clockwise (in the prior art, the hand remains motionless
throughout the imposition). The palm is placed in front of
the diseased part, concentric circles are made by hand
around a point that is the center of the injured party. During
the execution of these movements, the palm should always
remain parallel to the body.
Projections of fingers
For centuries, the hypnotists have noticed a surprising
property of the fingers they will project the magnetic fluid
with more intensity and power than the palm, as if they
were pipes that gush of water under pressure. Of course,
this property has applications in major therapeutic
magnetism projected fluid penetrates deeply into the body,
allowing action on the internal organs; further fluid force
proves to be highly effective when it comes to “loosen” the
superficial organs (contractures spasms, congestion, tumors
…).
In palmar taxation fingers stood upright in the extension of
the palm, slightly apart. To make a projection of the fingers,
they were together at right angles to the palm like trying to
grasp a small object with all five fingers simultaneously.
For an ideal position, it may be exercised as follows: we put
on the table a coin; hand is placed on top of this room and
you try to grasp it with all fingers simultaneously. The
gesture will be quickly mastered.
In therapy, projections or charges are digital in the same
way as the palm taxation. Hand with fingers together in
front is brought face to the party to deal with, about ten
centimeters. The fingers are directed towards the center of
the diseased part, and kept in this position for fifteen
minutes at most.
The digital tax can be significantly enhanced by the
technique of rotation. The hand being presented to the
injured face like a simple digital taxation part, we start
circling with fingers still gathered around the center of the
diseased part, as if it was turning around in a clockwise
direction watch. This similar to that of a hand drill or punch
movement let a powerful jet of fluid in the patient’s body.
This is why you should not run close to vital organs like the
heart, brain or liver. It will also ensure isonome or
heteronomous mode, you are working on. The digital
projection with rotations on the way isonome always
determines intense excitement and overheating…
Some hypnotists mitigate these effects by adopting a finger
position less “projectrice ‘fingers then gathered more
loosely, the last phalanges slightly curved towards the
inside of the hand. Do forming more “bundles” as in the
simple digital imposition, fingers “radiate” much less fluid.
The therapeutic massages, frictions, massages
Impositions and projections run without direct contact
between the hypnotist and the patient. There are other
techniques that carry magnetization by contact, that is to
say, the hypnotist touches with his hands (and sometimes
the feet) any part of the body of the patient. These processes
result in general more interesting results especially in the
treatment of internal organs, with the greater penetration of
the fluid. However, they may have some disadvantages: the
touching may “deviate” unbeknownst to the hypnotist and
magnetized, which requires very high moral qualities of the
practitioner; because of the risk of diversion, some patients
adopt attitudes reserved and even hostile, ruining the efforts
from the beginning of the practitioner … It is therefore
advisable not to use these techniques with very sick and
confident and follow it for several months; we
systematically refrain with patients psychologically very
unbalanced (hysterical, neurotic, convulsions, etc.).
The basic technique in the process by touch is simple
application. We put flat hand or two on the affected part; the
palm is held in contact, without pressure, for a quarter of an
hour. We will, as always, the mode in which you work: in
isonome mode, the action is exciting, warming; héténome
in fashion, it is calming, refroidissante.
The stroking is to move the palm on a body part more or
less, without losing contact. It can also be done with one or
more fingers that touch the affected part; the duration
should not exceed ten minutes. The light touch on the
whole body is in two parts: one starts with a light touch
down from the top of the head to the waist; secondly, it
touches the chest to the toes.
Massage is a higher level of the application. The palm is
placed on the area to be treated, applying light pressure.
Massage can be “static”: the palm performs successive
pressures, interspersed releases, such as a movement of
“pumping”. The massage is performed with dynamic lateral
movement in the direction of clockwise. While maintaining
the pressure of the palm, circles around the center of the
injured party is described. The massage is complete, as in
the stroking of the whole body, to circulate the palm or both
simultaneously on the sides to the waist and chest at the end
of the feet. This movement will be fast or slow depending
on whether one wants a superficial or deeper action.
Magnetic friction have a higher or even more violent as
massage action. This is more or less vigorously rubbing a
diseased part with the palm, one or more fingers or even a
glove, a piece of cloth. Friction causes very rapid and
intense reactions. It accelerates, indeed, blood circulation
and warms the nervous system; the magnetic fluid of the
patient is overactive. The direction of movement must
always be from top to bottom and in the direction of
clockwise. Friction has an amazing power over rheumatism.
The great hypnotists also use it to “revive” an amorphous
body (frictions plexus).
The magnetic treatment
The technique of magnetic passes is most widely used in
therapeutic use. The basic principle is: the hypnotist uses
his fluid and the fluid that accumulates universal in a sort of
envelope around the body of the patient; through the work
of his hands, he then distributes this fluid load, more or less
evenly in the body to treat. Here is how it is done:
General rule: the practitioner puts his hand or both hands at
the top of the patient’s head, about fifteen centimeters of the
body; then he falls to the side, keeping the specified
distance. The passes must be from top to bottom: in the
opposite direction, from the bottom
above, the passes can cause trouble, discomfort in the
patient. They are not recommended.
The different types of passes are passes longitudinal,
transverse passes, passes to mainstream and small current
passes.
Longitudinal passes are practiced in the lengthwise. They
are called short (head epigastric or chest feet) or long (head
to toe). It is placed before the standing subject (if that is
possible) or lying down. Both hands above his head, fifteen
or twenty centimeters are combined. Then widely opens her
hands, as if a previously held in the palm of the hands
liquid was poured.
Hands open then down along the body following the shape
so as to keep roughly the same distance. At the bottom of
the path, hands are closed like to keep the fluid; it recedes
slightly and his hands still closed above the patient’s head is
brought back; it reopens as before, and we start the
movement along the body. This movement is executed by
ten to twenty times. It can be done quickly (decongestant,
stimulant), or otherwise slowly (saturating action
rechargeante).
The transverse passes are performed in the width direction
of the body of the patient. It stands in front of the subject,
arms stretched forward, palms open facing the subject.
Then prints the forearm lateral movements, so that the
hands cross and uncross, together they descend from head
to toe. The distance between the palms and the body remain
constant (15-20 cm). Happened downrange (epigastric for
short passes, long passes to feet), the procedure for
longitudinal passes: close hands, small gap up their hands at
the patient’s head, hands open as to project the fluid
through the palms, start a new downward movement
crossing and uncrossing with forearms, etc. The transverse
passes can be practiced on the rear side, has to be processed
when the back or organs accessible through this side. In
general, run transverse passes quickly. They have
dégageante arousing action. We must repeat ten to fifteen
times.
The passes are called large-current when the longitudinal
type applied over the entire length and chained fast. The
small current passes are also longitudinal, but limited to a
small part of the body, and executed at a slow pace. They
have a more local and penetrating that passes mainstream,
influencing moderately throughout the body action.
The breath
The breath has a very large magnetic charge. It is therefore
the more powerful transmitter fluid. Is it not the very
symbol of life?
Magnetic therapy, practitioners use two types of breaths:
The warm breath: it is obtained by entrouvant lips O-shaped
(as when sound plays “or”) and letting out in a single slow
exhalation, air from the lungs. The mouth is directly applied
to the area to treat is bare or covered with a clean cloth or
thin gauze. But the hot breath can also be directed to a party
at a short distance (2-5 cm). In the method of blowing with
direct contact, a slight pressure on the lip portion
substantially increases the action of the fluid. Hot breaths
must be renewed five to ten times. Their action is
magnetically positive; it activates functions, tones organs,
accelerates internal trade. The excitement it produces can
be dangerous in some cases. Also blowing hot it is not
recommended and in deeper lesions near the heart; cold
breath: it is obtained by pursing his lips so as not exhaling a
thin stream of air, as when we want to put out a candle.
Cold insufflation is negative magnetically. Its action is
soothing, refreshing, réveillante (it is used to wake the
sleeping subject magnetization). The fresh draft must be
sent to a few inches of the patient.
Important note: the effectiveness of magnetic breath (hot or
cold) depends largely on the respiratory capacity of the
magnetizer. If it does not have the technique of controlled
breathing, or if your breath is too low, as a result of tobacco
abuse, for example, it is almost certain that the profit he can
expect from this process will be negligible.
The magnetic gaze
The magnetic power of the gaze is known to everyone, even
people who are not interested in magnetism, as the
phenomenon is widespread. In magnetic therapy, the role of
the gaze is very important: it is through him that thought,
the most perfect form of human magnetism, is transmitted
by the hypnotist to magnetized.
There are practitioners who have been endowed by nature
with an irresistible magnetic gaze, but they are rare. The
largest number of them manage to acquire the visual power
after long drives (there are many excellent methods on the
market).
In practice, the magnetization by the eye concurrently used
with other magnetic techniques. There is no “blast” the
patient a bulging eye.
The practitioner first gently fixed on it; he seeks a point at
the root of the nose, between the eyes; where ‘contact’ is
established, then it activates its look from the inside,
making the fluid flow as if he wanted to project through his
wards two rays of very bright light. This powerful fluid
concentration should not be noticeable from the outside: no
eyelids or eyebrows or forehead should move, wrinkle.
Magnetization by the look is done about the middle of a
session, when the practitioner has already achieved about a
state of passivity and relaxation.
The magnetic chains
In some cases (serious illness, elective procedures, etc.), it
may be that the fluid reserves the hypnotist are insufficient
to restore balance and harmony dangerously broken. It is
then that magnetic broadcasters called. Many people flock
round by holding hands; their individual magnetism “add
up” to give rise to a very strong magnetic current. (It is on
this principle that will operate many sessions, such as
turntables, for example.)
This method is to be used with great caution for therapeutic
use. We must absolutely ensure the composition of the
circle: people sometimes have magnetic qualities that
cancel or repel sudden! Some people are even real
“magnetic vampires”: they literally emptied others with all
their fluid! If you find yourself in circumstances that
require the formation of a magnetic chain for therapeutic
purposes, the practitioner will select, therefore, participants
one by one, after controlling their magnetic nature and
found that it is consistent with that of other participants. It
would be ideal to establish the chain with other hypnotists.
Practice of the month
TECHNICAL CHARGING THE AURA OF THE
EARTH
Sit down on the floor, back straight, knees bent and feet flat
on the floor.
Close your eyes, do you collect a few moments and breathe
calmly. Forget your surroundings.
Visualize a blue vastness before you, representing the
Cosmos. Check out a few details and try to feel the vastness
of the cosmos and its silence so great, awesome.
Then before you see the Earth, slowly turning on itself,
with its continents, seas, mountains. See the world slightly
to the left and midway of your field of vision.
Then view to the right side the sun, shining, sending its rays
toward Earth.
Having this vision in your field of consciousness, imagine
dark gray clouds, circling the Earth and preventing sunlight
to provide the positive quality of the Universe on the
Planet. These clouds are the negative magnetic charges
issued by certain thoughts and certain human acts.
You will, by the power of your thoughts and your words,
neutralize these negative magnetic charges.
Take a deep breath and then exhaling, see those dark gray
clouds gradually become clearer then turn white.
Take a deep breath again and exhaling, see the white
dissolve and disappear completely clouds.
Take a third deep breath and exhaling, see the aura of the
planet become more and more light, see the Sun’s rays
penetrate and bring positive quality.
Lift up your hands in front of you in the direction of Earth,
palms forward and say three times the sentence:
“May the divine nature present within even the earth will
reveal to all, demonstrating the sanctity and harmony in the
world and beings!”
Keep a few seconds of silence between each.
Repeat the starting position and relax.
Stay about two or three minutes, breathing normally before
resuming activities.
This important particular job, is in addition to other
practices already explained. You can run it when you feel
the urge or need.
PHILOSOPHY
Seneca: From the brevity of life
The majority of mortals, Paulinus, accusing them of
wickedness nature, regrets that we are born with the
prospect of a short life, where the years we outsourced
march so vividly, so fleetingly that, apart from the case of
quelques- some, for others it is full of life preparations that
life just abandon them. But what is considered a public bad
not only raises the complaints of ordinary people and a host
of simple souls; also affecting the illustrious men, this evil
has caused bitterness. From there, a famous exclamation of
Hippocrates, the greatest physician: ‘Life is short, art is
long.’ Hence, the trial Aristotle brings to nature by accusing
him, which n is hardly a wise: “to have the animals made a
life as they can raise five or ten generations of their own,
but to have human, born to accomplish so many great
things, set a deadline much earlier. “We do not really have a
short life, but we are wasting a considerable amount. Life.
We have been given long enough and with a clean upon
completion of the greatest things liberality, provided it is
well managed from start to finish; However, since it is
scattered across luxury and inadvertently if it is spent on
any work quality, finally cornered by the final and fatal
decree, without realizing it s’ going, we feel that it has
happened. It’s like this: we do not suffer a brief life in itself,
but we do it so we’re not deficient but generous. So huge
and royal resources, due at a bad master in a moment
dissipated, but so modest as they are, they are relying on a
good manager, they will increase over time: so our life, who
administers well, has great potential.
QUOTATIONS
1st week
“To love is to find his wealth outside of itself.” ALAIN,
Elements of philosophy
2nd week
“There is only one guiding principle: the desiring faculty.”
Aristotle, On the Soul
3rd week
“Living together and sharing thoughts and discussions: it is
in this sense, it seems, we have to talk about life in society
when it comes to men, and it is not for them like cattle
where it is only fed in the same place. ” Aristotle,
Nicomachean Ethics
4th week
“Who is afraid of suffering, it is already suffering from
what he fears.” Montaigne, Essays
“The” great story “is also composed of all the” stories “that
give him his flesh, his life. That would be history if we did
not take into account the aspirations of each, their hopes,
their habits, occupations, etc. And above what would we be,
if we lose this memory of our origins? We build our future
on the life and work of those who came before us. We climb
on their shoulders, we rely on them and thus move forward
from generation to generation, always bringing something
new and new. But without our ancestors, those who have
paid without their blood and sweat throughout their lives,
we would be nothing. As in many areas, we have a real duty
to remember. Echoes of past centuries were extinguished,
the voice of our predecessors went out and they gradually
sunken in the darkness of our memory until it disappear
completely. But they are still there, invisible as ghosts,
present as geniuses who would ensure that the best happens
to those who are carrying on the business or perpetuate the
development of the place in which they lived. ”
[Excerpt from History of the True Friends of Castillonnès, Introduction, JL de Biasi, the Three
Fairies, 2002]
Fraternally under the auspices of the Rose and Cross,
Jean-Louis de Biasi
Grand Patriarche Rose-Croix de l’O.K.R.C.
CONTENTS
PART 1_ 5
PART 2_ 8
FIRE 8
Practical exercises of magnetism_ 10
First exercise: control of magnetism_ 10
Second exercise: the mummification_ 10
Third exercise: leech_ 11
Fourth year: Magnetic projection distance_ 12
TO THE TOP_ 12
I am! 13
PRACTICE_ 14
Practice of the month_ 14
PHILOSOPHY_ 15
QUOTATIONS 16
1st week 16
2nd week 16
3rd week 17
4th week 17
PART 1
We will continue the study of numbers and see how this
study can enter our lives through the use of certain symbols
in our daily activities and our work.
Returning for a moment to UNITE as some remarks about
it is interesting. We have seen that the numbers are obtained
by juxtaposition, not of units but of parties. These must be
identical to each other, of course. However, their size may
be variable and is arbitrarily set. Moreover, all of those
numbers has linear and extends to infinity; would be better
to say indefinitely, as this leads nowhere and achieve
nothing appears. We can see the image of a cut science of
metaphysics based on uncertain assumptions and private
purposes. It may also be the extension of multiplicity, with
the loss of the sense of unity and a reflection of society,
whose engine is the accumulation and profit. Great
Philosophers of the past have understood this and teach
their insistence that numbers were directly related to the
Laws of Nature, meant that man had to take account of
these principles to establish a balanced society.
The Unit, represented by the circle, shows how
“metaphysical” numbers are generated by the division of
the same unit. Since the unit is off, the size of the circle
representing that is indifferent and size of component parts
numbers is always the same, regardless of the circle, this
quantity being measured by the value of the central angles.
Thus, the numbers have a metaphysical foundation in the
cosmic reality. Whole also tends to infinity as the Circle can
be divided into as many parts as you like, but this infinity is
not indefinite, nor The nothing: it is the Totality, the object
of true science, true knowledge, inspiratrice a society based
on the gain, but also about sharing.
Numbers have their peculiarities, their similarities and
differences, their classifications. There are numbers Pairs
and Odd numbers; one could say that this feature
corresponds to some extent to the sex difference in physical
beings. The Greeks thought, and Plutarch explains it as:
“When numbers are divided into two equal parts, the even
number leash, so to speak, an open space ready, but the odd
number appears as a body capable of bearing children.”
Dividing by 2 is 6 3 Three and the 3 (1) 3, the “1”
representing central then the male organ. Therefore not
surprising that numbers may lead to other numbers,
addition or multiplication. This notion has established even
numbers as dynamic numbers and odd numbers static
numbers.
One can not speak of the Unit without addressing the Zero.
This is not considered a number but it has an important
action in the event of power from Unit.
Here we can mention Louis-Claude de Saint-Martin on the
meaning and action of Zero in creation:
“The mobility of power is represented by the puisque Zero,
in numbers, the Zero expresses only the powers of beings,
and it does not change their radical value.”
Illustrer to this principle, Louis-Claude de Saint-Martin
says, that the world was formed by six acts of thoughts, or
six days chacun of those days was the production center
with its three angles , that is to say, a unit with three zeros,
which give the number 1000 shows a zero Every power that
has come his circle and his revolution.
We will leave the unit to address the duality with the
number two.
As an introduction to the study of TWO we mention
Pythagoras, who taught his students:
“as long as God is manifested, it is double”.
This simple phrase we indique that if we know the divine
manifestations, we must enter the Duality because the unit
alone can bring us nothing tangible.
One could say that the Unit Two is répétée twice. This
seems true in arithmetic, but less sacred or métaphysique
science. Number Two is not the same kind, it can not be a
repeat. Instead, we can consider that the A emanated Two
different influences. The first pair is two numbers, there
will be the matrix through which the unit will be expressed.
Two is the first even number; is complementarity, duality,
and opposition opposites. It is also self-consciousness that
involves the discernment of the other. Nature offers man the
example of multiple species.
Plotinus said: “We need intelligence when she thinks or
double”.
Indeed, A is unthinkable in itself because thinking is
distinguished, compare, refer to something other than itself,
analyze, thus involve consciousness in front of the object.
Duality is everywhere in our world, this is the first creative
impulse. But we need the separation that is these two
elements is not too large, we must perceive the two aspects
or both poles. For example, an observer who knows
nothing, the perception of duality will be seeing at the same
time a man and a woman; same for light and darkness.
To illustrate this principle, the ancients represented the
numbers with dots. And to represent the number two or
Duality, we must see the two items together.
Duality is everywhere in our world and man is one
example, with the bipartition of vital organs in the
architecture of his body. His brain hemispheres, it has two
lungs, two kidneys. It has two arms, two legs, the core
comprises two ventricles, etc.
Duality is also similar. To understand this term in the
context of duality, we can make reference to the famous
axiom of Hermes Trismegistus: “That which is below is like
what is above, and what is above is like what is down “.
Also what is conceived by the mind can be found in this
area. Therefore, aspects of Heaven, its movements, its
proportions have their correspondences on Earth and vice
versa. This similarity is also reflected in man by bipartition
of his vital organs mentioned above.
Furthermore, the observation shows us the cosmic duality
between Heaven and Earth; well Duality is found in our
solar system with the Sun and Moon. The influence of these
two stars is significant on terrestrial events.
The alchemists represented the cosmic dual polarity by two
enzymes: the King and Queen, often regarded as the Sun
and the Moon, taking the solar and lunar deities. Duality is
also expressed by the Sulphur and Mercury, the first being
the positive, the second negative.
In ancient Chinese civilization, the binary principle is
represented by Yin and Yang. In a circle, we see two figures
resembling two commas, interwoven, each with a small
core of the opposite color. This balanced representation of
Duality evokes movement days and nights, seasons,
opposites, male and female. Black Yin is considered to
represent the passive, white Yang, as the active agent.
We find in this symbol concepts expressing human nature
and man and woman separately reflect this symbol. Man
has in him a feminine side as the woman has in it a male
part.
Two is the first number whose square “sort” of Unity.
Therefore the square of two or four, give the number of the
material, the total condensation, energy, not captured by the
material, but creating this material.
In the Tarot de Marseille, Two is the High Priestess, which
is the Priestess of Mystery, the Isis of the Egyptians.
In terms of symbolism, if the unit is represented by a point,
the duality can be represented by the line “divides space,
separates and defines plans.” We can consider that the line
is caused by point and Duality proceeds of the Unit. The
line intersects the unit circle in half, so is the symbol of the
initial differentiation.
Duality is, no doubt, for man in general, the most difficult
to understand and balance principle, both in his personality
but also his daily; generally find its own balance is not as
simple as it sounds.
It may be interesting to discuss this issue with the notion of
good and evil, this very ancient concept in countless
civilizations.
Indeed, man is, in many moments of his life, faced with a
choice between what is called Good or Evil. He sometimes
engages in tortuous paths, which is struggling to get out.
Therefore, it is necessary to understand the concept of
duality to find our balance, if we really want to be free and
able to act in all circumstances beings.
This notion of good and evil can be illustrated with
Epicurus: “Do not do anything in your life that makes you
fear that your neighbor may examine them.”
If evil is only a lesser good, the trend is opposed to evil for
us to tend to the property, as the two terms of an antithesis.
In other words, the moment that there has duality
somewhere, there is necessarily one of the aspects thereof
which appears as negative with respect to the other.
Where is the error of the man in his understanding of good
and evil? It is most certainly to be the opposition, apparent
and relative things as irreducible and ignore the real unit in
which both parties rely.
To better understand, we can take the example of two
aspects of nature that are the day and night. These two
moments in our lives as well appear diametrically opposed,
but because they are an inseparable unit consisting of the
24-hour cycle. The Day party allows us to do certain things,
while one called Night, seems to oppose to these things, or
at least does not do the same things.
However, the night is not bad in itself. It is simply a carrier
of some elements to better understand its opposite Day.
Always on the example of day and night, adding that we are
subject to their influence and that we remain free to act in
daylight or at night, knowing, however, that the
consequences will be different.
Pythagoras taught that the duality represented the mobile
and variable opinion and that the unit designated on the
contrary the immutable spirit. He thus considered the
number TWO, as a confusion of units. For him, the words
dispute, difference, difference, dispersion, showed by their
dual etymology, the Unit and the truth is that it is destroying
the division.
We can say that the irreducible opposition is an illusion of
our imperfect judgment, in any form whatsoever. Who
would see it quite high, all objections to the mechanism
used our intelligence to be reduce differentiations related to
the One. But if the opposition is pure illusion, its
manifestations are everywhere in creating and it is through
them that the world created subsiste. It is not surprising to
find the duality in the philosophies and religions.
PART 2
FIRE
Most beautiful and highest is the design that the Persians
today Parsis have the Fire host and purifier of all things. As
the ancestors of Vedic India, they offer to the God of all
things the Fire itself offering and image of him that is to
receive it. The husband and wife equal in the rite, the
awakening in the carefully chosen and the fuel timber of
pure substances. Neither profane eyes, nor unclean breath
should pollute the fire, the holiest of creatures. One must
submit any material that is sacred. He is like a God in the
house. It is this deep ancestry comes the Homeric custom
brought before the sacred fire of the altar and the home host
passage, the beggar himself will not fail since appealed to
the Fire visible rising constantly to the eternal light in
which the Sun is only the image.
Such was the popular social belief, but she had to sages and
initiates a deeper meaning, long obscured by all the worship
of fire and the sun. Knowing the benefits of the Fire, they
approached the sadness of winter and the charms of the
warm season the ages of man which are most related to
these forms of cosmic activity. They saw that as winter, old
age is a cooling of the whole being and death, removing the
man withdraws any heat at the same time full power to act
and feel. So there was a close relationship between heat and
health, between the Fire, Sun and Life.
Never insiders did not take the sun itself to the deity but as
his most perfect image, at least in what falls under the eyes
of humanity. Early in the season they assimilated to periods
of human life. Early, considering the Sun as the distributor
of radiant life force, they made it the heart of the world,
without whom nothing would live.
The night was a horror them in remembrance of the time
when it was filled with traps and terrifying swarm stronger
animal than man. The night was clear the Sun. What
became of it during this dark period? What was he doing
when he was setting to the west, leaving behind him the
desolation? Sometimes the Moon, his wife’s sister, came to
bring its light, but it was not every night and this was not
that cold clarity that joy and power that the Sun brings with
him. It was not until morning, when the East blushed a
subtle and pure fire, life reappeared and with it, security,
work, everything that makes the good life. There were
thousands of these terrors had passed and that the men
knew that the morning would come at the specified time of
all times, but the night was still considered an enemy. The
mystery still fear those who do not have the key. They do
not seek to penetrate, they turn away in horror, as if the
whole thing secret was necessarily bad. Is that they are not
yet ready for even a superficial Initiation.
If they were on the road, they would understand that this
night they fear is imbued with the promise of the day that is
coming, it is the vigilant guardian and that it can not be
anything inherently wrong in creation is the work of God.
What is wrong is the use we make of things and most
importantly, those we unpleasant, are for us trials for our
development.
The Sun had fled, but insiders kept their sanctuaries in the
fire that suppléait, slightly perhaps, but as a weak man can
make up the divine work. Solstices, they had established
parties where the bonfires were lit to help the Sun to cross
those fateful passages. It was the thought of those who were
dancing around the flame high, but for the Wise, the design
was different. This flame that rose was the one that burns
constantly in the heart of the man who rises to God
especially in difficult times when we need to be informed,
supported and healed. These were the solstices in the life of
the sun.
This was so true that the fire should not be ignited without
complying with the ancient rites. It was not a fire any
warming that enlightens, preparing food; it was the image
of the soul, the sun of our being, and the Sun, the soul of
the world. It must therefore be drawn from either the stone
raw material in which the force of the initiate must awaken
the spark of life, or selected wood that give rise to it by
rubbing done in the sense of universal gravitation. These
woods are always arranged in the same manner; they form
the swastika is a sign of eternal life and, therefore, the sign
of happiness.
The lights will be erected so as purifiers, they deviate so
houses all the bad that the same will be kept in embers to
combat epidemics and animal diseases, as is still done in
our campaigns for the fires of St. John Forces and
firebrands of the Epiphany.
Fire, limited picture of the sun, the heart of the world, as far
as possible, is one of the images of the true insider, and his
presence alone can make him understand many things. The
sacred fire, we say, has two ways of being uncovered. The
oldest is the one that gives rise to two wood rubbed in a
rhythm and rituals remain the same. Emerging in this way,
it tells the researcher that may make slow progress with the
help of his elders, to awaken in ourselves that higher life
which is the cosmic spark. It will take time; he must
carefully feed the flame just born to lead his booming for
her torch which wards off evil and leads towards those
seeking clarity. And this path is the safest.
It may also give rise to the Fire hitting the inert and
amorphous flint. Under the impact of the pain, of the event,
sometimes the flame burst forth the most darkened hearts,
but they must have initially accepted the pain and sacrifice.
That is the main problem, because it ignores the value of
the education he will receive accepts worth paying an often
cruel pain. We must therefore already know something,
having understood the importance before accepting this
difficult road. Sometimes fate imposes on us the beneficent
pain we bless later. Thus, sometimes, death, separation
leads being suddenly isolated to spend the good of all, this
life he can no longer devote the happiness of one.
But whatever the route by which the follower came to
Initiation always, learning what will its powers and duties,
he will feel the divine flame ignited in his heart.
This flame is holy and sacred, it should not only warm and
shine for him; it must above all shine on everyone and give
warmth to those in need.
This is the teaching of this Arcanum of Fire. In his study of
the mystery of the Kha, where he so powerfully
summarized the action initiated, passive in the presence of
the cosmic fluid, active in the presence of pain and illness,
Henri Durville exposed walking to follow all initiation
events. But with respect to the Fire, this march has
something more powerful and more ultimate. It is in his
heart that the follower feels the flame of life to flourish and
accumulate. It first develops a sort of fear, both ardent and
gentle the height suddenly and almost unconsciously heat.
Sometimes long, he expected, he doubted his existence, he
found slow and arid research which he practiced and
suddenly, the flame came down like the flames of
Pentecost. He was suddenly illuminated and glowing and he
felt a new life beat in his veins.
He will feel the force that animates, which was granted by
the beneficent forces is this subtle Fire spoken of the
ancient sages who formed all bodies that exist. He will feel
that he is in possession of a Mystery which relates to the
sublime forces without which the matter would be informed
because the first light that the world out of chaos was
absolute fire.
Flame who possesses is still a spark, but the day will come,
according to studies and trials, where the follower will in
turn train their younger brothers just as it was formed. He
may know the joy of seeing those seeking their way
heading to the Temple of Light as he had done before them,
not without difficulty, but not without support.
Its inner flame, it will make the light to shine wild-eyed. He
must do this torch worn by ancient runners while part of the
holy Eleusis, they had the pass without failure the smartest
city in the ancient world. But the flame of life they transmit
is not only physical life is over and above the life of the
heart and the soul that gives us hope, when high spiritualists
thoughts have finally taken their place , an era of happiness
wise and high serenity.
Practical exercises of magnetism
Before you start practicing the healing magnetism, it is
necessary to first verify that this phenomenon does exist,
then develop his personal magnetic power when practicing
exercises that can cause no adverse consequences, either for
itself or others.
First exercise: control of magnetism
They are aware here of magnetism that emerges from the
palms.
Rub hands without violence for a half minute, closing his
eyes. Take a deep breath and thought, “I’ll take care of
fluid.” Start out slowly, thinking, “I’ll throw my magnetism
through my hands.” Eyes still closed, slowly bring both
hands smoothly until what you feel a slight resistance, like
a rubber ball had slipped between the palms. Open at that
time the eyes and measure the distance between both hands.
The longer the distance is, the stronger the fluid stream
emanating palms.
Again the next day, the next day, and so on, experience.
After ten days, it will be found clear differences between
the distances measured the early days and the latest.
Second exercise: the mummification
The human magnetism conservative and antibactéricien
power that was known in antiquity. Egyptian and Inca
mummies are eloquent testimonies. Subjected to a strong
magnetic radiation, corpses (of plants, animals or humans)
decompose, putrefy much slower than their natural state.
This power conservation based primarily curative
magnetism. Anyone can control this phenomenon by
practicing various non-mummify inert substances (pieces of
meat, fruit, bread, cheese, etc.).
With a piece of meat: have the song on an aluminum foil
lightly coated with vegetable oil, all placed on a table in a
normally ventilated and lighted room without excess
moisture. Magnetization will be on a single palmar process
of the tax, followed by a short pass. Both hands wide open,
palms facing the object is placed.
They are so guard over for about fifteen seconds.
Then begins a slow sliding movement of the hands
(simultaneously), from top to bottom, keeping the palms
always ten centimeters of the object. The shift down to
overtake the object. Both hands are then closed; they
deviate slightly from the plane where the object is located;
and cooled to the above, as indicated above; this movement
must be done quickly. When we hand the tax position
palmar it reopens, palms facing down. The same procedure
of “station” is repeated, and then slip. We will repeat the
twenty to twenty-five time. The following day, new session
of magnetization as indicated above. There should be only
one session per day, repeated for five days. At the end of the
fifth session, the meat is wrapped in a very light and airy
fabric, or paper towels. It stores all in a well-ventilated, dry
place. The meat will dry out (sometimes giving off a slight
odor for three or four days, that will fade).
Two weeks later, the meat will look like an old piece of
wood is mummified!
We can train in the mummification of all materials as we
please (fish, flowers, fruits …). The more we practice this
exercise, the more we develop magnetic power: the results
are a great stimulant providing physical evidence of the
existence of magnetism. We advise beginners to strengthen
their power by magnetic autosuggestions, as strongly think
especially during the very first sessions magnetization tax:
“I want (this object) is mummified. I will mummify! ”
Third exercise: leech
Once you get a good result with the experiments of
mummification, you will cover the following year.
You will ask someone you know to stand in a quiet room.
You will place behind her, about 50 centimeters. Without
telling him your plans, ask him just to relax. Then you will
put both hands flat, fingers slightly apart on his shoulder
blades, right hand on the right shoulder blade, left on left
shoulder blade. You will exercise an imperceptible pressure
with both palms.
Stay like this for about a minute. Then very gently at first,
then suddenly you remove both hands simultaneously: the
person will follow suit, as drawn back! Plan to catch up,
because it may lose balance and fall.
This experiment is over, start immediately afterwards.
But this time, having taken over the position (standing
behind your subject), yield your hands at shoulder blades
without touching them. You must keep a distance of two to
three centimeters. After a good minute tax, remove your
hands from a very quick motion back, palms remaining
parallel to the shoulder blades of the subject. The
phenomenon of attraction back to renew. In this case, it is
impossible to suspect any setting condition of the subject
since the operator’s hands not even graze. If you do not get
satisfactory results from the first test, which is often the
case, repeat the exercise several times on the same day and
the following days, possibly with new topics, until the
desired result.
A variation of this exercise, more spectacular, is the
attraction or falling forward. Your subject and yourself
standing face to face, about fifty feet away from each other
(the subject will be the side facing north yours facing
south), put both hands flat on the upper torso, straddling the
shoulder and chest.
Practice with your palms a little pressure, gently laying the
subject at the root of the nose. Then slowly remove your
hands. Normally the subject will follow this movement.
Repeat the experiment, but without contact of your hands
with the subject’s body. Have one to look you in the eye,
and secure, gently at first, at the root of the nose. Then,
without further open your eyes, turn your gaze strongly
thinking ‘I’m going to draw me irresistibly towards
removing my hands. “After a minute, with a quick motion,
remove your hands, keeping your palms always directed at
the subject. It’s rare that it does not follow suit and leaning
forward (note the risk of falling).
Fourth year: Magnetic projection distance
This technique is really reliable as implemented by a
hypnotist already well trained. There are several processes:
1.a) Through magnetization: The magnetic fluid is
retained by a number of objects (water, food, clothing,
medicine, etc.). The method therefore consists in
loading the fluid one of these objects, which will be in
contact with the patients later. For example,
magnetized water (digital projections, for two or three
days). The water is then absorbed by the subject.
2.b) By magnetizing télépsychique: a photograph of the
subject, or an object (preferably garment) belonging
used. We then use the usual methods (tax, passing, etc.)
as if the person was present to heal. At the same time,
the practitioner attempts to view the subject and,
mental projection, it receives from the fluid. Of course,
this technique requires a very high magnetic control of
the practitioner, which is obtained only after several
years of practice.
TO THE TOP
These are very simple conditions that will allow you, from
step to step, from reaching the summit.
What do we mean by the summit?
First, an exact knowledge of yourself; gradually, as the
dawn follows night, you will discover that you are much
brighter than you currently think. You have, potentially, and
at all levels, a set of forces (vital, cosmic, spiritual) that
Education will release gradually and smoothly. Instead of
being a puppet subject to conflicting influences – you
become what the Sages of traditional China called a “Real
Man” (Chen-Jen), that is to say, a happy calm man, master
of he acts on others and on the events by his mere presence.
It will gladly submit to you the non-binding easy discipline,
as follows:
A – Knowledge, not rational, but deep inadequacy of your
current existence. You will have the nostalgia of a better
life, because is harmonious and complete. You accept to
feel how far you have wandered like a leaf raised by all the
vortex of wind. You “know” that this passivity is the source
of your anxiety, your psychosomatic disorders, confused
impression of helplessness and inadequacy. You will admit
honestly that you have not responded to the admirable
motto of Paracelsus: Whoever can be himself or itself
(which sit alterius non potest esse suus).
B – You will manifest a strong desire to get out of the rut,
so far, you’re stuck you. Strong willed, quiet, not
aggressive, indecisive. You do not will shake fists, nor
crisperez your features, but instead you relax, whenever
you have the opportunity, and it is in the serenity that you
will draw your strength.
You will feel confident with yourself, your surroundings the
entire universe. Every circumstance (even your failures)
you appear as a beneficial event, as the terms of a workout.
If the events you are against you will apply them the rule of
Peter the Great: “A force to defeat me, they teach me to
overcome.”
C – The initiatable should not consider psychic driving only
as a way to increase its “performance”. It should not only
become more efficient, but will become better, truer. He
meditates evangelical verse “Seek first the Kingdom of God
and all else will be added unto you.”
D – You will agree completely, firmly and calmly. You will
walk at an even pace, without going back, without
constantly asking you to depressing questions: “Is what I’m
on the right track? Is what I am able to succeed in this
field? ”
Here’s what Karlfried von Durkheim – the Sage of the
Black Forest – recommends:
“Only he who puts his entire existence as the” government
“of the training advances to the Cime. Nothing succeeds if
the entire day is devoted to training; sterile training would
run in a piecemeal way, as one activity among others. What
is needed to succeed for sure is that moment that the
English call “single mindedness”, which translates roughly
as “mono-ideism aware.”
E – The silence and discretion are overriding
considerations. In confiding to profane (however wellintentioned they may be) you hamper you in the growth of
the New Man. Externalization destroyed what comes from
internalization. One correspondence with the guide that we
will choose opportunity confidences. The more accurate
confidences depth, the Guide is committed – of honor – at
the absolute discretion, without pretense or mental
restrictions. The Guide is also bound by a requirement that
the physician or confessor privilege. He knows that if he
transgressed this sacred obligation, he is a victim of a
“kickback” to the terrible consequences that would reach
not only for its actual existence, but post mortem. He would
commit (in the strictest sense) sacrilege.
I am!
It is not only in a spiritual way that the Teaching is
profitable; it also affects the mentality and the vital order.
In his book Hara, Karlfried von Durkheim says, with a
convincing persuasion because based on irrefutable
examples:
“Both literally and figuratively, it is not easy to shake the
insider. When unbalanced by a surge that life prints, he
instantly recovers and regains his balance … At all times he
tires more slowly than the profane; he does not use the
reserves it holds the Cosmos. It is capable of dissolving the
troubles of the soul and body, opening the way for
generating forces that emanate from his essential being.
“The initiate has the power to endure pain beyond the
normal limits of endurance. It ceases to be afraid and to
understand the future. It is protected against epidemics,
pernicious psychological influences. ”
And this is essential:
“He is always calm and relaxed. It waits. In any situation, it
is patient. He lucidly observes what is happening around
him … He realizes every movement of impatience escaped
him yet he just lost his momentanément essential
prerogative of True Man. Nothing irritates the upset,
humiliates or boast. IT IS. ”
PRACTICE
Practice of the month
We saw earlier that he was necessary to conduct its own
indoor unit to apprehend the universal harmony. The
acquisition of the indoor unit through harmonization of our
three main aspects, which are: the body, the spirit or mind,
and soul. For this man can go to the sources of his true
nature, but also use the forces of nature known as the four
elements: Air, Water, Fire and Earth.
Each of these elements is itself a world driven by forces
themselves animated by the principle of life. These forces
are the disposition of man, so he must learn to know and
put them in his service.
This is to know the principles leading to discover the
moment come by yourself, the “secrets” that will ensure
mastery of the material. It is in this light that we will
undertake a practice based on the knowledge of Elements.
We will rely on for this physical constitution and occult
thereof in restant under natural laws.
It is based on the four elements that you’ll find a series of
exercises.
These exercises are simple, but very effective because they
put in action for some-those contained in the Elements.
So they have a physical constitution and occult. As for
physics, we recommend that you refer to sciences like
physics and chemistry.
Constitution the occult element is defined by two aspects:
1 to 1 universal force,
2-1 group consciousness.
The force is the epitome of energy universal spread
throughout creation. It is the force or energy that unites the
four elements together and keeps them in their state and
properties. This force can not be manipulated by man.
Traditionally, it called “ETHER”. It is the fifth element,
dear to the old traditions and alchemists.
Group consciousness consists of animated “spirits” of life
and intelligence. Although these “spirits” are qualified and
lower elementary, the fact remains that they can act in a
remarkable way, if man respects them and treats them as
auxilliaires. The “elemental” as is their traditional name, the
natural forces are an integral part of the four elements. Each
item that is to say, Fire, Water, Air and Earth has a “family”
of distinct elemental and having a defined function.
The study and use of natural forces, contained in the four
elements can create some anxiety and even some fear.
Sometimes fantastiques stories and warnings made by some
theurgists or mages are not made to encourage the young
Introduced to use these forces. Although natural forces, the
use of elementals must be supported with a good
knowledge of them and their potential, both in the sense
bénéfique than in a can of enslavement rights subject to
their desires. The elementals of nature can meet the desires
of man and realise, if it’s for his own good. The secret is in
the fact that man must always check to be the master, not
the slave. This is the first great principle that we must never
forget.
In this regard, the TAROT through its first slide tells us that
man must know the elements and be able to understand and
control them to take the first address of initiation. It is by
learning to use the sword, the Baton Cup and he will travel
Denier successively master of Fire, Air, Water and Earth.
Here is what we can call in our work, “the science of
elements.”
We will return on this course because it is broad because
part of nature.
We suggest you practice a series of simple exercises that
will help you to understand the nature of the same elements
and forces you to use to improve your health and your
harmony with nature.
We will use the universal power of the four elements as a
medium to regenerate us.
The first exercise is related to the AIR element and
breathing. This is very important because without
respiration, there is no life. Apart from the supply of
oxygen and release of carbon dioxide from the lungs,
breathing through his occult is based on different aspects of
our nature. This function is determined by the action of the
principle of life. In the simple breath, this principle is to
sustain life. But if we practice what is called conscious
breathing, we can increase our energy and get some
changes in our condition. So conscious that we propose
practicing breathing.
Every morning upon awakening, and every night before
bed, made seven breaths using your diaphragm. What count
in these breaths, this is not so much the amount of air
breathed, as quality. To increase the occult quality of the air
we breathe, we need to “load” of an idea, an intention, or a
specific desire. The universal force of the AIR element and
convey the intent or desire and will act at our will. We will
take as a first intention or desire health.
For seven days we will practice this form of conscious
breathing as follows:
– Upon waking seven breaths as indicated above. When you
inspiration through the nose, imagine that with the air you
breathe into your body, the lungs and blood health. This
desire must be intense so that it loads the air that you bring
into your body. Moment to expiration, do not think about
anything.
– At bedtime: Use exactly the same method.
After the seven days have passed, you can start a new cycle
by making another desire, like tranquility, peace, success,
etc.
PHILOSOPHY
Seneca: From the brevity of life
II
Why récriminerions us against nature? This has been quite
generous: life, if you know how to use it is long. Alas! one
held by an insatiable avarice by another frenzied to work a
badge uselessness implementation; that is soaked in wine,
another brutalized by indolence; he is constantly harassed
by an ambition on the lookout for other people’s judgments,
the one precipitated by the lust of negotiating on a journey
dictated, through everything that the world has of land and
sea, by the greed; Some military qu’obsède passion never
distracted dangers of others or their anxiety for themselves;
there are the ungrateful worship their superiors consumes a
voluntary servitude; many occupy most of their time
pursuing the beauty of others or worry about them; and
most of them are settling on anything substantial, a
wandering light, fickle and dissatisfied with herself, the
recovery indefinitely to new projects; because some do not
find anything that interests them enough to steer their
course, and that is unemployed, depressed that fate comes
to pick, so I have no doubt that the greatest poets in an
oracular manner, has told the truth: “Slim is the part of life
that we live.” As for any remaining, basically it is not life
but only time interval. Vices press and beset on all sides.
Without allowing either one raises his head or his eyes is
applied to the discernment of truth. They keep their stalled
and victims drowned in passion, they never have time to go
back to them. When by chance some peace reaches them,
like the high seas, where even after some wind chop house,
they swing without ever for them, because of their passions,
peace takes hold. You think I’m talking about unhappy
whose ills are obvious? Then consider those whose
happiness fascinates people: their possessions suffocate.
How do they not have to feel overwhelmed by their wealth!
And all that eloquence and daily incitement to demonstrate
their talent leads to biting bloods! All those who languish in
continual pleasures! Those besieged by without giving them
any freedom, a multitude of protected! As much as they are.
ultimately the smallest to the largest, take them one by one:
such request assistance as assists, it is an awkward position,
that one defends him, that one judge, no one calls only
himself, each struggles to someone. Learn about those
whose names are on everyone’s lips, you’ll see that they are
characterized by this: one is the broker to the other… which
is a third: none of them is self. Therefore, some indignation
is it not folly: they complain of being despised by their
superiors, because they have not had time to give them the
interview they wanted! The nerve to complain about it
would be arrogance of others, when we never have time for
yourself? For after you have this character who you are,
show a cheeky face but probably testified ways in the past,
he has listened to your words, he has accepted you at his
side: you, you do t ”re never honored to watch you or listen
to you. So there is no need to invest anyone with a duty of
courtesy to yourself, because my faith, if you found
yourself in someone lavish, it was not a desire to be with
him, but unable to be with yourself.
QUOTATIONS
1st week
“Without delay, sets up for yourself a sort of character and
type of driving you do according to which, whether you
find yourself alone in the presence of yourself, or you find
yourself in the presence of men.” Epictetus
2nd week
“For truly free peoples, women are free and worshiped.”
Antoine de Saint-Just
3rd week
“We must honor the good, virtue and other things like that
if they give us pleasure, otherwise you have to take leave.”
Epicure
4th week
“Nothing is ever inconsequential, therefore, nothing is ever
free.” Confucius
“Most of the initiatory spiritual or religious traditions are
rooted in one or more myths. However, in our modern
consciousness, myths are mostly regarded as fictions,
imaginary historical events.
The myth is important in itself because it gives meaning to
life. Its role is to try to answer the question of “why” in a
spiritual perspective, while the role of science is to answer
the question of “how”.
The modern belief that myth is “unreal” is erroneous and
simply highlights that there are multiple realities. The myth
has a kind of reality and science has another. It is important
to consider them separately as it is important to know how
to separate church and state. History shows the error
associate these structures, allowing religious ideology to
dominate the social organization and always imposing
certainty from “above”, leading often to violence made on
behalf of the “True God”.
It is therefore important for you to consider if a myth can be
useful and how to use it to achieve the best in your life. ”
[Excerpt from Secrets and Practices of the Freemasons, Biasi, Llewellyn Publications, USA, 2010]
Fraternally under the auspices of the Rose and Cross,
Jean-Louis de Biasi
Grand Patriarche Rose-Croix de l’O.K.R.C.
CONTENTS
PART 1_ 5
The Triad_ 5
The Lair of Nymphes 7
Porphyry 7
PART 2_ 11
Apollonius of Tyana_ 11
Philosopher’s profile_ 11
Follower of Pythagoras 12
Biography by Philostratus 12
Letters 13
PRACTICE_ 14
Practice of the month_ 14
Lucid dreaming – astral travel 14
Practice of lucid dreaming 14
PHILOSOPHY_ 16
QUOTATIONS 16
1st week 16
2nd week 16
3rd week 16
4th week 17
PART 1
The Triad
Now we are to the number three, also called Ternary,
Trinity or Triad. If we consider the duality as a principle in
the cosmos defined by a tendency to the opposition,
complementarity between the parties, we find that they are
unable to get enough independent and quite different, so
that no synthesis is possible. These two parties are unable to
lose any possibility of contact, combination, mutual
reaction. Consequently, the duality considered final is
inconceivable and can not afford any conciliation. These
two conflicting terms may never combine their efforts for a
common purpose. Therefore, if this duality existed
somewhere, it would constitute a final section in the
continuity of things. It would be a negation of the unit and
remain forever barren, inactive, static. For cons, the
existence of a pathway, a point of contact make them
fruitful opposition, further allowing each party to act on
each other and receive feedback. There is a link, a contact
element constituting a third term; we thus arrive at ternary
or binary complement of duality.
The bit is the principle of differentiation, the ternary one of
action. Arguably three first odd number is a dynamic
number. It is associated with intelligence, spirit that enables
the discernment of the action of life. This differentiation is
the new unit.
Three is the symbol of the vital principle of the structuring
of life because, as Plato wrote in Timaeus. “It is impossible
to combine two things well together without a third must be
a link between them that brings them together.”
The principle of unity confers individuality, in a way,
somehow, latent. To become real, that individuality must
differentiate its parts and organize their possible
combinations of reactions. Differentiation is binary and
ternary organization. In fact, these three principles operate
simultaneously.
That is why every being endowed with an existence proves
far by this existence, triple and double as a mechanism in
the trends of its polarity.
The example of this principle is that the body is due to its
structure unit, it divided into three parts which are the head,
chest and abdomen. These three parts are subjected to three
elements: Fire for the head, the chest for Air and Water in
the abdomen.
The human being is subjected to dual or rather a dual
polarity; man with male dominance, it also has a feminine
side; Women with female predominance, also has the
masculine polarity.
Here we find the symbol of yin and yang.
We can say that the number three is the dynamic principle
of choice as it produces the organization of a system and
allows the action. What good would the positive and
negative poles of a power source, without the circuit that
connects them?
Characteristic of any organization is the creation of
intermediary agents. And through the third is, no matter
how complex, in all systems.
Three is the compound formed from the odd One and Two
of the first pair. It shows the breakdown of equilibrium in
the initial opposition of opposing forces and the
involvement of their reciprocal influences.
In esoteric tradition the number three is often replaced by
the term “Law of the Triangle” and we can consider the
popular phrase “come in threes” as a distraction. There are
indeed three necessaries things share three components,
three kingdoms: mineral, vegetable and animal.
There are also the three alchemical principles: Sulphur,
Mercury and Salt. Alchemists have chosen these three,
because they reflect Trinidad archetype on the natural
plane.
They considered that the first principle was responding to
the warm nature of the items, which is enhanced by the fire
and have appointed such of the symbolic name of Sulphur.
The latter being among the body known to them, one that
burned more easily and with less waste. The second
principle was responding to the wet quality, enhanced by
the water, and he was called “radical moisture” or Mercury
because Mercury, liquid metal despite its high density,
appeared to achieve their maximum quality malleability,
plasticity. They called their third principle Salt (SceI),
having in mind the chemical fixity of certain metal oxides
or salts. Salt is the link between Sulphur and Mercury, ie,
the third term.
Almost all the people comparing the man awake, the
sleeping man and the corpse, distinguish human nature
three principles: the spiritual principle, the vital principle
and the material body. This distinction is recognized by all
the traditions, though some add new divisions even within
each of these principles. In Latin, this triplicity is expressed
in three words: spiritus, anima and corpus.
The number three is called triangular because three dots
arranged randomly naturally form a triangle and can not
form a triangle. Also the triangle is he a symbol of that
number. With three sides, three peaks, three angles, three
middle and three bisectors, the triangle is the first figure,
speaking from the first event of the ISU. Containing the
right angle and the surface, the equilateral triangle is almost
a summary of geometry. He still has the remarkable
property that, by its three vertices, we can always put a
circle and one which expresses relations with the Unit
Three.
The Triangle is a symbol used in many initiatory traditions.
An action that caused an imbalance between the two forces
or polarities, a meeting took place, giving rise to an event.
Symbolically, the three is found naturally everywhere; to
name a few, include the Breton Triskel among Freemasons,
the triangle became square and has an important, if not
crucial place. There are also three Masonic points three Iod
Jews.
A difference point of the line and the triangle, the first
closed geometric figure, evokes the concept and scope dual
limit, ie space. This in-plane first, but in three dimensions,
because only when the triangle is that it is possible to
construct the simplest volume: the tetrahedron with four
triangular faces. Volume, it is also called a strong word that
brings to mind something tangible, durable, of weighing,
material.
And with the three we matter: a positive, the proton positive
charge; two negatives, the negative electric charge to
electron, three, stable and neutral, that is the simplest atom,
consisting of a proton and an electron, a hydrogen atom.
But cosmologists are currently agree that hydrogen is the
key point, one from which all other elements were formed.
This is the stuff of the universe which Teilhard de Chardin
speaks, the grain material that allowed the construction of
complex atomic structures … just like the triangle allows
building volumes. There is a close relationship between
space and matter: both occur simultaneously.
In Kabbalah, the three is represented by the letter
“Gimmel”, whose shape recalls the tree drops its ripe fruit.
This letter means “Intelligence Supreme Reason, who
knows the reciprocal alternatives, between the active and
passive Light Light.” In the Greek alphabet, the letter
“Gamma” is the number three in the sephirotic tree is
Binah.
The third mystery of the Tarot is the Empress, who
represents the ratio or benchmark needed, found between
two terms.
In the study of virtues and vices, we find the pride that can
lead us to make difficult to hold positions or eventually go
against what is advocated. Pride is considered the father of
all ‘vices’.
However, it must be considered that there may be two
forms of pride. Because the sphere Thipheret has a very
strong influence, it can be expressed as a form of pride that
reflects the lived knowledge; then the feeling felt by the
environment, according to the personality of the person
speaking, may well be one of pride.
Thus some imagine in possession of secrets and teachings
revealed alone as ‘elected’ and create a barrier between
them and the ‘secular’ not ready for such a knowledge.
Many speak of humility but forget their daily; pride is there.
Pride has many facets and some show an influence of the
mind without spiritual part.
But the character and aspects of the human personality can
not be and should not be completely wiped out in favor of
the spiritual, otherwise it would result in a harmful
imbalance at all levels. However, it should work to get
closer to the divine and allow our inner self to express
themselves fully in harmony.
The Lair of Nymphes
Porphyry
Introduction
It is common to talk about symbolism in contemporary
initiation and spiritual traditions. A lot of stupid things in
error are accepted under the pretext of symbolism. It must
be recognized that insiders recent centuries does not seem
to have looked carefully enough on the Western initiates of
antiquity. Had this been the case, they would have realized
that some had exposed the principles of symbolic study and
given examples of symbolic analysis. These are valuable
items because they are at the origin of the Western tradition.
The text we invite you to discover this educational booklet
and the following was written by Porphyry of Tyre,
Hermetic and Neoplatonic initiated disciple of Plotinus. He
lived in the third century AD. It is very likely that he was a
pupil Iamblichus who founded the Syrian, one of the
important sources of Tradition Ogdoadic theurgical school.
In this paper commenting on an allegorical passage of
Homer, you will see how a master like Porphyry analysis
symbols and put them in touch with each other to bring out
the hidden meaning. This is a lesson of great importance
that will bring you to the way a valuable analysis of what
we are and where our soul.
This reading and analysis will also be a way to honor the
memory of those who worked to pass the lights of the
Western tradition of initiation.
[1] This Homer wants to be heard by the lair of Ithaca he
describes in these verses:
At the head of the harbor stands an olive tree with long
leaves.
All side there is a nice and dark lair
Dedicated to the Nymphs called Naiads,
Inwardly are craters and amphorae.
Stone or bees build their combs;
It also has very long trades stone on which the nymphs
Weave fabrics dyed purple wonderful to see;
Again continual flowing waters; and there are two entries:
One, north, let down the men;
The other, at noon, more divine, and it
Men do not come, but that’s the way of the immortals.
[2] It is not in the accounts of historians Homer took what
he said; the authors who described the island are proof;
because none of them made mention of the cave, as
observed Cronius. On the other hand, if the cave was a
poetic action, it would be unlikely that a poet had hoped to
convince with a fable arbitrary and capriciously concocted a
mortal had established on the earth of Ithaca routes for men
and gods, or that without a mortal nature had made a way
where all men and descend a den where all gods go up.
Because the world is full of men and gods and we are not
about to let that persuade us to the lair of Ithaca men and
gods descend rise.
[3] Having made these remarks Cronius said that not only
wise but also for the crowd, it is clear that the poet speaks
in these verses allegorically and figuratively, forcing us to
seek what is the door men and the door of the gods and that
means that den said lair Nymphs with its double entrance,
this cave both nice and dark, while that is dark is usually
nothing but nice rather scary. Why not also Homer he said
simply: dedicated to the Nymphs, month by a very specific
attribution to those so-called Naiad? What do the craters
and amphorae where you do not say no drink is poured, but
where the bees build their combs as in rocks? Then there
are the very long trades placed to the Nymphs; but why are
they not made of wood or other material, but stone as
amphorae and craters? This indeed is less obscure than the
rest; but on looms stone nymphs weave cloth shades of
purple, which is not only beautiful to see, but to hear. How
can we believe in fact that the goddesses weave dyed purple
clothing in a dark cave on looms of stone, especially when
you read you can see these woven by goddesses and they
are dyed purple. Add this amazing feature that the cave has
two entrances, one for the descent of men, the other for the
ascent of the gods, and the input of the men turned to the
north and the entrance of the gods toward the south. The
difficulty is not small to understand why Homer has
assigned to men north and south to the gods and why he did
not rather used the east and west; because in almost all
temples statues and doors face east and those who enter
there watching the sunset, when, facing statues, they bring
their prayers to the gods and their care.
[4] The story of Homer is filled with such darkness, it will
not be necessary to see a fable capriciously conceived to
entertain the mind and there is no more contains the
description of a real place, but it is a allegory of the poet
who placed mystically as an olive tree near there cave.
Discover and explain the meaning of all the allegorical
features a story seemed a difficult task to former and us that
after trying them for interpretation. And so it seems that
those who neglect the geographical truth regard as a fiction
of the cave poet and all that is said. The best and most
accurate geographers think otherwise: Artemidorus of
Ephesus wrote in the fifth book of his work divided into
eleven books: “Going Panormus, port of Kefalonia on the
east, a distance of twelve stages are cast Ithaca, long eightyfive stages, narrow and high ‘s island; it has a port called
Phorkyn and on the shore, there is a cave dedicated to the
Nymphs where it is reported that the left Phéaeiens Ulysses.
“So everything was not invented by Homer. But his story
again reality or it adds some features the same questions
remain for those looking for what was the purpose of the
men who developed the den or the poet who would have
imagined, for the ancients consecrated point temples
without mythical symbols and what about Homer tells
nothing to chance. The more you apply to show that
everything that relates to the lair was not invented by
Homer and the cave with the poet was already dedicated to
the gods, the sacred place appear more full of ancient
wisdom. That is why it is worth it and it is necessary to
explain the symbolic consecration.
[5] The former spent rightly dens and caves in the world
taken as a whole or in its parts: it was home a traditional
belief that the earth symbolizes the material of which the
world is made; that’s why some people thought the earth
again had to hear the matter. Dens by former meant the
world so composed; Indeed, most of the time the caves
have a spontaneous existence, they are one with the land
and are caught in a uniform rock whose interior is hollow
and whose exterior opens to the boundless space of the
earth . The world is also born spontaneously participating
material is closely related thereto is designated by the
mysterious stone and rock because it is rough and it is
resistant to the determination; and because it informs you
looked as infinite. But as it is fluid and not the form that
determines things and makes them visible, it took precisely
the abundance of water and moisture dens, their darkness
and, as the poet says, their darkness symbol all that is in the
world because of the material.
[6] This is because of the material that the world is dark and
gloomy; but the shape which is added and orders (that is
why we named him κόσμος) becomes beautiful and
enjoyable. It is with reason that the cave is called nice, it is
so at first because he participates in forms and obscure if
we think about the depths and if you enter it in mind. Thus
the exterior is superficially pleasant and inside and depths
are unclear. Similarly, the Persians in the initiation
ceremony to the mystery of the descent of souls and their
regression give the name of the cave setting in which
initiation. According Eubulus, Zoroaster first, the nearby
mountains of Persia consecrated in honor of Mithras, the
creator and father of all things, a natural cave, watered by
springs, covered with flowers and foliage. This cave was
the shape of the world created by Mithra and things that
were arranged at regular intervals symbolized the cosmic
elements and climates. After Zoroaster, use persisted to
perform the ceremonies of initiation in dens and caves,
either natural or excavated by the hand of man. For as we
spent Olympians gods of temples, shrines and altars, stelae
terrestrial gods and heroes, pits and holes underground
gods; The same is dedicating to the world of caverns and
caves as well as nymphs because of falling water drip and
gush into the caves and that the president Naïades, as we
shall soon.
[7] It is not only regarded the cave as a symbol of the
sensible world, as I have said, but also all the hidden forces
of nature; because the caves are dark and the essence of
these forces is mysterious. And just as Saturn is a den
landscape in the ocean and hides his children, and Ceres
student Proserpine in a cave among the Nymphs. One
would find many other similar examples by browsing the
writings of theologians.
[8] That the caves were dedicated to the Nymphs and
particularly Naïades living near sources and derive their
name from the waters from which they take their course,
that’s what shows the hymn to Apollo, where it is said:
For you the sources of spiritual waters
Flow perpetually in the caves,
Nourished by the breath of the earth, to the Oracles,
Divine of the Muse; and on earth
Flowing from all sides
They offer their deadly freshwater
The continual outpouring.
Inspired, I think, of these beliefs, the Pythagoreans and
Plato after them, called the world a den and a cave.
Empedocles in the conducting powers of souls say
We arrived in the hidden lair.
And Plato in Book VII of the Republic it is said: “These are
the men in the underground and in a home like a cave, with
a wide open toward the light throughout the cave entrance.”
Then the caller said: “You’re using an absurd comparison.”
The other says, “so you have, dear Glaucus, that I
accommodates every way that we said before. The house
that we have before us like a prison and the fire that shines
in the sun’s power. ”
[9] This proves that theologians have taken to caves symbol
of the world and the forces it contains, but I made the
remark, they took as the symbol of the essence intelligible
for various reasons are not the same; because the caves
include the sensible world, because they are obscure, rocky
and wet, and the world, because of the material of which it
is composed, is refractory to the determination and fluid.
But they also symbolize the world intelligible because the
essence is invisible, permanent and fixed. Similarly, the
special forces are obscure to the senses, especially when
joined to matter. For it is considering they are natural, dark
as night and dug into the stone, which made dens symbols,
and not at all on account of their shape as well as some
believed; all caves in fact are not spherical like the lair of
Homer with two doors.
[10] The other twin is not only represented the intelligible
essence, but the sensitive nature; and he referred to now,
because it contains inexhaustible water does not symbolize
the essence intelligible but the essence united to matter. For
this reason it is not dedicated to the Nymphs Orestiadi
(mountains), or the Nymphs Acréennes (highs), but the
Naiad who are named sources. We call itself Naïades
Nymphs who preside over rushing water, but was called by
that name all souls descending into generation. It was
thought that the souls stand before being visited by the
divine breath water; this is what it says Numenius thus
explaining the words of the prophet: “The spirit of God
moved over the waters.” For this reason as the Egyptians
did not place all daimones on a solid and stable element,
but they placed them all on a ship, even the sun and all in a
word, must attend the flight, the wet element of souls
descending into generation. Hence the words of Heraclitus:
“It is not death to souls to become wet, it is a joy, it is a joy
for them to fall into generation.” And again he said: “To
live is to die for them and what we call death is for them
life. “As a poet he called διερούς that is to say trais, men
who live in the world of generation because they have wet
souls. Indeed these souls like blood and human seed and
water used as food plants.
[11] Some argue that people in the air and the sky feed
vapors emanating from springs and rivers, and other
exhalations. Stoic philosophers believed that the sun was
pulling his food exhalations of the sea; the moon, vapors of
springs and rivers and stars from those of Earth. Thus the
sun, moon and stars would be spiritual torches from the sea,
the waters of the rivers and the land. Necessarily so, souls
are or tangible or intangible and attract the body; especially
those who must be united to blood and wet bodies have
penchant for wet and principle embodied moisture laden.
That is why the souls of the dead is mentioned with
libations of bile and blood and also that friendly souls in
attracting them moist breath condense the body like a
cloud. Because the condensed water vapor produces a
cloud, and the breath condensing in souls by excessive
moisture abundance, these souls become visible. Among
these are those whose breath is dirty and appear to men in
the form of sound spectra. But the pure souls turn from the
generation. As Heraclitus: “The dry soul is the wisest. “This
is also why the desire of coitus makes wet and wetter
because the soul inclines to the generation draws moisture
vapor away.
[12] The Naiads are the souls that are to generation. Too, do
we usually call: Nymphs girls who marry because they
unite for the generation and bathe with water fountains,
streams and springs that do not fail. Besides for the souls
reached the perfection of their nature and for generators
Daimones, the world is sacred and pleasant, although
naturally dark and gloomy; This led to believe that these
souls were air and fired air their substance Thus the
sanctuary that was suitable for them on earth it was a nice,
dark cave in the world picture, where as in a large temple
stand souls. The Nymphs who preside over the waters
should also be a den where continuous water flow.
[13] We must therefore assign the cave referred to the souls
and the most special powers to the Nymphs. These, because
they guard the sources (νᾶμα) and fountains (πηγὴ) are
called Pégées and Naiad. What various symbols have we
appropriate to each soul, the other the powers of water, to
think that the cave is dedicated to both the souls and the
Nymphs? Surely craters and amphorae symbolize the
Nymphs Hydriades. For amphorae and craters are made of
clay, that is to say, terracotta, are symbols of Bacchus;
indeed, they agree to this god of the vine, as the fruit of the
vine ripened by the fire of heaven.
[14] But craters and amphorae stone ideal for nymphs who
preside over the waters springing from the stone. What
more appropriate symbol that trades souls who take to the
generation and production of body? That is why the poet
has dared to say that these trades Nymphs: Weave shades of
purple cloth admirable to see.
For it is in the bones and around the bones that forms the
flesh. They are stone animal body because of their extreme
resemblance to the stone. That is why it is said that the
trades are made of stone and no other material. The
paintings are by purple against the flesh made of blood. For
the purple fleece and wool are dyed with the blood of
animals and the meat comes from the blood and is done
with him. And the body is the garment of the soul
wonderful show, whether we consider the composition or in
union with the soul. Proserpine and watching over all that is
born of a seed is represented by Orpheus weaving of the
fabric and the old heaven compared to a robe because it
envelops the heavenly gods.
[15] But why are they amphorae full of water but not
honey? As Homer says,
Bees build their Τιθαιβώσσειν rays is clearly τιθέναι and
τὴν βόσιν, which means removing food; gold bees eat and
drink honey. Theologians have used honey for a lot of
different symbols. Honey has indeed many properties; it
purifies and preserves, thanks to him much remains
incorruptible and old wounds are healed by him, it is sweet
to taste and made flowers by bees that sometimes arise
oxen. Also pouring on the hands of those who are initiated
into the mysteries léontiques to wash, honey instead of
water, it requires them to keep their hands clean of any
untoward action evil and vile, and because fire purified,
these special offers mystes effusions, water being dismissed
as opposing the action of fire. Much honey purifies
language errors.
PART 2
Apollonius of Tyana
Those of you who read books on ancient philosophy, see
often appear the figure of this famous miracle worker. It is
the same for those who are documented on some
Rosicrucian or Martinist companies.
We believe that a study of this extraordinary philosopher is
of interest. His memory is tenacious, his teaching is still
frequently cited.
Old Geneva show to interested scholars place at the foot of
the cathedral, where, according to legend, a stele
Apollonius dedicated it to the glory of the gods. Who was
Apollonius of Tyana?
Philosopher’s profile
Birth: A year or two before the start of the Christian era in
Tyana.
Parents: wealthy merchants that give it a solid education
Euthydène is his first Master.
Vocation: Breaking felt a shock through his second Master
Euxenus. It inculcates his doctrine of Pythagoras and is a
result of his education, the young Apollonius decided to
live in Pythagorean.
His lyrics: Different comments make us know of
Apollonius, the following: Apology – Treaty on astrology –
Paper on sacrifices – Ode to memory – Pythagorean
doctrine – Testament – 95 letters.
His death: Occurs at the age of 98 or 99 years. He
disappeared without a trace, without witnesses, which adds
to the supernatural in her life.
Biography: One hundred years after his death, Philostratus
wrote the story of his life at the request of Julie, Empress
philosopher. To our knowledge, this is the only
comprehensive document that you can find.
Follower of Pythagoras
“I’m just a man, but man can, through contemplation and
philosophy, ascending to the Gods.”
Placed highlight this sentence and expresses the
quintessential Towards d’Or. No other philosopher
Apollonius, did not follow as closely Pythagorean thought.
It vividly illustrates the doctrine of the Sage of Samos.
Clothed in linen, not eating meat, he applies himself to all
the rules of life constitutes a philosophical education. Not
content to introduce the reform of morals, to correct errors
and abuses of the clergy, Apollonius pay in person by
offering the image of contemporary wisdom.
He wants to give an example, each of which can emulate.
The impression on his contemporaries deeply brand. During
his lifetime, he is revered as the equal of God, feared for his
supernatural powers and admired for his generous qualities.
He struggles to maintain the Pythagorean doctrine in the
fight dedicated to ancient gods. His word is often contrasted
with that of Christ and it is no exaggeration to say that two
religions fought through their personality. The crowds,
always eager for demonstrations, often judged the quality of
their teaching in the light of their wonders. The list of his
miracles is such that for many years it was impossible to
decide the merits of Christ and Apollonius.
The influence of Apollonius was lasting, Four centuries
after his death the honors continued to be paid to him.
Biography by Philostratus
What particularly attracted our attention in the Life of
Apollonius are his doctrines, religious evolution in which it
is involved and the spirit of his time. From this point of
view, miracles which are so liberally bestowed in
Philostratus, should not be overlooked. Pagans do not
believe in it alone, we all declare, but Christians too, when
he was opposed to them (which took place in the time of
Diocletian, when Hierocles wrote his book against them).
This book is titled; Friend of the truth to Christians by
Hierocles, govern Bithynia. Jesus Christ is depicted as a
highway robber who infested Judea with nine hundred
brigands. The miracles of Apollonius of Tyana expressed
much higher than that Christians attribute to the founder of
their sect.
Christians do not deny that he would have done; they
simply assign assign those they do not deny the art of magic
or the influence of evil spirits. Among the most remarkable
of his miracles, our quote: Secret of the Fountain – the
Criminal discovered – the gift of knowledge of languages his fight against a Empuse – the wild asses – the gifts of
divination – second sight – his prediction about Nero – his
victory over the demon of plague – the hunt demons – his
gifts of magic.
It makes life, miraculously, a girl died, save for his
foresight sentenced to death, guess the location of a
fabulous treasure.
He has the gift to disappear and reappear, and the ability of
bi-location. Surrounded by his disciples, he announced the
death of Domitian, which occurred far away.
Finally, after his death, his shadow appears in many of his
disciples. His presence and the strength of his teaching do,
it is no exaggeration to name the last idol of paganism.
Tolerance and moderation of Apollonius appear at every
moment of his life and he carries them in various things.
He leaves his Master Euxenus live in true epicurean with
the fortune of the court. He does not impose his disciples
the system he observes himself and if he seeks perfection in
its own way, it leaves the other search by different routes.
He did not think it suits a king to continue the path of
wisdom like a private individual; it is the part of the various
conditions and assesses the possibility of having to fill and
imperatives of social propriety.
It considers the whole earth as one homeland and all men as
brothers. Researching the long chain of tradition that
connects people through all time. After studying grammar
and rhetoric with Euthydemus, it penetrates through the
Pythagorean system of education Euxenus. The richness of
this doctrine leaves him a glimpse of the Royal Route. In
order to be better spent, he decided to test and give five
years of reflection. During his five years, he keeps absolute
silence, busy getting rich spiritually. This period of his life
is in the year 17-22.
So finally, Apollonius considers his philosophy education
completed.
His life goes on, it is true, from being a long trip and all
parts of the vast Roman empire are in turn gratified with his
presence.
At 43, he went to Babylon and 46 it is in India to learn the
secrets of Initiates. At 47, he’s back to Babylon, and 61, its
presence is celebrated in Olympia for the duration of the
games.
In Rome, during the reign of Nero in 63, he then visited
Spain in 66 His last long journeys took him to Egypt and
Ethiopia, from 69.
He is jailed under Domitian in 92 in Rome. His later years,
he goes, from 93 ahead of Greece where he was killed in
96.
But if he travels the world and is now less to learn than to
teach others. He is conscious of possessing the wisdom in
all its fullness and acts accordingly. If he visits the tomb of
Achilles, the hero leaves his tomb for him to communicate
his desires and wishes. Does he later Ethiopia to see the
Gymnosophists who proclaim themselves the wisest of
men, it first lowers the pride and one of them, the most
sincere, the most ardent in the pursuit of Indeed, the leaves
to become his student. At Eleusis the hierophant refuses to
initiate into the mysteries.
“I will be initiated, said Apollonius, but another that you
will have the honor of this initiation.”
The guardians of the cave of Trophonius prohibit him
entrance. It takes no account of this defense and, at night,
he forced the entrance of the gulf to confer with God. It
feels such joy in it appears his priests and strongly
criticized their conduct towards such a man. At the same
time, he ordered them to go to Aulis before the seventh day,
to see Apollonius then sprout. Apollonius reappears, indeed,
in this place, to the astonishment and no doubt, much to the
confusion of those who had shown him so little respect. He
reports written god attesting that the best philosophy is that
of Pythagoras. He often accused priests to mislead people
and to serve their religion. Apollonius is cleverer than them
in the performance of their primary art, medicine. It cures
more patients and ask nothing for salary, having taken a
vow of poverty. He also enjoys greater popularity and
imagination likes to embroider around facts that may have
some truth, measures to enhance the reputation of details.
Letters
To Euphrates: You have traveled all countries, from Syria
to Italy, covered with beautiful coats, and, as they say,
mantels, king. Previously, you had a coat philosopher, a
long white beard and that was it. How is it then that now
you are coming to us with a ship loaded with gold, silver,
vases of all kinds, rich fabrics, all the attributes of luxury,
ostentation, vanity, folly I need regular. What is this cargo,
what is this new kind of goods? Zeno himself was a simple
fruit seller.
To Crito: Pythagoras said that medicine is the most divine
of the arts. If medicine is the most divine art requires that
the physician is responsible for the soul as well as body.
How would it be a healthy, if the game itself is the most
important was sick?
To Valerius: Nobody dies, if not in appearance, just as no
one is born, if not in appearance. Indeed, the transition from
gasoline at the substance, that is what has been called born;
and so-called die, on the contrary, the passage of gas to the
substance. Nothing is born, nothing dies in reality but
appears first and then become invisible.
To his disciples, Simonides said he had never repented of
having you, but often have spoken.
To Ephesians to the Temple of Diana: The temple is open
to those who sacrifice, praying, singing hymns, the
pleading, the Greeks, the barbarians, the freemen, slaves.
This is a wonderfully divine law. I recognize the attributes
of Jupiter and Latona. Would the gods that there had not
more! You keep all the rites of sacrifice, all the pomp of
royalty. As banqueters and revelers, you are blameless: but
blame does not do you to make to you, as neighbors of the
goddess, night and day? Is it not in your community that
come out every rogues, brigands, slavers, all unjust and
wicked men? The temple is a den of thieves.
To Euphrates: I am a friend of the philosophers: but as for
the sophists, grammarians, and the rest of this miserable
breed, I feel, and I hope I never do feel for them no
friendship. This does not apply to you, unless you are those
people. But here is for you: moderate your passion, try to be
philosophical and not to be envious of the true
philosophers, for already approaching old age and death.
Virtue comes from nature, education, exercise; Three
things, to virtue, deserve any kind of consideration. You
have to see if you have one of the three. Or, you have to
give your noble studies, or you have to provide free
education to whoever will enjoy.
To Dion: If you want to charm your ears, play the flute or
the harp than making speeches. Those are the instruments
of pleasure and the art of giving pleasure is called music.
The speech is intended to discover the truth. Here’s what
has to be the object of your actions, your writing, your
words, if so, that’s why you are a philosopher.
To Numenius: When we lose friends, so do not cry loudly,
but we remember that we spend with them the fun part of
our existence.
PRACTICE
Practice of the month
Lucid dreaming – astral travel
The dream is a reality as reality is a dream. The dream
seems to be an illusion is actually in contact with the astral
plane, or world of desire in our sleep. The astral plane is a
sphere of the afterlife or is those disembodied before
detaching completely from their earthly personality to
gradually unite with the divine energy.
The dream is usually unintentional, but the shaman or
theurgist knows how to get in with lucidity. Being lucid
dream is dreaming in the awareness of living a dream.
Unlike ordinary dreamer, lucid dreaming takes his dream
for what it is: an experiment in the inner worlds of spirit
lived in a dream state and not an outdoor experience in the
material world experienced in the waking state.
Practice of lucid dreaming
To achieve self-consciousness in a dream, you can use the
proven Wizards Shamans described below technique. The
method includes three types of exercises performed during
the day, before sleeping and after waking up at night.
Exercise during the day
Before expressing your intention to dream lucidly, ask
yourself several times a day the question: “Will I dream?”
Check your sensory perceptions:
Observe an object or your hands, then look elsewhere; a
moment later, watch again. Will it change shape, color, etc.
I need regular.
Check your memory:
1 Replace the memory during the events of the day. Do you
have a memory lapse?
2 – After this “reality check”, imagine that you are really
intense dreaming. Imagine yourself in a dream mindfully.
3 – Affirm with resolution: “Now, when I dream, I
remember that I am dreaming.”
Choose in advance opportunities to practice the exercise in
the waking state. Ask yourself the question “Will I dream?”
when you use the door to your room, your home or your
car, etc.
If you intend to control the reality when using a door,
imagine yourself trying to remember your intention and
actually perform the audit. The visualization helps to
remember the circumstances associated with the issue.
Exercise before to sleep
1 – Before you sleep, relax completely, using relaxation.
For a few minutes, strain and release successively every
muscle in the body from head to toe and then head to foot.
2 – Leave your problems evaporate the day. Breathe calmly
and deeply, with each exhalation feel the tension dissolve
and peace come in you.
3 – Remember a recent dream. Imagine yourself in that
dream, and looking all abnormal or bizarre details that
characterize a dream.
4 – Affirm before sleeping, “Now when I dream, I
remember that I am dreaming.”
Exercise of night waking
This exercise is important in every revival, if it diminishes
the value of other exercises.
1 – Do not move for a minute after the alarm to allow good
dream memory.
2 – Wake up completely and get up a few minutes before
going to bed again.
3 – Write in a notebook all the details and the feelings you
experienced during your dreams.
4 – Affirm before sleeping, “Now when I dream, I
remember that I am dreaming.”
5 – Imagine your sleeping body, lying in bed Observe the
rapid eye movement under your eyelids, signaling that you
are dreaming. View the previous dream imagining aware
that you are dreaming. Repeat this visualization as often as
possible.
6 – Affirm again and again: “Now, when I dream, I
remember that I am dreaming.” Your efforts will bear
wonderful fruits: Entry consciously in the astral realm.
Once you will come to practice lucid dreaming, you can
live an enjoyable adventure as freedom from gravity and fly
through the air, to build a temple, a palace, a charming and
divine world, meet amazing people, know all sorts of
sensual and romantic experiences original, develop your
overall creativity and magic, find solutions to personal
problems and all sorts of mystical and transcendental
experiences.
PHILOSOPHY
Seneca: From the brevity of life
III
Add to all the geniuses who have never lit the world to
agree on this one point, there was a darkness they admire
enough in the minds of humans: they do not support that
anyone in their territory and if any dispute arises borders,
everyone runs to the stones and weapons; in their lives,
however they let themselves be overwhelmed by other,
better yet, they will be introduced to their future masters of
themselves; if you can not find anyone who wants to share
his money between how many people each not he
distributes his life! Strict when it comes to heritage
conservation, in terms of wasting time, we thoughtlessly
prodigal in the one area where greed is nothing
dishonorable.
This is why I love, in a gathering of elderly people to take
part in one of the old he here reached the limit of human
life, a hundred years or more overwhelm you: go ahead,
recaps on behalf of your existence. Do the subtraction: how
much of that time as a creditor, for a friend, for an
important person, for a junior to a domestic scene, for
reproof slaves, for a variety of approaches of convenience;
adds the diseases that is manufactured, also adds the idle
hours: you will see that you have fewer years than thou
statements.
“Come back in your memory on what occasion you have
got you stick to what was decided, the few days that are
carried out as you had hoped those times when you could
have yourself where your face remained serene, unruffled
your mind, what works in a long life you managed to
achieve the number of people who looted your life without
your knowledge without you having measured the loss, a
vain pain a silly joy , a passion, a flattering conversation
could steal, how narrow is the bit of your property that you
stayed.’ll understand that you die prematurely ”
What he has led to this state of affairs? You live as if you
were going to live forever, your frailty ever comes to your
mind, you do not see how much time has already passed;
you lose as if you had time and again, when – for all we
know – perhaps the same one you give to someone or
something is your last day. Much your incessant desires are
those of mortals, as your incessant desires are those of
immortals.
Most people say mean: “In fifty years I will retire for a
good time, sixty see me removed from office.” But what
guarantee have you received a particularly long life?
Allowing it unfolds according to your plans? Hast thou not
ashamed to reserve you the remains of your life, and not
destined to the thoughts of a time value for any activity
whatsoever, is worthless? Is it not a strange delay to start
living right when you have to end? What a fool forgetting
the mortal condition that push the fiftieth and sixtieth year
the healthy resolutions, and therefore to want to start a life
at an age when few people are able!
QUOTATIONS
1st week
“The strength without intelligence collapses under its own
weight.” Horace
2nd week
“When you do not know what life is, how can we know
what death is?” Epicure
3rd week
“It’s not in the purpose and meaning of things lies, but in
the process.” Antoine de Saint-Exupéry
4th week
“Is it not better still make ungrateful, than fail to do good?”
Diderot.
“The free spirit, rejection of prejudice and narrow limits of
being, seem to be the most extreme fear. Once a word free,
great and generous is heard, it seems that there is always an
ideology, a group to enclose.
However, being is born free, and in a body on sacred
ground. The fiber of his being flesh is sacred and each of
his emotions, his joys and sorrows is a divine chord that
vibrates in unison with the harp of the cosmos.
Consider that we are in a world of pain and darkness, it is
not to see that we are ourselves and the world that our
conscience shaped nature.
Desecrated and the sad eyes, is an empty and frightening
world; pure and respectful, a sacred and divine world look.”
Excerpt from the book “ABC of the Aura,” Jean-Louis de
Biasi, Ed. Grancher, Paris, 2000.
Fraternally under the auspices and the protection of the
Rose and the Cross,
Jean-Louis de Biasi
Ill. Grand Patriarch Rose+Cross of the O.K.R.C.
TEACHINGS
The Quaternary
If the number three creator reveals the deed in its essence,
the even number that follows it should logically show the
result.
Four is the first square number, since it comes from the root
binary and while it symbolizes the broader antithesis, that is
to say, the opposition, the four shows, as a double binary, a
new manifestation of the proposal and also a new
limitation.
The quaternary consists of two binary opposites and
oppositions occur in directions or trends. We have, in fact, a
couple of positive trends, and a couple of negative trends,
and if we consider Nature as a whole, we see that the
irreducible antagonism prevents undergoing continuous
operation. Nature does not possess in itself a dynamic
character, but a static one, because “passive” trends are
opposed to “active” trends, a hopeless balance. Thus, the
energy stopped by the inertial force is extinguished in the
mass, the perpetual production can only replace relentless
destruction.
If there were only one opposition, a single binary, the
balance would be absolutely and invariably neutral. The
cross opposition is such that without allowing an imbalance
and therefore no out of the box, there is a certain balance,
which shows the cyclical nature of Nature. The type of
these cycles is given by the seasons. Summer in the
northern hemisphere is comprised of long days, little
rainfall, a hot sun, and dry periods. This period is opposed
to the cold and wet winter. In between, we see two
intermediate periods: one, between winter and summer, has
a temperature that seems sweet after the cold. This is
autumn. The other, having the opposite qualities, is spring.
We see by this example that the need for a quaternary is so
obvious, it is found nearly everywhere.
It seems difficult to imagine a different division of the two
extreme periods, separated by intervening, as one moves
from positive to negative or vice versa.
The lunar cycle is also naturally divided into four phases.
The surface of the Earth can be measured in two
dimensions, one from east to west and the other
perpendicular to it. Hence the cardinal points which are
very important, especially in the traditional area.
The different seasons are also characterized by the
distinctive features of plant life. In the northern hemisphere,
spring is the time of development, summer is the flowering
period, autumn is the ripening period, followed by wilting,
then winter is the period of slowdown and death.
Human life, in its cycle from birth to death, is comparable
to the cycle of plant life because they both move from one
cycle to another.
All these divisions of nature are analogies of rotational
cycles; oscillations are described by the equilibrium that
results from four underlying trends. Their character is to
return periodically to their starting point and go through the
same phases. Thus, the cycles of nature seem eternal and
unchanging.
Great philosophers have attempted to classify substances,
living and nonliving, which they found on the surface of the
Earth. This classification, to be logical, can only be
achieved by following Nature in her mineral, vegetable and
animal aspects. But where are the lines between the
vegetable and mineral? Between plants and animals?
And between animals and humans?
First, consider the difference between the vegetable and
mineral kingdoms. The plant kingdom includes everything
that grows, which originates directly or indirectly in the
earth and multiplies, or recurs, either above or below
ground. On the other hand, we find that the mineral
kingdom, which also has its roots in the ground, is
apparently passive and cannot reproduce.
The two kingdoms have in common their close association
with the ground; however, one has motion, while the other
is stationary.
If we consider that a species with more skills and abilities is
more advanced, it is logical to conclude that the plant
kingdom is more advanced than the mineral kingdom.
Apply this comparison of the plant and animal kingdoms.
We noted that the plant kingdom has the characteristics of
growth, fruition and reproduction.
The animal kingdom also has these. Both also have a
sensitivity and a mode of expression and this is where the
difference between the two begins. The sensitivity and
mode of expression of the vegetable kingdom, though real,
(and now proven by science) is very limited, at least in our
perception. This is not expressed by emotions, instinct or
even the first signs of a form of speaking.
In addition, the animal kingdom, whether animals or even
birds, expresses a form of intelligence that we perceive.
What differentiates humans from the animal kingdom is
mainly our ability to reason. Animals and plants have
common characteristics and the same is true of men and
animals. Man’s skills and abilities have led him away from
the animal kingdom, although often, many of our peers’
behaviors seem more animal than human.
The man is so different from the animal kingdom,
mammalian as it is, we can conclude that in Nature, four
kingdoms have evolved.
These four kingdoms, having evolved through the
quaternary, are interrelated, but nevertheless constitute a
kind of immutable “closed circuit.” Thus, the number Four
represents Divinity acting on the world and taking the force
of the laws of Nature.
Four is the number of structuring, organizing the divine
manifestation in the visible world.
In terms of symbolism, the number four is represented by
the square and the square represents the earth. With its
equal angles, its sides, and its surface, the square is a
perfect figure of solidity and firmness, stability and
achievement. It is a demonstration contained in a specific
context and limited aspect.
The equal-armed cross also illustrates the number four.
Formed by geometric lines, it occupies theoretically any
surface, with arms indefinitely extended. Only the junction,
the crossing is final. It thus indicates various directions and
expresses the diversity of tendencies of nature. In truth, the
square encloses the Cross, showing opposite trends or
oppositions locked in concrete limitations.
The cross represents the qualities of natural things, while
the square expresses the ideal form of materiality. If the
arms of the cross are removed from the square and the
center point remains fixed, we get the number five.
Furthermore, if we have four points at random, not in a
straight line in three-dimensional space, these points, no
longer on the same plane, can determine the vertices of a
tetrahedron that is geometrically the simplest shape possible
to determine in space.
This is why the number four took the meaning of the
material form. In this number, Aristotle sees the principle of
depth; Philo says it is the first to show the nature of the
Solid.
In the Tarot de Marseille, the fourth Arcane, the Emperor,
represents strength and temporal power. In the Minor
Arcana, we have four colors for each, corresponding to the
four elements.
It is not possible to speak of the number four without
mentioning the Tetractys of Pythagoras.
The Tetractys is a triangle formed by four rows of points
and is obtained by adding the first four numbers (1 + 2 + 3
+ 4).
The first point to the apex of the triangle represents the
universal source, Unity. It manifests itself as duality, since
we can see the world only in a double aspect, with
principles for couples and additional peers. A lower rank is
the Triad, which represents the macrocosm and microcosm
in their ternary aspect: the divine world, the human world,
the physical world; or spirit, soul and body.
The bottom row of the triangle is made of four points,
symbolizing the multiplicity of the universe, which is
manifested by the four elements, or the four cardinal points.
This rank, along with the other three, gives what is called
the Decade or symbol of unity; all these parts have a single
origin, from which everything emanates.
This is the symbolism of the general Tetractys.
To deepen the symbolism, let’s get into the science of
elements.
They have an occult constitution. There, in a Tetractys, is
the key to the Seal of Solomon. The Seal of Solomon or
“Star of David” symbolizes the worlds intertwined. We will
see that in this area, based on the four elements.
In the Tetractys, Unity is located at the top, the Fire, the
divine mind. This is also the Shin of Kabbalah,
corresponding to Aziluth, the world.
Below we find the Air, a semi-tangible manifestation. We
can actually feel the air, but we cannot grasp it. This is the
world of Briah and the Hebrew letter Aleph sephirotic, the
tree.
Third, we have the Triad and the Water element. We see that
in the water there is Fire and Air. Fire and Air are leading us
to water. This element is a tangible, but inspecific form. We
are in the world of Yetzirah, the letter Mem.
The final element, the Earth is represented by the number
four. Following the Tetraktis, so Water and Fire are
constituents of the Earth, three and one. The formed and
tangible matter thus begins with the number four.
The first three points of the Tetractys form a metaphysical
field: the worlds Atziluth, Briah, and Yetzirah in Kabbalah.
Only the world Asiah is dense and material. It is our land
area. At ground level, we have the four elements
manifested. These elements are tangible, and we are subject
to their influences. They shape our lives here on earth.
However, it must be noted that these four elements also
exist on the three upper levels, but their symptoms are
different, of another vibrational frequency. They are
potentially relative to their expression level, land. Fire
represented in Tetractys, therefore contains Water, Air and
Earth. Similarly, the Air has Fire, Water and Earth.
These findings teach us that there are elements and
principles at the cosmic level, and elements manifested on
the Earth’s plane.
Therefore, in the operative way, two aspects can be
practiced. The first usually has the adjective “Theurgy,” the
second the more mundane “Magic.”
Theurgy means looking for a connection with the Divine,
and is oriented towards the Good, while “magic” is usually
made of “recipes” for the desired purpose, not necessarily
good for a person to practice gaining development.
The “Theurgy” is part of the wisdom or hidden science of
the Ancients.
It is necessary to differentiate the Theurgy of Magic.
Theurgy is a practical ritual designed to bring us in touch
with the divine higher planes. The aim of this work is
simply a rapprochement with our divine origins, for an
improvement of our human and spiritual nature.
That is why the Kabbalistic Order of the Rose Cross
teaches and practices in its rituals the operating part of
Theurgy.
Magic differs from Theurgy, in that it allows the
practitioner to use natural laws to achieve results, or things
to improve his physical human existence.
It should be noted here that the Kabbalistic Order of the
Rose Cross does not teach magic, nor recommend it. This is
to avoid deviation from the initiatory framework. These
practices may, in fact, be hazardous when used.
On the Cave of the Nymphs by Porphyry
But the Persians, when they offer honey to the guardian of
fruits, consider it as the symbol of a preserving and
defending power. Hence some persons have thought that the
nectar and ambrosia (note 8), which the poet pours into the
nostrils of the dead, for the purpose of preventing
putrefaction, is honey; since honey is the food of the Gods.
On this account also, the same poet somewhere calls nectar
golden; for such is the color of honey (viz., it is a deep
yellow). But whether or not honey is to be taken for nectar,
we shall elsewhere more accurately examine. In Orpheus,
likewise, Saturn is ensnared by Jupiter through honey. For
Saturn, being filled with honey, is intoxicated, his senses
are darkened, as if from the effects of wine, and he sleeps;
just as Porus, in the banquet of Plato, is filled with nectar;
for wine was not (says he) yet known. The |22 Goddess
Night, too, in Orpheus, advises Jupiter to make use of
honey as an artifice. For she says to him:
“When stretch’d beneath the lofty oaks you view Saturn,
with honey by the bees produc’d sunk in ebriety (note 9),
fast bind the God.”
This therefore, takes place, and Saturn being bound is
emasculated in the same manner as Heaven; the theologist
obscurely signifying by this that divine natures become
through pleasure bound, and drawn down into the realms of
generation; and also that, when dissolved in pleasure they
emit certain seminal powers. Hence Saturn emasculates
Heaven, when descending to earth through a desire of
generation (note 10). But the sweetness of honey signifies,
with theologists, the same thing as the pleasure arising from
generation, by which Saturn, being ensnared, was castrated.
For Saturn, and his sphere, are the first of the orbs that
move contrary to the course of Coelum or the heavens.
Certain powers, however, descend both from Heaven (or
the inerratic sphere) and the planets. But Saturn receives the
powers of Heaven and Jupiter the powers of Saturn. Since,
therefore, honey is assumed in purgations, and as an
antidote to putrefaction, and is indicative of the pleasure
which draws souls downward to generation; it is a symbol
well adapted to aquatic Nymphs, on account of the
unputrescent nature of the waters over which they preside,
their purifying power, and their co-operation with
generation. For water co-operates in the work of generation.
On this account the bees are said, by the poet, to deposit
their honey in bowls and amphorae; the bowls being a
symbol of fountains, and therefore a bowl is placed near to
Mithra, instead of a fountain; but the amphorae are symbols
of the vessels with which we draw water from fountains.
And fountains and streams are adapted to aquatic Nymphs,
and still more so to the Nymphs that are souls, which the
ancient peculiarly called bees, as the efficient causes of
sweetness. Hence Sophocles does not speak inappropriately
when he says of souls:
“In swarms while wandering, from the dead, a humming
sound is heard.”
8.The priestesses of Ceres, also, as being initiated into
the mysteries of the terrene Goddess, were called by
the ancient bees; and Proserpine herself was
denominated by |24 them honied. The moon, likewise,
who presides over generation, was called by them a
bee, and also a bull. And Taurus is the exaltation of the
moon. But bees are ox-begotten. And this application is
also given to souls proceeding into generation. The
God, likewise, who is occultly connected with
generation, is a stealer of oxen. To which may be
added, that honey is considered as a symbol of death,
and on this account it is usual to offer libations of
honey to the terrestrial Gods; but gall is considered as a
symbol of life; whether it is obscurely signed by this,
that the life of the soul dies through pleasure, but
through bitterness the soul resumes its life, whence,
also, bile is sacrificed to the Gods; or whether it is,
because death liberates from molestation, but the
present life is laborious and bitter. All souls, however,
proceeding into generation, are not simply called bees,
but those who will live in it justly and who, after
having performed such things as are acceptable to the
Gods, will again return (to their kindred stars). For this
insect loves to return to the place from whence it first
came and is eminently just and sober. Whence, also, the
libations |25 which are made with honey are called
sober. Bees, likewise, do not sit on beans, which were
considered by the ancients as a symbol of generation
proceeding in a right line, and without flexure; because
this leguminous vegetable is almost the only seedbearing plant whose stalk is perforated throughout
without any intervening knots (note 11). We must
therefore admit, that honeycombs and bees are
appropriate and common symbols of the aquatic
nymphs, and of souls that are married (as it were) to
(the humid and fluctuating nature of) generation.
9.Caves, therefore, in the most remote periods of
antiquity were consecrated to the Gods, before temples
were erected to them. Hence, the Curetes in Crete
dedicated a cavern to Jupiter; in Arcadia, a cave was
sacred to the Moon, and to Lycean Pan; and in Naxus,
to Bacchus. But wherever Mithra was known, they
propitiated the God in a cavern. With respect, however,
to the Ithacensian cave, Homer was not satisfied with
saying that it had two gates but adds that one of the
gates was turned towards the north, but the other which
was more divine, to the south. He also says that the
northern gate was |26 pervious to descent but does not
indicate whether this was also the case with the
southern gate. For of this, he only says, “It is
inaccessible to men, but it is the path of the immortals.”
10.It remains, therefore, to investigate what is indicated
by this narration; whether the poet describes a cavern
which was in reality consecrated by others, or whether
it is an enigma of his own invention. Since, however, a
cavern is an image and symbol of the world, as
Numenius and his familiar Cronius assert, there are two
extremities in the heavens, viz., the winter tropic, than
which nothing is more southern, and the summer
tropic, than which nothing is more northern. But the
summer tropic is in Cancer, and the winter tropic in
Capricorn. And since Cancer is nearest to us, it is very
properly attributed to the Moon, which is the nearest of
all the heavenly bodies to the earth. But as the southern
pole by its great distance is invisible to us, hence
Capricorn is attributed to Saturn, the highest and most
remote of all the planets. Again, the signs from Cancer
to Capricorn are situated in the following order: and the
first of these is Leo, which is the house of the Sun; |27
afterwards Virgo, which is the house of Mercury;
Libra, the house of Venus; Scorpio, of Mars;
Sagittarius, of Jupiter; and Capricorn, of Saturn. But
from Capricorn in an inverse order Aquarius is
attributed to Saturn; Pisces to Jupiter; Aries to Mars;
Taurus to Venus; Gemini to Mercury; and in the last
place Cancer to the Moon.
11.Theologists therefore assert, that these two gates are
Cancer and Capricorn; but Plato calls them entrances.
And of these, theologists say, that Cancer is the gate
through which souls descend; but Capricorn that
through which they ascend. Cancer is indeed northern,
and adapted to descent; but Capricorn is southern, and
adapted to ascent (note 12). The northern parts,
likewise, pertain to souls descending into generation.
And the gates of the cavern which are turned to the
north are rightly said to be pervious to the descent of
men; but the southern gates are not the avenues of the
Gods, but of souls ascending to the Gods. On this
account, the poet does not say that they are the avenues
of the Gods, but of immortals; this appellation being
also common to our souls, which are per se, or
essentially, immortal. It is said |28 that Parmenides
mentions these two gates in his treatise “On the Nature
of Things”, as likewise that they are not unknown to
the Romans and Egyptians. For the Romans celebrate
their Saturnalia when the Sun is in Capricorn, and
during this festivity, slaves wear the shoes of those that
are free, and all things are distributed among them in
common; the legislator obscurely signifying by this
ceremony that through this gate of the heavens, those
who are now born slaves will be liberated through the
Saturnian festival, and the house attributed to Saturn,
i.e., Capricorn, when they live again and return to the
fountain of life. Since, however, the path from
Capricorn is adapted to ascent, hence the Romans
denominate that month in which the Sun, turning from
Capricorn to the east, directs his course to the north,
Januanus, or January, from janua, a gate. But with the
Egyptians, the beginning of the year is not Aquarius, as
with the Romans, but Cancer. For the star Sothis, which
the Greeks call the Dog, is near to Cancer. And the
rising of Sothis is the new moon with them, this being
the principle of generation to the world. On this
account, the gates of |29 the Homeric cavern are not
dedicated to the east and west, nor to the equinoctial
signs, Aries and Libra, but to the north and south, and
to those celestial signs which towards the south are
most southerly, and, towards the north are most
northerly; because this cave was sacred to souis and
aquatic nymph. But these places are adapted to souls
descending into generation, and afterwards separating
themselves from it. Hence, a place near to the
equinoctial circle was assigned to Mithra as an
appropriate seat. And on this account, he bears the
sword of Aries, which is a martial sign. He is likewise
carried in the Bull, which is the sign of Venus. For
Mithra. as well as the Bull, is the Demiurgus and lord
of generation (note 13). But he is placed near the
equinoctial circle, having the northern parts on his right
hand, and the southern on his left. They likewise
arranged towards the south the southern hemisphere
because it is hot; but the northern hemisphere towards
the north, through the coldness of the north wind.
12.The ancients, likewise, very reasonably connected
winds with souls proceeding into generation, and again
separating themselves |30 from it, because, as some
think, souls attract a spirit, and have a pneumatic
essence. But the north wind is adapted to souls falling
into generation; and, on this account, the northern
blasts refresh those who are dying, and when they can
scarcely draw their breath. On the contrary the southern
gales dissolve life. For the north wind, indeed, from its
superior coldness, congeals (as it were the animal life),
and retains it in the frigidity of terrene generation. But
the south wind, being hot, dissolves this life, and sends
it upward to the heat of a divine nature. Since,
however, our terrene habitation is more northern, it is
proper that souls which are born in it should be familiar
with the north wind; but those that exchange this life
for a better, with the south wind. This also is the cause
why the north wind is, at its commencement, great; but
the south wind, at its termination. For the former is
situated directly over the inhabitants of the northern
part of the globe, but the latter is at a great distance
from them; and the blast from places very remote, is
more tardy than from such as are near. But when it is
coacervated, then it blows abundantly and with vigour.
Since, however, souls proceed into |31 generation
through the northern gate, hence this wind is said to be
amatory. For, as the poet says, “Boreas, enamour’d of
the sprightly train, Conceal’d his godhead in a flowing
mane. With voice dissembled to his loves he neighed,
and coursed the dappled beauties o’er the mead; Hence
sprung twelve others of unrivalled kind, swift as their
mother mares, and father wind” (note 14).
It is also said, that Boreas ravished Orithya (note 15), from
whom he begot Zetis and Calais. But as the south is
attributed to the Gods, hence, when the Sun is at its
meridian, the curtains in temples are drawn before the
statues of the Gods; in consequence of observing the
Homeric precept: “That it is not lawful for men to enter
temples when the Sun is inclined to the south, for this is the
path of the immortals. Hence, when the God is at his
meridian altitude, the ancients placed a symbol of midday
and of the south in the gates of the temples, and on this
account, in other gates also, it was not lawful to speak at all
times, because gates were considered as sacred. Hence, too,
the Pythagoreans, and the wise men among the Egyptians,
forbade speaking while passing through doors or gates; for
then they venerated in silence |32 that God who is the
principle of wholes (and, therefore, of all things).
13.Homer, likewise, knew that gates are sacred, as is
evident from his representing Oeneus, when
supplicating, shaking the gate: “The gates he shakes,
and supplicates the son.”
He also knew the gates of the heavens which are committed
to the guardianship of the hours; which gates originate in
cloudy places and are opened and shut by the clouds. For he
says: “Whether dense clouds they close, or wide unfold.”
And on this account these gates omit a bellowing sound,
because thunders roar through the clouds: “Heaven’s gates
spontaneous open to the powers; Heaven’s bellowing
portals, guarded by the Hours.”
To be continued.
PRACTICE
Upon completion of this course, it is important to remember
that initiation into a Chapter of the Order is the key to
including you in our egregore Tradition. You will be able to
learn and practice advanced techniques under the guidance
of experienced officers of the Order.
If you wish to be contacted by a chapter near you (or create
a new one in your region or country) you can contact the
office of the Order.
During the preparatory period to initiation, it is important to
understand what is called asceticism and the initiation of an
idea which is practical to perform.
Religious Asceticism
The Greek etymology of the word asceticism is “a man who
practices an art, working in a profession.” Latin usage was
closer to the one “who is devoted to exercises of piety.”
Early asceticism appointed one who is engaged by piety, to
mortification. By extension, it characterizes the individual
who leads an austere life. In this case, we say of him that he
lives in ascetic.
Christian saints of the Middle Ages practiced strict
asceticism. They observed fasting and complete abstinence.
Asceticism has become for the monks of the Christian West
a set of practices involving mortification, penance and
prayer, designed for intimate union with God. We are
referring here especially to religious traditions from the
Bible, for the ancient traditions have come through this
religion. For the religious, the body is linked to passions
and desires. We are naturally subject to these and they are
manifested in our flesh in many forms. Sexually and
otherwise, they all come together under the name of the
seven deadly sins. Although seven is considered a perfect
number and the divine symbol of abundance, according to
the Bible, it is also the number of punishment, purification
and penance. Augustine saw it as the perfect fullness.
However, he was the first to name the seven deadly sins
that are the source of all others. They are greed, anger,
envy, gluttony, lust, pride and laziness. Anxious to free the
mind from the oppression and prison of the body, this form
of asceticism seeks to conquer and overcome. The mind
must overcome matter. It aims to purify and dominate it.
Asceticism means that this fight against the desires of the
flesh never seems final. Desires are endless, come in many
forms, and try to distract us from the life of the mind.
Gluttony is a good example, because we know how difficult
it is to overcome this desire. If gluttony is not limited to the
simple pleasures of the table, the greedy one will be a
sensualist, focused only on more pleasures. Like the
consumer society, he will face a constant flight forward,
with his desires impossible to meet.
For all these reasons, religion responded often and
absolutely.
However, a total rejection of the body, desires and needs
can sometimes achieve excess and drift into a morbid
asceticism. This attitude of denying the clash of the world
and its difficulties sometimes leads to social maladjustment.
The individual considers life as an evil, seeing in pain and
mortification a way to atone for his nature. This must be
seen in the context of original sin which excluded us from
heaven and locked us in a body of flesh. Theologically, we
are responsible for this fall and require redemption. For
some, the body must be put in his place and regarded
coldly, like a prison of flesh, in which we are trapped. We
could say that the most effective way to escape it is to break
the bars, that is, break the body’s resistance. The means
employed were sometimes held in the disease itself. Selfflagellation and wearing sackcloth are means used to
achieve this rejection of the body. The potential outcome of
morbid pleasure may not be as sanctifying and fun as you
might think.
Do not believe that this attitude is the exclusive religion of
the Book. Many religious movements on our planet
advocate such an approach. Some Hindu sects exult in their
traditional festivals of bodily suffering and torture. The goal
remains essentially the same: to transcend the body and
push to release the spiritual substance that is locked.
By extension, we see that this kind of extreme asceticism
by ecstatic love of God also leads to a radical pessimism
about human society. One begins to prefer the city of angels
or God to the city of man, which would be perfect with the
absolute rule of religion.
In Mediterranean traditions of antiquity, this trend was also
present. It manifested itself in certain festivals and even in
the context of a philosophical idealism. Proclus’ “Ode to all
the Gods” illustrates this idea: “What a terrifying atonement
never connects, prison life, my soul fell into the icy waters
of the generation, and that will not be too long wandering! ”
The philosophy of spiritual exercises Proclus taught at first
seems to be a moral doctrine requiring the release of the
body from the domination of instincts, pleasures and
passions for moral perfection. It is good to perfect, to rise to
the lost paradise, to the world of the Gods by rejecting the
prison that is our body. The source of this requirement is
therefore an ascetic religious and philosophical conception.
Later, the German philosopher Kant attempted to
demonstrate the danger of passions. They are an insidious
disease that infects without anyone noticing it and gradually
replaces reason. The latter is no longer master in his house,
and passion guides our behavior and reactions. It is even
more dangerous than the emotions, because these manifests
in a visible way. Emotions are triggered as storms, the
levees break consciously and subside as quickly as they
commence. Passion, however, digs its bed like a river. Once
installed, it is extremely difficult to undo or hijack. It is for
this reason that such thinkers join religious asceticism, even
if the extreme opposite of bodily behavior is not in their
manifestos. Everyone reacts as he can; the philosopher
dominates his body through his mind, and the other by
mortification.
Initiatic Asceticism
But asceticism in the initiatory perspective has another
value. This technique was long used in the schools of the
Mysteries. Asceticism has the role of preparatory
purification. When a candidate expresses a desire to be
initiated, he must go through a period of ascetic
purification. For a given time, the candidate will observe a
set of practices and rules, involving diet, sexuality, daily
habits, physical activity in general, aesthetic culture, prayer
or meditation, etc. It is the same with regard to the moral
attitude during this period. One does not make this
preparatory asceticism an absolute rule of life, but it is
necessitated by the initiation ahead. It should be noted that
these preparations are even more detailed and demanding in
the operation of the ceremony that follows. The ceremony
is more symbolic, so there is less need for purifications
affecting the physical.
Western initiation implicitly refers to an asceticism of
virtue. The philosophy of our tradition is based in part of
the epicurean. That is, we recognize the need to find our
balance and avoid excess in every area. You have to know
how to enjoy the pleasures of life, while avoiding the
excesses and suffering that result. An insider is epicurean,
because he knows he must have a good balance in order to
increase his pleasure in a reasonable way. All this is part of
a quest for happiness that would give meaning to our
existence.
This virtuous asceticism could be summarized by the
famous Freemason who “digs graves for defects and raises
temples to virtue.”
If we understand this response, we must not allow ourselves
to be drawn by the defect. Looking for balance associated
with our will, we apply that correction to our being, trying
to be of “good moral character.”
We know how strong passion, desires and pleasures are.
Here, the goal is not to dismiss the body entirely, but to find
a healthy balance in which the victory of reason objectively
is manifested by giving meaning to one’s life, and an
enrichment of every moment lived. This asceticism is
deeply humanist but requires real initiation and steady
effort.
It is regrettable that this practical learning is not transmitted
as it was in the philosophical schools of antiquity. We
cannot ask a new initiate to be virtuous, without providing
aid and technology. This is what we will do as your
initiation and training. For there is such a method of
working on oneself.
The Technique of Anamnesis
The technique of anamnesis is an important example. We
encourage you to start this practice now. It takes place at
night before falling asleep or during a period of meditation
at the end of the day. This goes in the opposite direction of
the day that just ended. One should remember recurring
themes in the day past, and behind them, the individual
events that reflect a particular psychological situation. This
daily introspection bears significant fruit.
During this preparatory period, we encourage you to
practice without judgment or analysis of content. You must
only observe the facts in chronological order, starting from
the end of the day until sunrise. Later, other colors will be
added, but we have the opportunity to return.
PHILOSOPHY
“You will hear words slip out unawares from men exalted
and prominent whose wishes, praises and preferment place
rest in lieu of worldly affairs. In the meantime, they would
like to descend
In one piece, perchance, from that pediment, for no alien
force can assail and shake fortune which by itself will fall
and break.
The Divine Augustus, whom the almighty Gods more than
any other mortal blessed with gifts, never ceased to entreat
for rest for himself, longing instead to be set free from the
affairs of state and would fain tune his speech according to
that strain, the hope of rest that is: his labors would be
alleviated by the false likelihood, false but very pleasurable
though, he would just live for himself after being put on the
shelf; And all that does indeed find an echo in a letter he did
remit to the senate in which he promised his retirement plan
wouldn’t indeed be inconsistent with his former glory or
dignity: “But then I’d better have these things happen than
let them a mere promise be, as the yearning for a longsought leisure
– A subject for a pleasant conversation –
Will give me, in advance, a little pleasure”. Leisure was a
thing of such heavy weight, though conflicting with his
daily grind, as to be anticipated in his mind. On himself, he
knew, depended the State, he was the source of fortune for
mankind, and all the peoples, but nevertheless all his
thoughts were appended to the date on which he could slip
out of his greatness.
By experience he knew how sweat drips down from a
man’s fulgent earthly estate and its hidden secrets and
hardships: Having been forced to fight against his own
countrymen first, then his colleagues and last his next of
kin, much good blood was thrown into the sea and all over
the land; He brought war to Macedonia, Egypt, Sicily,
Syria, Asia and nearly all the regions on the edge of the sea.
After the Roman massacres he flipped abroad his worn-out
armies, pacified the Alps, subdued the enemies burrowed in
the Imperial Peace, moved back across the Euphrates, the
Danube and the Rine, the Roman border. Ready were the
fine Edged daggers of Murena, Lepidus, Caepio and,
among others Egnatius, waiting for him, right in the heart
of Rome.
He had not yet escaped those people’s snares: His daughter
bound, in her father’s own home
to adulterous noblemen’s young heirs, along with a woman,
mean and scary, and to Anthony once again ancillary.
Enfeebled and scared the old sovereign cut off these sores
and the limbs too, but many more of them instantly grew as
from a body fragile and sanguine blood always gushes forth
here and there, hence he found solace in those thoughts and
hopes too;
Such was the secret prayer of him who power to other
people could dispense.”
Seneca, From the brevity of life, 4.
QUOTATIONS
1st week
“If a man goes off the road, it is a misfortune for him, not a
bad for you.” Locke
2nd week
“When anger fills your heart, do not let your tongue bark in
vain.” Sappho
3rd week
“It’s a sad thing to think that nature speaks and mankind
does not listen.” Victor Hugo
4th week
“One swallow does not a summer make, nor one day: and
so the bliss and happiness are more the work of a single
day.” Aristotle